! : 4 if it LAM Sy ae oe Nese! { Hive V2 Bs 4 Nitin it iat iti oh ce S mn i} ith 4 i : nif a a Kio Ai t 44 Ws; 1 an vil ‘ ah Ho i] tite ‘ail int bop ue ea oS i Ag 134 bake ty eee: q ih ia eit ah wa sat Dita aso ahs ae inh Ha ns ae ae i: =m a ape a — _ etl tice - - aoe - ; = ~ - vk — 2 acme Ae ne en wT a 1 leh A LARS ~ cad pd ww Y g ala THIEL 7w | PAO ss tg Celene. phen Meee als, NYY rely Vv 7 : . ( UY Mr wee? Www pane arte eS 7 Aw v hw isles? ‘fw. N\iatv Bees e nw qn on NAN Sig : i \ “ gts ! +s wo? ns lies Ann “ w mt a Sie qi Nivel ty" ere Hr TO LP bd peat i . : sNAe . cunt pad rrren ra! r* Laer a) Ora ~Lraw fi on | ees TTT ane Avy Vi N* porta erereree reais pone anh A narrates ee pec CANS nT SAN ha sues Me La Metter em te ili oteg . etl aeevaeperdewenet NTs. 4 ‘ Weert j Wi TELL Se lated te ty Ly yA? HH "i ; vy MARRS Th 11] “St ig AY hh Lh 15 t ™~ vs i = ea A a in oo bl HEELERS MAA gt estes Tr oNem 2 ryrretven,, =f | siege Miner ot vy Yves "ay eee a |} ey eo ey ‘ Vy v WN Sian WN enn reer Perret Ty ure "Way MTT LE AM voy EEE mnt recoern tt aya "iynrr Mowe OH ree ere ee ee a Ate ae Ween: yesee NZ Rau - NX Qt. peegeereeeeuer siaiurwgeaye! : be a* GWireu - UTD sateen Was ( © 4 \ La en Cow Vth ABs Seu An | Soeeae {per Hifh \ ion - Ase - . a Woy W 1] ey :: & sae hee NN RII | MA ia a. bi SO ogee : e s<-> “NWN MDA, LA Mean Va b — q wo v's <. AAT shebbbeta PETE in 1 hs Leryn ae At WAS AS pe os a wv ;. \ @ Se pr. hi Slo af Ww caine eet vadt SICAL SPU Rh Re a” ah Yes VTE Y ( 70 'Gy~ Veh ak See ous Up tA ng POTN Dee er rtrpermmnccee cent tina an = wevuretvn apt Wt \ 92 dh | | e gil op i re Sf ns I yyy avy ney eugere 8 Tee | te “4 mA NPTWNAI ES pens Nu ose Wee gait oy Wuy/ ‘yy Ay wo DA aK TTT NT AS iM ADT reed yy. Wye wh wi MPa e- as se wy j ty | JULEP a Vy Ag es t Se Na et ryt et SR el UNE Da TKO a ant oad ~ Wola, . Laren MATT Us OF mvetiyyegtteth a ei ( a ! reve oN e4 ¥ > etgimg ae fil Da a rN me- wees mr ew.” VW aes = pa Oh 11 w EC emew eet enl ’ AM om Yung S| 4 *%. “yl Va = \ =e L te x { ‘ wrw'd \ we Mg ts... RN Lek ¥ 3 rh a ‘ = saat i, — ad fT. yell ited ‘e. Jn igi a Ny A N wv. Ps soB [2c reeeeea NN te fy we delle wn Nhs tt as dt} i” ALN | yal MT HAL HLL (] ) tant ay Since Mins yas a we % re o- “at ey Dok d . a ‘s \ Wty PR OT hd) bell toate $C gure eee 41h aa “ity, “| eri w Dany? a] C 4y am nm Vi ha en Thad \ ‘ a IO e “ew 4 a) yee bh bbs =a @ A g i : ¥ UAT TTT Cd hill vant Se gary ve 7TF . | * a aw SMestyevdet yet pyuNOVIe |, Tastee ase Nay Case 8 Fee ce TTT | “Te we — og WW wen we Ad Oden. ce ese i i oy ANS a ae ve PROC eEOUNGS OF THE ORVAMOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Affiliated with the AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ADVANCEMENT OH SCIENCE 1910-1920 VOEUM ES 1a ea NSS See at pale pies RBBE SN ee CE Sa a Austin, MR exeals < Sey peat OR Ane Leh an Spd EV ee VEEN AN a UO Norman BBall oi k. eeulianen on ae ite Ma NeRL nee on Ve SN Te Rolla, Mo. EN ate Se ae eae ees Sa Payettevilles: Ark: 14 PEE UNIVE RS TY © bn Orem AN Mie nies ERA COE it 0 ee Lawrence, Kans. Syerrates een bo) a Maeve ee Ne aes my A SC Se a Ft. Sill NOs) Jiobara AAs ssh iN Se SO ea Te pee Austin, Texas MUG) is ebay SES sy Nae 9 2 ca aI ea Washington, D. C. Active Members PAU eaxceuma ae rin) VL gS WV. Ny ae a ee ap tage aN cee Hobart ZENS THOUS) OS COSA A ON Anh Ore postu esiey sg SU BA STACI aad 1 ela RE OE ZC Drumright PN SISiEY TEM Neal its a ea ALWIL A SL Rane Norman HO ANGGle real spative Mato au bea aa ul ut emacs i AU) Mle Ne IN Aa ies eae ue NE Sr Norman PNAS NS BS Peas NA) yas ee AS Os Gon aa Guthrie JANSANGIS CRRA Deere UN pean ne IR cles te MMR oa eee ee ea Uy Stillwater AESiuTeEotagt AW Vie HD sc ao i ec a Bae CBIR Oklahoma City Be chen Marans pecs os 2 NA SU ce a Stillwater JB Uaio) oth Alert Sieg ai anes ace se ean Rt ESE Pe A aA ee Ne i Ve Ne Norman Aer bach rr AV Das 2b 2 on TR Oklahoma City Mera rate ANY its hs SANE ES TEC lI ees ea East Enid oblige.) Co Mey eo vse, NG oe Mae SON AA eae Norman EB ony ena SEAN] © arty OE plas ete ON UNC EL EN A Norman Briegal, Rosetta GANS ils es na ce oe SSA Norman BBO OS wi Cah eS eh re Ee NaN SPR HG Wee ac Norman Biro ware, chlor ards, Si! iso Se seas es a ee Ponca City NBiicoywta ni VV sles RE ts tee (Oe aC Norman Boionyara, «WV altar ss 5a ge AS to eRe Oklahoma City Borla A ine cl) Uist cP ie SE a DD ea a Norman Bramneties: Jierorme | 7s 2k es le ere MarR ce ase Mie hoes uel Chat ee Me Norman PSHE SU Vy AAG a OSS CUS a UE le AL EDU Cen nah ty ale Oklahoma City Ne VR ay hi 220 LN ESS UG) Bhan al at a aa Norman Barre Whang Oriel. 2 0 0s ss EN RA Res ci aca ae UI Custer City @aresoml, Utes KON jis 0 sey ee Sai an ea sea Norman @inerrraly Eres) Cys aS SEIMEI A a A an Stillwater nent, tora NA ay Day SSR UA Sa URS er LAE Temple G@lnatrel tome okt GN IN Ca Aa ah NSA a Enid C@littor Gla Goku plaka es Cale ee PaO Ta ICRC a ae Oklahoma City loads] obare APY e058 ot) Dg A ER Stillwater ra ete Fed ED 87 Bis ALN COIN IG a Ge Roft SountoANathan, Altshuler: (yt 0 3 Miia misin yeu us seal sae eared Norman BOCES O plate WRN VA 15 i Saik A AN CE Sa SN Relat eee ae ee GM ‘Norman (Cisee\] 0) Ad Ea eis Sgn ape Uae ON MAM ey se ae Mel ayes Norman Cramiblet WE! 2 eA CASS LAER in in a ct ng LI ea Enid CI Tre SS OUI] fas Cal ae Pe eeene een MnLEe ange RR NON OTe es EO fw -. Norman . Ae OUTTA O i mn, ack Sr) ONS Nan mg la Norman MDB IN ESSN eh aI a i aia AOD eM Gace EA ea NG Mane ee INN i Sai Norman OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 1S | Bete tone in VcbDe Lb senau bio bree eNO Ce COUN Ure Nea Norman Iya ros Aieies Sg AML CO En MEN a I a a aipaula oin dea eal ea Passaic) Nagi MB) aa OTI NA fs Gra Poy eae eas AS rel Nd Sl Le Wee Nn Woodward Weablasquewkey rather Urban, 2020s ee se ee Oklahoma City HD Yale US Us a Sg A A A A Norman DUR esate US VA NSS SENSU ATEN Ue AION ane ae Norman HED clovrcl ta ISeuI NI code pena Mp A aban EAU Pet rh eG ok eNO Ny, Dallas, Tex. TEGO ir eT BTA NCH Uae Dia ON 7 GE UR IM A aN AE Oe Cag OTN Norman alee mmmhiaia trientine Rar IAEA alana Norman ES eee NVA EM Ot a SS Ue OE Pittsburg, Pa. PESDrvon] ets pee eo AS pa a AIS i a AN Eee IN a eee Bartlesville TED APUG © ig BT ANG ya OE a SUN AN ee Ce gt ec ad Norman FERN es ehteepte een ed A Mo ecialyae MAS ey LE ee et NONE WI CUA MN AIG Norman PD Mit oly TEVA ge) ast UO a UNI cr elt LAE A AD MA rece OM eS ON East Enid PEsbrgle tance Totten) WiVertabys Gye these ie Sol es eg ee eel ar De ae Stillwater SOUS i Li as LA an Sh ST ae NS te I UD a a SEE Atlanta, Ga. (Grane op thir tall oppure tess hades fe Ar ea ee aT ta ae ld ela Norman (Gault 3) iA Os SI es ahs a oa eee eee Sere ee Norman (rallies Sy SAE ce) ae Na a A oe A ed aL ce es Kingfisher (GOTT CEP SIN atm eS se Se eA eS Ln OSU NU eee Oklahoma City Gilictnamlvoy aw em Moe cht, etn Ren wea NE i Oklahoma City (Gti UN et et a a eS TU TS Ie Ma Ee Stillwater (Girrmcleres@ tase Catal es ee as a UN alee: Be SIIB ik SN Stillwater elt reese 8) tS gece ese es Sl ge lt IN eS Tulsa HRedieTg 1p USP aaLy ye VN ee AE PRUE aM Dy A DO LR id a TealeknaicneVopei(a tye Mit Des il adore setes Ua Lads ayaa Be ED UP CRU NOSE Sa gle Apa CAB eel en Winfield, Kan. Slime nines MATRIC SED ek SI AAP OT RUE I asa a Norman RSI aL ope AN ea (Co eo oc Ra ea NI Pre id gM ne oe Norman RS LCST BD A GTP TRU] arc VV uct on Sipe ad RN INA A EE eae ee os Norman RSS gy ety coca ema Malye NECN gS ORASNCI NG We Nao Pe Ce East Enid SSO pti cal lee te ed AL TEL re OL IE AL Nh UE Ses Norman SSC Sy Smee La ay a gt a IE AUB el Pea Lenapah Seite nt Se a ese SN Sg a EN eae ee NIB Norman Sires ts GH ON epee toe oer Me Joleen ek Wi Date East Enid SS NE CL SE ee BA Ao a ca em de EU East Enid S rota Say pil IE Re RRs sk a aH TN a aI ad Oe ae eee a coca Norman He Naleg SVAN Tip ene ea Pe A NAS Sa OL USC Washington, D. C. SS eANTM (Oto Erte | alse tee zp ALE UN CERN SC Ge Enid Seely: Iulia, Ae ee 2 Set RU URAC LPS LS cei adie Sar Norman GENS YD Sh THEE Na ThE eC ORNL eS SA China Se Syn eras Oates) gs eae MeN Te anes Nea Re AN tae OR Chicago, Ill. BSE el MUI See usete MN Ts AE BAUER aL Cai nyatec fogs a tN Oklahoma City SESH TUITE AAU Spel Ref ta NSA ei I Cae aI nN a Ok‘ahoma City SAGE al ANA Ue SR iO eA Pe SE ee er We Ate a AY Arcmore STS SF Ss Te ie Lae i ee Oe eR Ie SEA AT AeA SE Og REN Mountain View “SE GNipyD itil VER PK Spa ates ON GN Ae OI lg EL le el UN SR eta Ga Norman LBs oseere th trad) cease Nyy kn UT Cana lac De Oklahoma City Pisiatorma So ras AVA eal eyes oe NITE a ee SR Ardmore Tele Baran IM IPO 28 cae eS a Ne ae SW CLs ETC ge CU East Enid EGU MG NINE Fess os Se OUR ae Sits Vara age er a Set uN sae East Enid Monnens colin eee Ue ete MUMS le ey eal NM Bartlesville “UP recente EAB I cise N Oey lel ch) Ws itanne elie PANO erg age AT De Ponca City Raine era ea SHeI Stents SRNR UNE pubs A sah eG DE Ane Norman NVA arin ete Were ace eae SGN ae ASAI td ee NN a es SIEVE Dallas, Texas Wam IDer «Gracin « Weattesrseli@op Leen s eee es Tulsa WAV @ salient Sat rte te OS eR a ena Nat a Ue a Norman AAV Tat EMSS sted ee MAES el AC AP SU Ui Stillwater WA arias tora Ieee (Oe LIES IS Se aa NS A aD aN Stillwater NVA abrasion rales ARUN ING el ae et ee sii ei Norman Wivaulllnesromlsys (Gabi al Cua Sie Se UES Aa em es eometia de Mee oI ae SES Muskogee NYRI GaN SAGNG sone, AIG in NO ge aly erga ea ace Os ls A Norman WWAVAINGSyohie ay, JER hese] Bay Neale ONT Cae) UID gh SE A IO i A Sah Normen ee OKLS £9 OFFICERS OF THE OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 5 FROM 1909 TO 1921 Z a ' S) No. Place of Meeting President Secretary — Treasurer x, call 1909 Oklahoma City Ee ty ane F. B. Isely H. I. Jones O L s Z soe S 7 ouman ee ane Pee, lec lie one: 2 ; fcr Edmond D. W. Ohern E. Bo Isely ae I. Jones e a Stillwater S. W. Reaves ‘F. B. Isely | 1. Jones | ) : 1912 ; = 2 ee < i ae Enid CG. We shannon AL Reiter erent = ikane = oe u 2 Oklahoma City C. W. Shannon | A. F. Reiter (Hf. Lane ye 1915 =e = : Oklahoma City C. N. Gould G. K. Stanton] H. H. Lane : = ne Oklahoma City Tee. Ratoni: lg ee ee ane e) lores 1917 Oklahoma City M. M. Wickham | LB. Nice | R. O. Whit- 2 Vey and Norman A. F. Reiter 1 Reo Nice Ue oe 9. 1921 Oklahoma City | R. O. Whit- enton PROGRAM OF THE FIRST ANNUAL MEETING Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. November 25-26, 1910. TWIGS (Ol AIBN The human tonsillar band as a protective organ__J. D. MacLaren ‘S debug OIE TEAMS SUR a ee Be Ish AL) eaales Physical and chemical changes in the burning of clays___-- CG OT Se LEC ral co OS ee ey Gee Sraulchere Readmatenals von Ok anonian ==. 2 ae eae Dt Oo using er Future sources of power in Oklahoma________-_______ C. N. Gould Pome: nistory of Oklahoma’ geology) _2=-— sae eees C. N. Gould Comparison of the four mountain uplifts in Oklahoma__C. N. Gould Miao, Neabed su to oe we os ee -C, N. Gould Ecology of the early juvenile life of the umionidae____F. B. Isely Unionidae of the Red River drainage system ~_------ Ber Baplsely. Notes on the experimental study of the growth and migration ROM TDI UUSS CUS ccs es NE AS YN ea alk CR F. B. Isely A method of treating complex sulphides and a few of the difficulties in putting it into~practice__--{ == _ D. D. Dunkin tratigraphy of the Pawhuska quadrangle -_____ EG; Carpenter Pip Se TCNA, BHMGl Qsiaoe Se J. F. Treasure Jit Auaa@ricaiay lanaenbieKere™ eee ee J. C. Adamson laciation in the Pikes Peak quadrangle ~22-+--___- CC. BS Taylor Teneous rocks about Cold Springs, Oklahoma___---_- CE Raylor edde smelting, onthe ore hearth 22) os Gees J. J. Brown, Jr. The ancestral form of the testudinata:—An embryological study SLABS haat AT Nh NR AS ECU AS ef Fee wane Stratigraphy of the oil region of northeastern Ok!ahoma___ Pee Hee SEC A SSE SS A ete Er D. W. Ohern The Study of American government in the public schools____ BAe ea SUN EP SN A Ea aN I Clinton O, Bunn Nationalism! versus internationlism __)_----2- 38 21! Jove Saweelll Glessisands oly Oklahoma oe. ee ee a Frank Buttram Stagies on the Oklahoma tlora ).22) eee A. H. VanVleet Psrela@ lorry) Oe aie walevennoy. oe ee Jerome Dowd Proportion of bacteria in the well—and surface—waters of Oklahoma as shown by analysis of specimens sent to the oe | OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 21 horRdwonechicalthiwlabDO mato ty, = yew Sees ee eA, paatshen Relation of ionization of the toxicity of disinfectants__Oscar Harder Pheesenmr (Grae Oi (Cenmalchienn, Ieohyein ee ea D. W. Ohern A rapid method of the estimation of salts in butter__G. Y. Williams A new rapid modification of the iron-haematoxylin-orange G TMG HOG Om Me Wen SECHIOIS weet ttl a Wisma carey A. M. Alden Observations on the sputum of turberculous patients__A. M. Alden Application-of astronomy to historical research____-_Henry Meier Physical characteristics of the negro __-_-___-___ A. C. Hirschfeld BROGRAM, OF Tit SECOND ANNUAL MEE TING Edmond, Oklahoma December 1-2, 1911. Pitas ‘OR VP AP ERS & RemineailiisvarOlsSeed COATS) Sea seas au ee eee Wright A. Gardier A study of conductivity in formic acid solutions______ R. P. Calvert Whe eclectronatheore.on walencel 22-9 2s 2S eee R. P. Calvert A rapid method of staining blood by a modification of Van AG SIS ea TASS AMIN Se shy Ses Sak a ie te C. D. Blachiy Technique in demonstrating unstained micro-organisms by the i ralclatay arena ccetrarme tila @ clei es eee Pea hs eee Se C. D. Blachly Experimental study of the growth and migration of the un- No Tart lea aera a Mee ET gene AEN TY Re Le es ek OR F. B. Isely Uses to be made of the orthoptera in “Beginning courses in RO ONG Ray cai tee eta Dae A alo SIS AWAD sees F. B. Isely Unionidae of the Oklahoma portion of the Arkansas River Gligeriinaloruesyi cit ein at Une nates OANA eae ny cheddar 2 Ia F. B. Isely Geographic forms of certain Asiatic deserts* ______ W. J. Yeaton PMMOlASSiMmCALOmM OTs lamMG ROMS: Lae ON See ee iw Wes ne Mearon Pure line’ cultures of Gastrostyla Sfteimi 2222-22220 7 A ele ane Physiography of northeastern Oklahoma —~_--__-_____ D. W. Ohern Restius OLnjclacianion cin Wadtana, 2 oul ees eee C. W. Shannon Supposed glacial boulders in the Carboniferous rocks of eastern (@ileslieal ina ies ea rt cere OG jee oe C. N. Gould A contribution to the stratigraphy of the pre-Pennsylvanian : Ou ialonnilmeesneirim (Ole imonmei os ee ee Gee Sanider Ancient beachmarks in the Arbiickle mountains____Chas. H. Taylor A titration method for the determination of vanillin in van- TULANE xia CES, eA nN a ee eat ema ie Na Eesbaones SOmeVOLeaniCncatylases wes sla ee ea N ES Tele lye as Eis Pea jiones v2 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA: Errors in text-books in elementary physiology ____W. M. Winton @Opsenvations, on the hybrid: flicker 225 ase G. W. Stevens . Niotesion birds new to Oklahoma’ 2222)" 2 25h G. W. Stevens The brocord points of a triangle—an elementary construction BPO 08 olay Mi nc INA SCORN 2 PL S. W. Reaves If the bisectors of two interior angles of a triangle are equal, We TeeMehaWee: Ths) MSO SCS Le S. W. Reaves A description of a young human embryo, and demonstrations (Oi ated Sy spelscie YS eat a eI ee een A H. H. Lane BaAcueiiloloesy on Ghenmlkaime syyennere (Saw ee IL, IL, esis meoaleneldsy of Uulsa, County ye. isn su el ee L. L. Hutchison eM@olseyvyiOtatid GUSCASe hte ye ON Ua a A. C. Hirschfield Detection of physical defects in school children__A. C. Hirschfield PROGRAM OF THE FIFTH ANNUAL MEETING Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, November 26-27, 1915. TMDLIES Ol AUIS 2 Observations on the praying mantis’s manner of feeding__Ed Crabb Re‘ation of certain plants to the formation of travertine____ deh iy REP opie einagcets ea aan Ce aL MENA AG ZS EE SL W. H. Emig Relation of structure to function in the development of the SMCs ly Geingeashll ANeiielhy Soe See a H. H. Lane Structure and development of a hitherto unrecognized organ COTE FAURE ey ele en ULEAD aR a STIR Es H. H. Lane Wattnenande tunettonm, on metronome): ses sane eee H. H. Lane Laboratory work in genetics at Oklahoma University_.H. H. Lane Notes on first arrival of migratory birds in northeast Okla- hiomeanin isprinescot TO14) ands, 1OUS 2 sae ae et D. W. Ohern Trees in Oklahoma serving as hosts for mistletoe__C. W. Shannon nnosnmesseon neporn on Oklahoma binds 2oaeles aaeee C. W. Shannon Wotes on the distribution of trees in Oklahoma ____C. W. Shannon PRoOLoZoa von, Oksalorime he Vous es in Na haa epee G. K. Stanton Preliminary notes on Demodex fo'liculorum homines__G. K. Stanton Influence of adrenalin on fatique and respiration___.__ Ea BaeNitee Effect of alcohol on the reproduction and growth of white SAK Oey as ately APN Pe ASN ee Se ys seal Wome Ata ba nim INC EBS ENGe Effect of thyroid, ovarian, and testicular extracts on respira- Oy ete A SN AA NR co ce Tee BvaNeee OKEAHOMA ACADEMY “OF SCLENCE 23, AW Simple comparator for light irimges) 22222 ees ae. ALOR, Reiteg A brief introduction to otrr method of studying the field of Ronee im tlremamole cle, Ske ies ie ies mas ek A. F. Reiter Storic hindrance in the acylation of aromatic amines__L. C. Raiford ATinextension Orme men: Hteoueni == ssh Bata H. C .Gossard Notes on the travertine falls of the Falls Creek-Honey Creek district of the Arbuckle Mountains______ R. W. Brown Possibilities of the occurrence of potash salts in Oklahoma cl) ae NG eth Yo TnL ete C. N. Gould Possibilities of locating definite horizons in the redbeds of (CO) Fallen rake a Ve SN A i i ENRON Ds aloe Gaivtela Salling Glomnes stn Jeibhroyoe es Watercshoot Van Der Gracht SGiGacS Or aaroleian srerolloreny,) 2 oN Ss ee C. N. Gould Observation on the relation of the specific gravity of oil and the depth from which it derives, and relation of salinity of salt water to quantity of it in oil sand-___Adam Wroblewsk1 Relation of prevalent size of sand grain of Bartlesville sand to the amount of oil contained in this sand...Adam Wroblewski itceipor capillanity. tnidersrouttdl 22) wae eT eis A. W. McCoy Some notes on the geology of Cuba, with special reference LOMmatucal) harhorsron the noGhhiicoastes29e=6 =. 22! EK, DeGolyer Notes on ‘the geology and character of the iron ores in the vicinity of Ishpeming, Michigan __________ 2) Geom uncom Some additions to the mapped areas of Cretaceous rocks in @yislevinonateae myte ee aa Cane Hes MR Naa TNE ET oh C. W. Shannon Bitumen content of the asphaltic material in Oklahoma____ CLI SNES ES Ue MESIIOOS TONERDNCY POU AN ER Dh Oi oR ge Fritz Aurin Notes on the occurrence of some minerals not commonly Rommudh rn O kclelin Oia ete he Sh Ue eNO CI Geo. H. Myers New fossils from the Permian rocks of Oklahoma___J. W. Beede Occurrence of the older beds in structural depressions______ eR SEN os Mie Dorsey Hager PROGRAM OF THE SIXTH ANNUAL MEETING Oklahoma City, Oklahoma December 1-2, 1916. CEES OR. PA PERS: Effects of soil types on the root development of cotton and IEW ca EEE AG Daag ea LE Waltace MacFarlane diy pesmoty stone, implements). Soraya se he J. B. Thoburn 24 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Errors in the determination of the coefficient cf viscosity gases by the capillary method ----------------~--------- I. M. Rapp Sultuy im petroleum 2257 aia eek ie Ps ato Chas, K. Francis — Effect of para substitutents in the acylation of aromatic anlines L. C. Raiford and A. F. Whipple Oxidation of ethyl alcohol to acetaldehyde —-----_- Win. J. Becker {n-fra-red absorption of naphthalene ~--------------- AL He ssvaie: Visibility curves of the green mercury line and its satellites det sr PSN Lt ea BE UN EN, leh) IN@HEE Settine’ the clock ahead 22-_49-===-22°s5") Joseph M. Perkins Lieber Sracheiniiay: Ol MO alavenaa, 22 eke John Cullen Aine veducational Survey J2222 500 ee 1) by Sullineer Seema (Oldahlonma: se ee C. W. Shannon Teaching of physiography and geceraphy in our common SEO OllS 7 Wile SONG ESPN ee A ee C. W. Shannon Oklahoma City’s new water plant -------_----__-_ W. L. Benham Anordisal ot public wttliics ===) sssssss2=.—— A. L. Mullergren P---ficality of using the diamond drill in exploring for oil dl GAS GUrbICIdES Sega ee enna G. E. Burton New amblelines 222 es oe ee ee Cc. N. Gould Comeretions. wa (Cearelclo (Cowie 3-5-3 a C. N. Gould Origin of the ferruginous sandstones of southeastern Okla- Tepe 7s aaa eet ea C. W. Honess Occurrence of coal in Cimarron County +-----------_- Fritz Aurin Progress of work in the Cretaceous area of Oklahoma____-- LASER SIGS En aca ea a eh ne roma Sunn hetyse Mey Ns 2 °C. W. Shannon New aoleanic ash’ locality 22-25-2255 (ARN ANS Se Ee C. N. Gould Manganese deposits near Bromide, Oklahoma_______ G. E. Burton Distribution of the sand dunes of Oklahoma__---- Bryan Hendon @nlucceps i oie aes Pape sree La I he Elbert E. Boylan AU SUS OLLt ys ie es ts ee, 2 AAS Se V_V. Waite ienhants|or Oklahoma 26 ots oe ee eee E. B. Wilson Paehyaverteprares, on Oklahoma 2." assess M. G. Mehl Granite situation in north-central Kansas____--__ Everett Carpenter Teaching of calculus to engineering students ---------__- A. Press A shorter proof of a theorem on Fourier’s series___W. H. Cramblet Meio slot hawks! 02) 22s Soo A sy ee ea eee C. N. Gould Past and future of the buffalo and antelope____--_-__Frank Rush Reproductive crgans of birds and their activities___‘T. C. Carter Bio’cgical significance of hones, teeth, and shells found in the CAWES OF Cameo OlKlninonnay Ge wees H. H. Lane OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Dp Further observations on the effect of alcohol on white mice____ Nese IUB Ee Us INT ANU ISSR eS Ce ee ipa eae Re BO INS Cre Speech development of a child from eighteen months to six AV GoltgSeuee i Lebeau See ULM 2A, Pie IMSS ci ES VIN 2 Margaret M. Nice The murine opossum, an accidental immigrant in Oklahoma BOO TY a IC UE SS hc URS es EI Na TN H. H. Lane On a collection of moths and _ butterflies from Costa Rica____ pea aes Sh AI als a gS tes py SS Uo jee eNe lt ola Baal Some personal observations on the habits of the butcher’s Ser) SOB TS ae cd ER TI EN SIN C. W. Shannon Observations on Demoder folliculorum ___________ G. K. Stanton Relanons or, veretation. to. stratigraphy) 222 2 Floyd Absher Teale lieel betsy oir) Elbe) ex Oya a eae a Sa oe Joe Matthews PROGRAM OF TH SPVENTH ANNUAL MEB TING Oklahoma City, Oklahoma November 30—December 1, 1917 Rio S) Ol PNP ER Se On the I-center of the triangle ___________ Nathan Altschiller-Court Trisection of angle by means of the conchoid compared with _ te taco Crrenecl iby; whe autores So 2 a WAVE) Reiter Mavmniro!l, as a) proce Cie keimneineatiom “22 2 G. P. Plaisance Behavior of some closely related organic componds when meit- dl AOC SE: Ss Rv EOE 6 ee Ae AE te Rainord The effects of certain alkali salts on ammonification__D. R. Johnson Some zaimalyaus Ou Spouwledl Guleee Le ee Wm. G. Friedman IN SCIEIMIISHS Oakes: TESSAVE | COINS 4 ke ee Guy. Y. Williams INUIT 2 SY COME CCE inet as uN Sik LE Seo ov ee eye J. G. Denzen AW Walters Graig ema sis hs eS Se cone a oa ee My Siecle D. C. Mooring A timely investigation. (Dealing with the work of the U. S. Deine: On JAverencellieiie)) so ee G. A. McMurdo Rehapiularionvone tine westent «plainicy saan acai J. B. Thoburn Race as a factor in the problem of democracy__Mrs. Miriam Blachly Extension of empire as a means of setting international dif- TOUTE Ca SH BEA ahaa gt BC alr ROI Rl F. F. Blachly Kmetoidine, a study of its pharmacology ~______ Howard S, Browne Propogation of fish in alkaline and acid streams___.T. C. Carter Some causes of inbreeding among cattle and hogs __W. C. Jamieson 26 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKEAHOMA @onseryation. of wild lite: 222-5 CRON SS cS Ga ee Frank Rush Life zones and zone indicators in Oklahoma —--__-~- R. O. Whitenton Demonstration of a double-headed pig and some comments on RESUAMALOTMIY, | cS Oh Uae IS Ng del ee Peteiavane Structure and function,—which precedes the other?__--_H. H. Lane @nmonearest 00d: loss) ese es ee ee Margaret M. Nice Linke) Gy@les Ouucinnnuoweins 2a ee Emma Tidd Prchiamimany mores Om psyeoGk, S221 ee Bek Simi Ovuieieie, ClOybilb Mien, aetna Ee Ese IN 18), IRIS fons) chythims im diaphracm~ muscle 224s ssen see aes L. B. Nice Brolosicalsheldworkiss .7 ss Soe See ee aa Sister M. Agnes - A tree line across Oklahoma from north to south--_C. W. Shannon IREpOr’ Ot, DOlO@IcAl SuinyGy, Sopa C. W. Shannon Economic relationship of birds, insects, and fishes in Okla- |Log Fe Mae ese PR eA acipicemmena eee Miatcs LAR IE A Se ts So C, E. Sanborn Psypeln@lroreny Gir tule’ ehacimyploy CCl 2a ek John W. Duke An apparent degenerate—A study for psychological consider- SIIEMCO) el Caer Mata IUD SMe Mee AEN A. M. McCu_lough ftemiciediess cama. 1s p.cle cla jai. 5 6s Eis i ica Sieh aces ean Margaret M. Nice Tine leiboiatory giaiG me sloop) fof fe W. C. Randol Scientific applications of the principles of relatively____G. W. Tidd A suggestion regarding a new liberty bond_____ Joseph M. Perkins Seienceyas) a factor im moral trataines eee ee ee A. F. Reiter Science as a factor in elimination of superstitution__Lura Gilmore Studies in elementary science for Oklahoma schools__C. W. Shannon Heroes Unsung (Household economics) —-______--__- Emma Lignon inidiankmoundsiim Kay: County sth. 22 ee eee J. B. Thoburn Seven mountain uplifts of the Great Plains___________ C. N. Gould Some iron ‘ore deposits of Oldahoniam aus suena G. E. Burton Ceolooyancdy thie war 2s tec ey Uh ne ee pcan C. N. Gould Notes on the stratigraphy of northern Coahuila, Mexico_____ SESS AT SES a RR TR en rR Ne ery SLL AS Jerome B. Burnette Oklahoma's. war mineral supply ~_-- 22 = 2-55228— C. W. Shannon Some limonite ores in the Arbuckle mountain region__G. E. Burton Stratigraphic and correlation chart of the geologic formations coat OY be eal aed sib 3 TG Set a Fritz Aurin Production of petroleum in Oklahoma for 1916______ Fritz Aurin Laverne formation in northwestern Oklahoma______-___ V. V. Waite Elephant and mastodon remains in northwestern Oklahoma____ RRR ES MNS oleh SENS Ee ca dalle A N. B. Winter New geological formation names in Oklahoma _____ C. W. Shannon IMMOCSES ASN Teoh 4oyebNGlendto Ae eo a WW TEE Tayaaies OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 27. PROGRAM OF THE EIGHTH ANNUAL MEETING Oklahoma City, Oklahoma. February 20-21, 1920. ATE, Sy (ON GeV EIB Notes on the cereal rust problem of Oklahoma________ Re Se Kitab, Some further studies on the phenyl ethers_____________ HE 1. Jones The position of the cabinet in the government of the United Sethe Glee en RR ire LIL WON pra AU AAG CEILS PU ce ae Neste oa F. F. Blachly Hopulation andy world peace 22 2see ju. 8 Miriam E. Oatman-Blachly Maneanese deposits in- Custer) County: 22 ea AYE. Reiter Anticline structures in central Custer County__________ A. FE. Reiter Occurrence of fossils in the gravel deposits of Garfield County Rees Sc i Wa mage HeLa NOy A DA A WIEN Ba Fred Bullard Granite in a deep test well, Montague county, Texas__C. W. Shannon GHOscilinerous aspialt deposit yee (suds 2 Tied ile ery Condes Oil production in Oklahoma during 1918 and 1919__ C. W. Shannon A possible application of Magnetism to the Miami lead and GEN RUG RENNCG Ute elk fe RAC ate pes SN ce tN F. A. Edson System of keeping records in oil and gas development______ inser ae ath ugh hte agiies UNIO Sah gr Mae a Ea Was ee sues Sita yaar p by Frank Gahrtz Occurrence of fossil tracks in Grady County ____Wallace Thompson Drilling of deep test wel!s in Cleveland County____Lucile Carson ESTP LAGICA I COLSE, dm VeOlO Ry | see I Laer Nye Juanita Ramsey SClemuinie meseanes in. @kclaltomiay Soe aie apenas C. W. Shannon Chemical phenomena exhibited at Burning Mountain in the JENS OIE AS INNO Gb aNEat 1h SAA aan a 2S Re ALG. Shead Importance of careful sampling for chemical determinations I et ARR an ser GA PR TOC lla a I CAS Ay (GShead Onarepencil on modal \cubics = 255. see Nathan Altshiller-Court A department in the teaching of the nature science__C. A. McLeland A new type of non-inductive resistance winding__-__Homer L. Dodge Voltage-regulation on an air-fan-driven airplane generator___ EES Sage INI EST a eNO A A UTA ea Soa eg W. M. Schriever lmewistic creativeness of sa child: 22852 eu 7 Sophie R. A. Court An all-day’s conversation of a four year old child___--_2__--= RN oe ase la ee | at Sc ee NU INS DG ‘Margaret M. Nice IA Chavensiemaeys) losbetal (Gerais se ee ee BeNice Ratemnestine Om imoturninie, dovess {122 Uekuuae ey Margaret M. Nice Some practical problems in zoology ~--------~- R. O. Whitenton Wolist of sthe mammals. or) Oklahomas =.=". 2520) Chester Hughes 28 . THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Some unexpected findings in the stomach contents of predatory VaSsaeCGG} jpelattale aa nana Sh <0 a ae a I Ie Ed Crabb Seme experiences with mourning doves in captivity--__/----- PANS DOPE IN SN Vea OL AUREL al AAC Pn A, OIG a alc Margaret M. Nice Macrochelys lacertina, Oklahoma’s largest repttle__.M. M. Wickham Notes on the effects of heat and moisture on the Texas snail BS By MENTE ASI WO NA Ue a RL PB Ed Crabb PROGRAM OF THE NINTH ANNUAL MEETING Oklahoma City, February 11, 1921 State University, Norman, February 12, 1921. GEES) ORE ree Si Presidential Address: Research in Secondary Schools__A. F. Reiter The organization of a research council in Oklahoma_______- ca SAS al Lali Og EEN rae whe tos Me Gea Pees YS 6 Guy Y. Williams On the affiliation of the Oklahoma Academy of Science with the American Association for the Advancement of Science Ne eh IRE IO An OE IDS AN NG LGN SEY NET lL By aNice The ceremonies and rites incident to eating peyote among the (Glaeapeiaeavernnbayc bheh lope amas Gai Mee ae oa ne ah J. B. Thoburn The intrinsic-extrinsic mechanism of heredity and variation Spee sed UNS A GY Nei ll PLE NNT WaT SR GAR ep eC ee In, Jal) JLenae AMpeccenimG hen-anatoimicalily, excusedssssee a sews AA JE Rete Cin tne momasineilene Cpe Lo Nathan Altschiller-Court A survey of the taxation system of Oklahoma______ Bok) Biaehly, The teaching efficiency of motion pictures measured in terms of results secured under schoolroom conditions__J. W. Sheppard An objective view of education in’ Oklahoma—_—_.-_- cee ah I UN AGS eR a cnt Miriam E. Oatman-Blachly The most important scientific spot on earth________ Walt B. Sayler An observation on the male dickcissel during the nesting [DVS Aes Na Meron Maa eerie AA: Olas ai aM aaah urine oe YY ee ak Ed Crabb The number of tines in the antlers of the white-tail deer as Comeclatedievytula aoe) Us 2 ieee el oe Ed Crabb The gentic evidence of a multiple (triple) alleomorph system in Bruchus and its relation to sex-limited inheritance__ SE EP SI AO Sg RN aa ST J. K. Breitenbrecher OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 29 Some studies with complement deficient guinea pigs--H. S. Moore The migration path of the germ cells in-fundulus__---------- OAUOTE SO ainaaude Wee eee ek Se IS A. Richards and J. T. Thompson Nesting of mourning doves at Norman in 1920__Margaret M. Nice Some notes on winter birds around Norman in 1920-21_____- sig Ge RUD rate gE MGI A Ee HP Margaret M. Nice A comparison of the rate of diffusion of certain substances, particularly the food materials enzymes and pro-enzyimes ~ ESS AEE INGEARED EN Gon HY Dn LON eg em ea ee Alma J. Neill Further observations on tonus rhythms in diaphragm muscle AIS Sei AUT oy eR a 2 DR DO aM Lb Be Nice- and Au sj: a Nieut A child’s deviations from truth ~--_---_ Sophia R. Aitschiller-Court The range of vocabulary at eighteen months of age_--*--=- ; Miriam E. Oatman-Biachly [IRiSlerbiosay Cir GOLEM CS: (wo) lace a es a ae le Lucile Carson pte baile oho VINSs Outs meek Nee ae ed) ORY ey J. Ray Cable ow Dime tor reach tiles Onrimocor sources He Pe T. A. Bendrat The cliff-dwellers in Mesa Verde Park, Colorado__C. W. Shannon JA ee ACHOSS thle NeawejO Giese a Jaunita Ramsey Evidence on the Pennsylvania glaciation in the Arbuckle Moun- eLOTIG oN CRN Ae CANIN AOI Nate aE Rell toy Bs Tes a S. Weidman Bony alas Bescas Scones OO yes aM Na LEA UE oie Ale Bess Mills The Marietta syncline and its effect upon the physiography of HBO er Co atiteyt nee ee Pie estan. Mane Bab eae aU NAL N Aa Fred Bullard Deep tests in southwestern Oklahoma_i_____________ Waldo Ports Shalloweroil «nelds ine Oklahomans. eka ea 2 F. G. Rockwell TP ir(@ueO ZOLA «Oe {CL Nove ACL hs Sane NE i Ct acter ihesorand: perodvoresrowtlawOLy nootmairs.« neers Sees RY Ee etks 30 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA GOATS FOR MILK SUPPLY Join P. Morey 1015. (Abstract ) Goats are being bred in the United States for the milk sup- ply of small suburban households. Native goats do not give more than a quart or two a day but crossed with high bred ani- mals of Swiss origin may be made to yield form three to six quarts daily. Goat breeders claim for them: 1. Immunity from tuberculosis. 2. A richer milk, containing more sugar: fats and proteins than cow’s milk, and more palatable when kept clean. 3. A finer emulsification of fats which makes the goats’ milk superior to cow’s milk for feeding babies. 4. A cleaner animal, easier to handle, and house, yet furnish- ing a valuable fertilizer in their droppings. 5. Cheapness of feed required to support, and also a ready means of clearing weeds, brush, and kitchen waste. 6. Greater production in proportion to weight by five times that the cow’s yield, joined with value of hides and meat. Difficulties in the way: 1. Goats are subject to several diseases if not kept clean. 2. Lack of proper stock, as natives are poor yielders, and importation of stock from Switzerland, France, Egypt, and Arm- enia, is not permitted because of foot and mouth disease epidemic in these countries. 3. To insure a constant milk supply, facilities for breeding are necessary, but is best afforded by several families combining to support a stud of registered bucks on a nearby farm outside of town, since the buck has a very disagreeable odor, not shared by the doe when she is kept clean. The government has at last become interested and is ex- perimenting in several stations so that in time we may have some accurate data from which to draw conculsions. OKEAHOMA ACADEMY) OF SCIENCE ont FURTHER OBSERVAION ON THE EFFECTS OF COROT Pam eaNitceraOilos (Abstract ) 1. The white mice given alcohol by the inhalation method gave much the same results as those that received it in their food in my former experiments. 2. The fecundity of the alcohol mice was greater than that of the contro! mice, as in my former study. 3. Six per cent of the young of the male alcohol line, 68 per cent of the double alcohol line, 9.8 per cent of the female alcohol line and 4 per cent of the second generation alcohol line died from lowered vitality, while none of the control young died. Similar results were obtained in my former experiments, except that the alcohol line had a higher death rate—l1l.1 per cent, in the first generation and 12.5 per cent in the second generation. 4. The growth of the young of all the alcohol lines exceeded that of the controls, as in my former experiments. The young of the second generation alcohol line outgrew all the others. There were no abortions, no still births, and no monstrosities obtained in these experiments, nor in the former. *Published in full in “The American Naturalist”, Ll, October, 1917. IMMe Ode (Ole eeu SUNS so IMUIDINGES WEN Mee ACYLATION OF AROMATIC AMINES L. Chas. Raiford and A. F. Whipple, 1916. Raiford and McBride*found that certain acid-forming sub- *These proceedings 1915. stituents in the ortho position to amino group in an aromatic amine accelerated the formation of a diacetyl derivative. The re- port that follows contains the results of work done to answer the following question: (a) What effect on the acylation of the amino group will be produced by the presence of an acid-forming substituent in the para position? In the study of this question, the four bases mentioned in the subjoined table were acylated in accordance with the method des- 32 PAB UNIV ERSI DY COR OKEAETO MA cribed by Sudborough}, and the amount of mono and diacylated je Chem Soc:.279) 533i CL20is) derivative determined in each case. Base Mol. wt. of | Monoacetyl Diacetyl § Total per Substituent derivative derivative cent recov’d Anline 38.5 53.0 91.5 p-Chioraniline (35.46) 45.1 39.2 84.3 p-Nitroaniline (46) 85.5 13.0 ~ 98.5 p-Bromoaniline (80) 34.6 48.4 83.0 When the amounts of diacetylderivative obtained from the bases containing acid-forming substitutents in the para position are compared with the amount obtained from aniline (which is unsub- stituted) it is seen that: (a) The presence of acid-forming substituents in the para position retards the reaction. (b) The retardation cannot be due to steric hindrance wholly, because the increase in retardation is not in accord with the increase in the molecular weight of the substituent. Compari- son of the bromine and nitro substituted compounds brings out this difference strikingly. (c) The effect must be due chiefly to the chemical charac- ter of the substituent. HN GILISE EXPERIENCES) UN) ten AC Ein Ge ditt: CALCULUS TO, TRADE SCHOOL SisUIDEINGisS A. Press, 1916: (Abstract ; Of the two sides of mathematics, the logical and the utili- tarian, the academic education, having in view cultural aims, em- phasizes the first. However, modern process of industry and mechanical arts is in a large measure due to successful applica- tions of mathematics. This makes it necessary that for strictly practical purposes the methods and concrete results of this science should be put within reach of students of the trade schools. But these students have neither the time nor the intellectual ma- urity to go into the philosophical foundations or to follow the logical structure of mathematics. Hence the movement, lead in England by Prof. Perry, to teach mathematics, including the cal- cu'us, in a concrete, experimental way, was introducted. The re- sults of such attempts seem to be encouraging. The paper con- tains some illustrations of this method of teaching the calculus. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 33 i DWE ATONE SUV YG T. E. Sullinger, 1916. (Abstract ) Teachers should make an educational survey of the communi- ties in which they work so as to cooperate in improving them. In this study, “Such questions as the following were asked: How many have you in the family? Number of children under six? Number six and over who are under twenty? Number at home? Number of girls and number of boys? Number of births, deaths, and marriages within the past year? What is your occu- pation? If farmer, give number of acres you own and also, num- ber of bushels of corn, wheat, and oats produced. Number of hogs, cattle, and horses? What crops do you market? Your total receipts and total expenses the past year? Do you buy meat and canned goods? Are you a church member? If so, of what denomination? Do you or your family attend Sunday school? Are you a member of some organization? If so, what? What kind of drinking water do you use? Has it been analyzed and found to be pure? How do you spend your leisure time? Do you own real estate? Is it mortgaged? Is your house comfortable? Is there shade in the yard? How long have you lived at your pre- sent location? How much money do you borrow during the year? At what rate of interest? Have you a telephone? Do you take a daily paper? Your county paper? What other papers do you read? Is the family satished? If not, what seems to be the cause of their dissatisfaction? How much sickness have you had within the past year? If any please state the supposed cause. What do you suggest as a means of improving the condition of your com- munity ? A EOC: OE ELAW KS Chas. N. Gould, 1916. (Abstract ) On October 4, 1916, when riding on the interurban from Okla-. homa City to El Reno about two miles west of Banner, the writer saw a flock of between 100 and 150 marsh hawks in an alfalfa field. He had frequently seen small flocks of half a dozen or more circling in the air, but never before any considerable number of hawks on the ground. 34 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA SOME PERSONAL OBSERVATIONS ON THE HABITS [OF PHB BUSCH MR 5S FEN vias C. W. Shannon, 1916. The shrikes are commonly known as “Butchers Birds.” They live upon animal food, small birds, small mammals, and insects being their chief subsistance. Their life is one of continual war- fare. The bill of the shrike is that of a rapacious bird, but their feet are weak and they cannot hold their prey. For this reason they usually resort to thorn trees, where their victims are impaled upon thorns, sometimes making quite an array of small birds, beetles, and other food, reminding one of a butcher’s rack filled with meats. The White-rumped Shrike (Lanius ludovicianus excubitorides) is very common in this section of the country. It is very interest- ing to note the habits of this bird in capturing its food and storing it away. ts movements are very sure to attract attenion. One day as I was walking across a prairie pasture a shrike darted past me, and I thought in its carelessness struck a barbed wire fence in front of me. The bird struck the fence while fly- ing in a straight line, then circled around and darted away. I was only a few steps from the fence, and when I came up to it, I found a large live grasshopper impaled on a barb of the wire. The bird had fixed its prey there as it struck the fence. On October 24, 1916, about 12 miles south of Durant, I saw a shrike carrying a cow biackbird. It flew low and passing over the road stopped in an apple tree nearby. The weight of the black- bird seemed to be almost the limit of burden for the shrike. I have on another occasion found a field mouse impaled on the thorn of a honey locust, and in the same tree an English close growing limb. There was no proof that the shrike was the sparrow was tightly wedged between the body of the tree and a doer of the deed, but I judged him guilty nevertheless. THE APPARENT DEGENERATE AS A STUDY FOR PSYCHOLOGICAL CONSIDERATION A. M. McCullough, 1917. (Abstract ) The writer suggests the following outline for description of abnormal individuals. MevElabits, 2. Tastes. 35) Mikings dislikes, “42 Atbilitiesta OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 35 Disposition. 6. Physical peculiarities. 7.’ Mental peculiarities. 8. Recurrence of peculiar action. 9. Early training. 10, School career. He describes in detail a young man who appears morally de- generated, his only good points seeming to be a good ear for music and a rather unusual knack for repairing automobiles. The aims of psycholocial investigation are :— 1. The betterment of the individual. 2. The question arises, also, how much injury does the pre- sence of the abnormal immoral do to his school-mate? 3. Another result is to exert sufficient influence and restraint . to prevent him from becoming a criminal and a danger to society at large. Pa NG OGG Teak eos ES GN iP NC EUINNG JE NGSUCS i Garrett Kemp, 1917. (Abstract ) Physics text-books teem with pedagogical fallacies. Some of these fallacies are: (1) ambiguity of terminology, (2) inaccuracy of definition of ideas, and (3) failure to organize the subject for simplicity. Examples of these fallacies are given. If these falla- cies were corrected, physics could be made simple and more in- spiring to the student. BIOLOGICAL, PILED W ORK Sister M. ‘Agnes, 1917. (Abstract ) A love of nature impels students to delve deeply into its sec- rets and by constant and close observation, nature is forced to give out one true requisite of happiness in this life, something of which mankind is always in search and that is knowledge. As a logical consequence of this we contend that biological field work requires that we have not only the eyes to see but it demands that we read aright what we see. Unless we have deeply studied their life pro- cesses we cannot understand the beauty and order in the gradual evolution of plant and animal life. 36 DE UNIVERSITY OF OMEN ERO MA The region now within the boundaries of the State of Okla- homa, in spite of the ruthless slaughter of many innocent victims in the past, still teems with animal life, while its geographical sit- uation gives peculiar variety to its flora. One point should be 1m- pressed upon the minds of youthful explorers and that is, there should be no indiscriminate. useless, or wanton destruction of either plants or animals. Early autumn ushers in a great variety of butterflies, moths, beetles, and other interesting Arthropoda. The honey bee at this season will usually be seen busily engaged on its favorite flower, the golden rod. The most common and easily captured of the butterflies are the ereat monarchs, interrogation, silver-spot, clouded sulphur, cabbage, and the beautiful swallow tail. The great monarchs may be found at any time from April until the last of October. They never seem to be in a hurry. Slowly descend- ing or advancing, they describe a variety of graceful curves and undulations and finally hang motionless so long from some flower, preferably one of the Labiates, that we may easily pick them up with our fingers. During the high winds or light rains they will be noticed gaily sporting about heading against the wind and it is due to this characteristic that Mr. Moffatt has suggested a very appropriate name for it, “The Storm King.” The interrogation flitting about from one moist spot of earth to another is easily recognized, but when resting, it folds its wings over its back and re- sembles the surrondings so closely that only a sharp eye is able to distinguish it. Caterpillars of these species are numerous and are _ easily focated. The monarch caterpiller is usually found on the milk- weed, the swallowtail on parsley and wild carrot, even the garden carrot. The eggs are always laid on the Umbellifera, so if we find eggs of Asterias on an unfamiliar plant we may safely conclude it belongs to the parsley family. The interrogation caterpillar makes its home on the elm tree or hop vine; the sul- phur hovers about Cassia, alfalfa or clover, so if we desire speci- mens of that family we go to the above named plants. The cab- bage as its name signifies had made itself notorious on account of the damage done, and we must seek it in its favorite haunt, “the cabbage patch.” 4 The “wooly bear” gives equal attention to the mulberry or wal- nut leaves and garden plants. Others, for instance, the “spinxes” prefer the tomato plant. A few inches of moist earth are indis- pensible as many complete their life cycle in the ground. a ee a Se ee OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCLENCE 37 A trip to some neighbor.ng lake or small stream will result in abundance of crayfish, clams, snails, leeches, and larger fish. There is no dearth of crayfish but one must look for them. Searching along some narrow stream, turning up ricks, peeping ~ into crevices or sheltered places will always result in a prize. We pick the crayfish up with our fingers, but not the clams, since they are usually in deeper water. We secure the clam by placing a stick between the valves where the foot is protruded. Immediateiy it will close tightly and the mussel can be lifted out. Leeches are frequently found adhering to the shell. Everyone is familiar with snails and their habits. What child has not been amused or enter- tained himself with their shells at least? The Periwinkles are also of much interest. These leave clusters of eggs on sticks and blades of grass. The little animals float on their backs or climb perpendicularly to the surface where protruding from their spirally twisted shell they search for food. In early spring, the habits of the birds can be studied side by side with growing plants and whirring insects. On one outing the students observed a couple of blue jays return to an old nest they had watched them build the previous spring. Two oriotes set up housekeeping in a nearby tree; the jays seemed to resent this prox- imity to their domicile and many battles took place. On one occa- sion Mr. Jay lighted suddenly on the female and holding her fea-~ thers in his beak he circled round and round, interrupting these antics with vigorous shakes. A few well directed clods persuaded him to release his hold and retreat in high dudgeon to his own quarters, no doubt to await a more opportune time for the con- tinuance of hostilities. However, the class had the satisfaction of seeing both young broods reach maturity. A brown thrasher built a nest in a honeysuckle vine on the school grounds and became so tame as to take food out of the children’s hands. When fully sat- ished the bird was seen to hide the remainder of the meal in a hedge for future use. During the winter months the small streams abound in Spiro- gyra, Cladophore, and other forms of Algae. These are found floating on the surface and at the bottom of the water, sometimes forming a growth so luxuriant as almost to choke up the stream. A visit to a neighboring watering trough will result in a collec- tion of good specimens of Sphaerella, Ocilliatoria, and occasion- ally Nostoc. Mosses are then at their most flourishing period and Sporan- giums in all stages of development can usually be found. If one 38 THE UNIVERSITY OF OREO min wished to study its complete life cycle in its native environment the middle and latter part of August will be found to furnish a ereat number of gametephytes bearing sexual organs. The Marcantia may be seen growing all the year round on damp rocks in sheltered ravines and mossy slopes sending its tender rhizoids into the hard rock, presenting a beautiful and peculiar study of the disintegration of the harder substance. It can readily be recog- nized by its ribbon like thallis which, branching regularly, sends up its umbrella like receptacle bearing either antheridium or Arche- sonium. The Polymorphia produces its reproductive organs in late March or early April while other forms have been discovered with fertilized Archegonia in mid-winter. The fungi groups and lichen are well represented in any wood'and and abound at almost any season of the year forming growths on decaying wood, spreading over entire trees, or forming great gray masses in the rocks, preparing the way for higher forms of plant life. Some mossy hillsides where springs creep out and trickle down® forming bogs of peatmoss, will reveal the rustling “Equisetum” known familiarly as “horse tail”. In connection with the Canada toad flax, a remarkable incident has been noted. Previous to 1910 all specimens gathered near Guthrie had only the odor of ordinary green grass. That year- two or three plants discovered gave forth a faint perfume. in each succeeding year we have found them more and more scented until the last vear or two all have become fragrant. MOSSES AS) ROCK BU EMDEERS Veo Tele wistanaicr, Wel Ze At the present time there is a continuous development of travertine on the numerous falls along two parallel streams of the Arbuckle mountains, namely, Honey Creek and Falls Creck. The evolution of this travertine involves a number of complicated pro- cesses which are better understood as one traces out the origin of the materials and the consecutive steps through.which the ma- terials are conveyed into their present form and position. The various types of travertine formed in the presence of felt-like masses of algae, species of Oedogonium and Vaucheria, and to ag- eregated turfs of the water masses Philonotis calcarea and Didymo« don tophaceus are quite characteristic. The similarity in the mi- croscopic structure of recent and older deposits of travertine is “i ! Se ne el OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SULENGE 39 very striking. A comparison of the newly formed deposits with the oldest travertine of the Arbuckle mountains indicates that the same plant agencies were concerned in the construction of all the travertine formations. A study of travertine as it is now developing in the Arbuckle region reveals many points of interest in regards to the origin of certain types of fossils and more particularly the fossil remains of plants. Fossils are naturaliy regarded by the geologists as records which enable him to determine the relative age of fossil-bearing rocks. But the botanist whose observations and researches do not extend beyond the limits of existing plants sees in the vast ma- jority of fossil forms merely imperfect specimens which are im- possible to determine with any degree of scientific accuracy. The remains of mosses in a fossil conditiou are exceddingly scauity. Nearly all of the moss forms discovered belong to the Tertiary and Quaternary periods and are closely allied or identical with living species. Phe mosses no doubt existed during the early geologic periods but the great delicacy of the tissues of most of them may account for their absence from the earlier geological formations. Plants fossi's frequently occur in the form of incrustations and in fact, incrustations which may assume a variety of forms are quite common. The action of calcareous water is well illustrated by the incrustation of plants and more particularly the water mosses that grow on the ledges of certain falls on Honey Creek and Falls Creek. The water moss Didymodon, which is restricted to calcareous habitats, grows in the form of, dense tufts extend- ing a fraction of an inch to four inches above the surface of the water. These moss tufts absorb water like a sponge and the cil- careous water evaporates from the leaves’ and stems, carbon diox- ide escapes and calcium carbonate deposits on the outer surfaces of the plants as a white crystalline covering. Naturally the older and submerged portions of the plants gradually decay. Vhe in- crustation increases and the resultitig soft and brittle formation has very much the appearance of an aggregate of delicate corals. As this travertine becomes older, it hardens into a compact lime- stone. In photographs submitted with the original manuscript hut not herein reproduced, two representative types of travertine are shown; type specimens of the oldest deposits of travertine. These rocks show two kinds of incrustations that were formed about water mosses as nuclei. Travertine of the first type, develops about tufts of Didymodon growing erect on the surface of water falls. The gradual transitions 40) THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA from living mosses to incrusted plants and finally to the compact limestone is a slow development. A second type of travertine, ap- pearing in the form of small overlapping calcareous beds in three approximate rows for each moss stem,—arranged like the leaves of cedar or arbor vitae—is so different that one would suspect it to have been formed about mosses of another species. Such is not the case, but instead, the same species of mosses are incrustd with calcium carbonate but in a slightly different manner. If the mosses, instead of growing in erect tufts on the margin of the falls, grow in the more rapid water and appear on the lower ledges of the falls, the plants are more scattered and bend downward because of the water constantly passing over them, As the calcareous water evaporates, the incrustation slowly thickens about the leaves and stems, keeping pace with development of the plants to within one or two millimeters of the apex. The deposits about the leaves accumulate into little calcareous beads that are finally cemented into a soft mass of travertine. Photographs were made illustrat-_ ing the gradual transition from living moss plant to soft cavernous limestone; a stone of a different appearance and formed in a slightly different manner from that of the first type. The plants of the same species of moss, however, serve as nuclei in the forma- tion of both types of travertine. PEATAN WS OCCIDEN Aes C. N. Gould, 1916. Platanus occidentalis, the American plane tree, or button-wood, popularly known as sycamore, is one of the largest of the trees of North America. It may be classed among the semi-hydrophytes, or water-loving plants, in that in its wild state it almost always grows along stream courses and near water. The broad, graceful, branching form, and large leaves, render it an excellent shade and ornamental tree, and it is frequently transplanted to the uplands, particularly along city streets, where it grows rapidly and often attains considerable size. The sycamore is not generally considered a useful tree. It never finds a place among the listed species of important North American hardwoods. It rots easily, warps badly, and is rarely used for lumber. About the only use to which it is put is for fire- wood, and even as fuel, it is by no means as satisfactory as a dozen other woods. In. selecting timber for firewood the farmer OKREAT OMATAGAD EVI OE: -SCLE NCE 4] will select practically all other available trees before taking syca- more. The genus Platanus has had a rather remarkable life history. In its time it was king of the forest. At the time when the oak, the elm, and the maple were small, insignificant forms, struggling ‘or existence, the Platanus was one of the predominating types, with nearly a score of species, many of them very abundant, bearing large leaves, some of which were 18 inches in diameter. The story of the Platanus has been preserved in the rocks. The strata of every geological age from Lower Cretaceous to the present have contributed to the record of the life history of the type. By studying the imprints of the leaves preserved in the rocks one can read the story of the incipiency, the gradual growth and development, the culmination, the decadence, and almost of the death and extinction of the genus. Dicotyledons first became conspicuous in the Lower Cretaceous, although they are known to occur in the Jurassic and even Trias- sic rocks. It so happens, however, that there have been very few leaf-bearing strata discovered in either the Triassic or Jurassic in Europe or America, and for that reason the phytopaleontologist is often at a loss for material to complete the record. The old _ Palaeozoic types, consisting largely of gigantic ferns, club mosses, horsetails, and rushes, that made up the coal plants, had culminat- ed during the Pennsylvanian and Permian times, while in Triassic times they took on their lowly and subservient place in the plant kingdom which they have since retained. As the lower forms de- clined, the higher types increased, both in number of species, in abundance, and in size. During Jurassic and Triassic times there was considerable development of genera and species of dicotyle- dons, but unfortunately the record is nearly lost, or at least, it has not yet come to light in Europe and North America. It is to be hoped that in some of the practically unknown regions of Asia, Africa, South America, or in the Artic regions, Triassic or Jur- assic leaf-bearing strata will yet be discovered which will enable the plant paleontologist to complete his record. At the beginning of the Comanchean, or Lower Cretaceous age, there was revealed such a wealth of dicotyledons as the world had never before seen. Scores of genera, and hundreds of species, of well developed forms are preserved in the rocks. The Amboy clays of New Jersey, the Eutaw beds of South Carolina, the Tuskaloosa formation of Alabama, the Cheyenne sandstone of Kansas, the Koonenia beds of the Northwest, have all contributed 42 TEE UIN VERSE Oink” Ouse el @uMiis to ou~ knowledge of the subject. The Trinity sands of Oklahoma and “Texas which are of the same age as the formations named, contain leaf fragments, but no determinable species have been ob- tained. Many species of Platanus are found among these yvar-— ious beds, and so far as I have been able to learn the - largest Plantanus leaf, if indeed not the largest fossil dicotyledonous leaf ever recorded, over 18 inches in diameter, came from the Koon- tenai formation of Northern Washington. The greatest single leaf-bearing formation in the world is probably the Dakota Cretaceous sandstone. This formation under- lies all the central and northern Great Plains, outcropping along the Rocky Mountains front, the Black Hills, and along a line | extending from northern New Mexico, across western Oklahoma, central Kansas, eastern Nebraska, lowa, and South Dakota, far into Minnesota. Hundreds of exposures of the dark brown Dakota santstone throughout this area have yielded tens of thou- sands of dicotyledons, including types of not only a great part of the genera living in this country today, but also of a number of forms not now indigenous to this part of the world,’ such as magnolia, fig, eucalyptus, gingko, and the Sequoya, or big trees of California. ‘ Among the genera found in the Dakota, one of the most abundant is Platanus. The leaves were not so targe as in Com- anchean times, but the forms were more varied giving rise to a greater number of, species. All the leaves are well formed, and symmetrical, indicating hardy and vigorous trees. Rocks of the same age as the Dakota, in Greenland, Spitzbergen, and on the Pacific Coast of the United States have yielded many species of Platanus. This age represented the culmination of the genus. During Tertiary times the Platanus began to decline. The species became fewer, and the types of leaves were less vigorous, showing a decadence in the genus. The Tertiary of the High Plains of Beaver, Cimmarron, and Texas counties, Okiahoma, have yielded a few fossil leaves, among Platanws, but not’ sufficient for specific indentifications. In Quaternary times the Platanus became rare. The genus was declining rapidly. The leai-beds found in the glacial ti, and among inter-glacial deposits of Europe and America, show great number of species of such forms as oak, beech, birch, willow, liquid amber, populus, maple, and elm, and but some scant half dozen of the Platanus. The genus was slowly yielding to the inevitable. Having reached its clumination during the middle OKLAHOMA ACADEMY QF SCIENCE 43 Cretaceous, and having declined during Tertiary times, it was repeating in its life history, nature’s inexorable law, and slowly but surely approaching the point of extermination. But the type still persists. Tenaceously it retains its grip on “life. Today but two species remain, Platanus orientalis, the plane tree of Europe and Asia, and Platanus occidentalis, the North American sycamore or button wood. No longer the king of the forest, abundant in species, widely distributed, strong hardy vigorous, predominating over the dicotyledons of its time, the modern decadent representative of the genus, clings to the water courses, selecting with care its enviroment, and like an old man, full of years, await with fortitude its inevitable destiny. LIFE ZONES AND ZONE INDICATORS IN OKLAHOMA | R. O. Whitenton, 1917. During the past summer (1917) it was my privilege to study in detail the Life Zones and their indicators, in Colorado from the Continental Divide to and including the plains of eastern Colo- rado. The interest aroused in the subject led me to investigate the zones and their indicators in Oklahoma. At present this in- vestigation is far from complete and the conclusions reached are necessarily rather general and subject to correction. But it is my hope that others will take sufficient interest in the subject so that enough data may be brought together to place the distribution of animals and plants in the State on a scientific basis. Life Zones are trans-continental belts characterized by par- ticular associations of animals and plants. According to Merriam. “The northward distribution of terrestrial animals and plants is governed by the sum of the positive temperatures (mean daily temperature above 60°c.) for the entire season of growth and re- production, and the southward distribution is governed by the mean temperature of a brief period (about six weeks) of the hottest part of the year. The zones outlined by Merriam seem to have more merit than any classification brought to our attention. His seven zones are: Artic, or Artic-Alpine, Tropical, the upper and lower Aus- tral and upper and lower Sonoran respectively. In order to see the relations between the zones in Oklahoma and those. of the. rest of North America we shall discuss the zones 44 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA from the Divide in Colorado to the eastern border of this State. In doing this we will include all the zones except the Tropical. The Artic-Alpine zone is the entire area above the isotherm 10°C. (50°F.) for the hottest consecutive six weeks. This iso- therm corresponds remarkably well with the timber line. The best plant indicators are an alpine willow (Salix petrophila), a, stemless catchfly (Silene acaulis) and a rather conspicuous com- posite herb, Rybergia grandifolia. Among the animal indicators we find the white-tailed ptarmigan (A. O. U. No. 304), the brown- capped rosy finch (No. 526) and the pipit (No. 697). The rock cony, or pika (Ochotona saxatihs Bangs) breeds commonly but not exclusively in this zone. Beginning at timberline the Hudsonia zones extend to the isotherm 14°C. (57.2° F.) for the six weeks. Engelman. spruce (Picea engelmamu) and balsam fir (Abies lasiocarpa) are the: most conspicuous p!ant indicators while the Rocky Mountain pine grosbeak (No. 515a) and Clarke Nutcracker (No. 491) are animals restricted to this zone during breeding. The lodgepole pine belt lies within the Canadian zone, the lower limit of which is the isotherm 18°C. (644°F). In addition to the lodgepole pine (Pinus Murrayana) the aspen (Populus termuloides) the Rocky Mountain jay (No. 484) and the Alpine three-toed woodpecker (No. 401B) and the broad-tailed beaver (Castor canadensis trondator) are good indicators. The Transitional zone, or foothill belt, includes the rock pine (Pinus ponderosa) and the Douglas fir (Pseudotzuga taxifolia) forests, and its southern limit is the isotherm 22°C. (71.6°F). This zone almost reaches the panhandle of Oklahoma on the west. The Upper Austral, or Upper Sonoran, includes the grassy plains of the middle west and much of the timber land farther east down to isotherm 26°C. (78.8°F). This is the great wheat belt where there is a sufhicient amount of moisture. The panhandle of Oklahoma and a narrow strip of Harper and E!lis counties are considered by Merriam to be within the Upper Sonoran. The pinyon pine (Pinus edulia), the tree cactus (Opuntia arborescens), the chesnut-faced pocket gopher (Crato- geomys castanops), the black-tail jack rabbit (Lepus californicus melanotis,) the burrowing owl (No. 378) and the Bullock oriole (308) are the most conspicuous indicators. The rest of the Upper Austral includes those areas in the Ozarks, Ouachita, and Wichita mountains which lies above isotherm OYE fe) 26°C. The short leaf pine (Pinus echinata) makes its appearance OMEN HOMA YA GCADEMN ‘OFo Ss CLE NCE 45 in this zone but probably is not restric ted to the Upper Austrai. Most of the hard wood trees are absent but certain species of oak are found where soil and moisture conditions are favorable. The rest of Oklahoma is within the Lower Austral zone. This is primarily the land of cotton. The pecan (Hicoria pecan), the loblolly pine (Pinus taedea), the magnolia (Species?) the live oak (Quercus virginiana) and several other species of oak, and the cypress in the swamps are indicators in the more moist area of this zone. In the less humid area (west of the 98° meridian) there is an intermingling of indicators of the Upper Sonoran and Lower Austral with some Lower Sonoran indicators, such as the mesquite and road runner (No. 385) in the southern part. Isotherm 26°., which divides Upper and Lower Austral zones, has probably never been determined very accurately in Okla- homa. Thru western Oklahoma these zones merge into each other so gradually and the isotherm is so variable annually that there probably is a belt to limit this isotherm, within which one might expect an intermingling of indicators. In like manner the division between the Sonoran and Austral areas is much _ less definite. When these limits are more or less accurately estab- lished they will be very irregular lines and probably will vary considerably from their location as indicated by Merriam. REONOMIC REWADTIONSHIP OF BIRDS, INSHECES; ZN PVE SIEM SiN OKIE ATT @ vias C. E. Sanborn, 1917. (Abstract ) The annual loss as occsioned by insects in the United States is computed at $1,272,000,000.00, one forty-eighth of which is over $20,000,000.CO per yer. In the consideration of the birds from the standpoint of food habits, I will place them in three groups,—the aquatic, the non- aquatic migrants, and the residents. There are no aquatic birds that are of very much economical importance in this state from the standpoint of insect control. They arrive too late in the fall and leave too early in the spring. Migratory birds other than the aquatic birds are of more beneficial importance economically from the standpoint of insect control than all other (excepting perhaps the meadow lark) com- bined. Specinc mention of these include the blue bird, the wren, 46 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA the orioles, the robin, brown thrasher, catbird, mocking bird, white-rumped shrike, barn swallow, purple martin, kingbird, night hawk, yellow billed cuckoo, and others. The other terrestial migrants have voracious appetites for in- sects. Unfortunately Oklahoma insects are largely exempt by them on account of a lack of trees for perching and nesting pur- poses. The economics avantages to be derived by inducing these birds to select nesting places and rear their young in Oklahoma is enormous from the standpoint of insect control. This is a very important problem and the best method for its solution lies in the conservation of more water. This is one of the first steps in the developments of trees for shade and nesting purposes. These birds in their spring quests for summer homes fly over Oldahoma by the thousands. A matter of intelligent cooperation on our part would cause more of them to select their summer homes here and feed on our bugs. Those species of birds which remain throughout the year, known as residents, ere not particularly numerous in this state. Our chief game bird is insectivorous during the summer time. During other seasons of the year, however, the . quail depends mostly upon waste grains such as wheat, the sorghums, and In- dian corn. It also feeds on weed seeds of various kinds. A\I- though it can develop without access to stored. bodies of water, it prefers an environment in proximity to water. Perhaps our best resident from the standpoint of insect con- trol is the meadow lark. It does not frequent bodies of water at all and does not feed much on grains. It has the habit of feed- ing on hibernating insects during the winter time and cn developing forms during the remainder of the year. The topography of Oklahoma in general is quite ideal for conserving water. There is much land at present which supports scarcely enough vegetation for bug feed that would support a nice body of water in which fishes could thrive and develop in abundance. Practically the only impediment of fish culture here is a sort of bacterial growth which causes the water to appear murky or muddy. This can be easily eliminated by an application of about twenty-five pounds of copper sulphate to the acre of water, without dangerously interfering with any animal life acco- ciated with the water. Fishes do not require a constant or very large amount of feed. The acquatic insects such as May flies, dragon flies, mos- quitos, and Dobson flies together augmented by such land inhabit- NAY ORTATIOM A) ACADEMY, OR SGLENCE 47 ing forms as butterflies, moths, crickets, and erasshoppers furnish sufficient food for an ordinarily well-stocked body of water. Scale fish such as bass, croppie, and sunfish are the most diligent varieties in Oklahoma in catching the above mentioned insects on the wing. The relationship of our insects, fishes, and birds, therefore, is to a marked extent independent. Economically it is of far- reaching importance. While we do not use insects as food, we do use honey which is an insect food. We also use fish as a food which in turn use insects as a food; and many of the insects they use as food, use our food, such as growing cereals. Our migra- tory and terrestial birds do not use much of our food, but they do use insects, which do use it, and which are of a kind that the fish are not able to catch and use as a food. The connecting link in this chain ot food conservation is more water in a conserved form. The topography of Oklahoma is well adapted for this kind of conservation, QUBER DOUBLE” PGES A. F. Reiter, 1917. The author has recently had brought to his attention the- fcl- lowing queer types of double eges: An Indiana hen laid a double egg consisting!of two normal sized eges each with a yolk, but having a spindle about 3-8 inch in diameter and three inches long connecting the two eggs. The shell was continuous about the two eggs and the spindle connec- tions. ° A Goltry, Oklahoma hen laid a double egg consisting of 2 small yolkless egg perfectly shelled, surrounded with the white and shell of a second egg. > A Joplin, Missouri, hen laid an egg like the last mentioned above, except that the inner egg had a yolk. 48 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA OUR GREATEST FOOD LOSS—SHALL WE HAVE CATSIOR] BIRD Sic Margaret M. Nice, 1917. (Abstract ) One billion dollars worth of our crops are thrown away every year, for that amount is. eaten by insects. Birds are the chief enemies of insects. Cats do far more harm to birds than people can do good. F. M. Chapman estimates there are at least 25,000,- 000 cats in the United States. If only one third of these are fed milk, they wou'd consume 2,000,000 quarts a day, which at the rate of 8 cents a quart brings the maintenance of our cat popula- tion to $160,000 a day or $58,400,000 a year. Let us estimate the worth of their services in killing mice and rats at $2,800,000 and that leaves the annual net cost at $55,600,000. The estimate of 31,000,000 birds a year slaughtered by cats in this country is based on the assumption that only one quarter of our cat population kills birds and that those cats kill only five birds a year. This estimate is exceedingly conservative. A bob- white eats 75,000 insects a year; if the average bird killed by cats eats 50,000 insects, cats save each year one trillion, five hundred and fifty billion insects. Let us try to estimate the money value of these birds to man. A toad has been valued at $19.88 by Kirkland and at “$5.00 or less’ by Miller. The latter found by extended study that a toad eats 3,200 insects a year or 1-23 of the number a bobwhite con- sumes. If a toad is worth $5.00, a bobwhite is worth $115.00; if a toad is worth $1.00; a bowhite is worth $23.00. As both these estimates seem beyond the limits of probability, let us in order to be perfectly safe, reduce the value of a bobwhite to $5.00 and | the average bird killed by cats to $3.00, although this will make the toad worth only 26 cents. Then the value of the 31,000,000 birds killed by cats would be $93,000,000.00. Adding the $55,600,- 000.00 for milk makes the cats of this country cost us $148,600- 030.00 every vear. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 49 ON WE CRN ERS OF A URTANGIE Nathan Altshiller Court, 1917. (Abstract) The sides of a triangle are touched by four circles the centers of which are referred to as the I-centers of the triangle. Each I-center of a triangle lies on three of the six circles which pass through fhe pairs of vertices of the triangle and have their centers at the midpoints of the arcs substended by the res- pective sides of the triangle on its circumcircle. Each of the six circles contains two I-centers, and the two points are the extremities of a diameter. If these propositions are considered in connection with the four triangles obtained from an inscribed quadrilateral by omit- ting in turn one of its four vertices, the following properties are found: The sixteen I-centers of the four triangles obtained by tak- ing the vertices of an inscribed quadrilateral three at a time, lie on twelve circles, each I-center lies on three circles. Each circle contains four I-centers. The centers of those twelve circles lie on the circucircle of the quadrilateral. The four incenters of the four triangles determined by the vertices of an inscribed quadrilateral taken three at a time, form a rectangle. If of the four triangles determined by the vertices of an in- scribed quadrilateral taken three at a time, the three triangles are taken having a vertex in common, the three excenters relative to this vertex in the three trianglés, are the vertices of a rectangle, the fourth vertex of which is the incenter of the fourth triangle. The sixteen I-centers of the four triangles determined by the vertices of an inscribed quadrilateral taken three at a time, lie by groups of four on eight straight lines. These eight lines consist of two sets of four parallel lines, and the lines of one set are perpen- dicu'ar to the lines of the other. *The paper has appeared in full in the American Mathematical Morthly. vol, XXV, pp.241-246, June, 1918. 50 THE UNIVER Sim ve Ole Okc All@ NTA j RACE ASA BPAGCTOR IN INTER NATION AIE RELATIONS Miriam E. Oatman-Blachly, 1917. (Abstract) I. Very little is definitely known concerning racial differences, more particularly psychological differences. Authorities in-the fields of ethnology, anthropology, biology, psychology, history, sociology, etc., disagree upon all questions connected with racial variations. These authorities vary all the way from those who believe that in- herent menta! differences are very marked (Keane (1),* Ripley (2), *Fieures in parenthesis refer to bibliography. Le Bon (3), Hoffmann (4), Mecklin (5), Dowd (6), through | those who are uncertain as to the extent of such differences Ratzel (7), Galton (8), Haberlandt (9), Thorndike (10), Ward (11); Tenney (12), Giddings (13), Boas (14), Ripley (15), to those who hold that such differences are slight or negligible in comparison with environment Boas (16), Myers (17), Spiller (18), Thomas (19), Woodworth (20).* Il. In order to look forward with any degree of certainty to the improved world order for which so many people are hoping as the outcome of the present war, it is necessary toyhave more light upon the physical and particularly the mental differences between races, and upon the psychology and sociology of racial contacts; for the problem of race affects every possible type of international agreement, and any settlement reached without giving it full and scientific consideration will prove impracticable. The factor of race complicates the international situation by giving rise to the fol- lowing problems: (a) The problem of geographical distribution and climatic influences (21, 22, 23). Upon the presence or absence of certain physical qualities of endurance, resistance, pigmentation, etc., may rest the geographical distribution of large masses of men. ‘There is a considerable difference of opimion among authorities as to the ability of white men to live in the tropics even under the best san- itary conditions. If the future should prove that Major Woodruff is correct in-his contention that “the black man should be within 25 or 30 degrees of the Equator____the olive:___flourishes best at 35 to 45 degrees, etc., it is entirely conceivable that there may be in time a fairly well defined racial grouping according to latitude. *Owine to varying opinions expressed at different times, it has been necessary to include certain authorities in more than one group. ‘\ OKLAHOMA ACADEMY @¥F SCIENCE ol Tn such a case, will the contacts between the racial groups thus formed be peaceful, or will there be friction? It must be remem- bered that friction may exist because of dislikes and prejudices, regardless of the matter of superiority. Moreover, it is possible that the deleterious effects of tropical climate and other environmental conditions may cause one race to be for all intents and purposes in- ferior, even though it is able to survive these conditions, and though its native endowment is equal to that of other races. The inferi- ority so caused may make self-government permanently impossible, and may thus open the way for international conflicts. (b) The problem of undeveloped territory (25, 26). If one race or several races prove inferior in ability to secure stable and adequate government, and to develop economic re- sources, what arrangements can be made enabling the world to se- cure those resources? Here is an opportunity for two sorts of con- flicts—(1) between superior and inferior races; (2) between vari- ous groups in a superior race, each of which desires control. (c). The problem of adaptation to modern civilization (27). If psychic differences exist, will they put one race ahead of the others in ability to meet the needs of modern life, as, e. g., by per- fecting inventions and developing complicated economic and politica organizations, or will the other races be able to imitate with suffi- cient exactness and rapidity to keep up with the procession fairly well? Upon the answer of this question depends in large part the future organization of the world state, which in the first case must always remain an empire, but in the second case may u‘timately develop into a federation. (d) The problem of racial differences and democracy. Even if it is impossible to declare any race superior or inferior, because of gifts so varied that comparison is out of the question, will these variations of gifts be so. great as to render democracy in a country of mixed races an impossibility, or to prevent the forma- tion of a democratic world state? Professor Giddings has po:nted out the fact that democracy can exist only where there is sufficient background of common standards and ideals to render cooperation possible. Where this background does not exist, there will be the rule of bosses, damagogues, aristocrats, or strong individual mon- arch, who seize power because the people fail to stand together. Will racial differences prove negligible as separating factors, as modern science develops and knowledge becomes more widely dif- fusd, or will they make common standards impossible, and thus seal the doom of the democratic world state? 52 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Ill. Though much has been written on the subject of race, the problems presented in this. paper are not yet solved. It may be a long time before their solution is possible. Meantime, at the close of the war some practicable method of dealing with unstable and undeveloped peoples must be found. It is not necessary to as- assume that these peoples are permanently inferior, but no one can - be so blinded by the democratic ideal as to deny that they are at present in many ways, behind the most highly developed groups. Therefore, we cannot hope for an immediate solution of the great conflict in a wholly democratic world state, but only in some ar- rangement which will truly “make the world safe for democracy” in so far as democracy exists, and make it safe for democracy in sO far as it is able to develop. Whether we can reasonably hope that time will bring democracy everywhere is a question depending largely upon the matter of race, and the only way to answer that question is to make a patient and unprejudiced search for complete information. Bibliography 1. Keane, A. H—The World’s Peoples, pp. 2-10. Ripley, W. Z—The Races of Europe, pp. 104, 119, 121, 332 and 333. 3. LeBon, G—Psychology of Peoples, pp. 4-36. 4. Hoffmann, F. L—Race Traits and Tendencies of the American Negro, pp. 312-329. 5. Mecklin, J. M—Democracy and Race Friction, pp. 267-270. 6. Dowd, Jerome—The Negro Races, Vol. I, p. 453. Ratzel, F—History of Mankind, Vol. I. Ch. 1. Galton, F—Human Faculty and Its Inheritance, pp 100-103, 310, 333, 334. } 9. Haberlandt, M—Ethnology, pp. 84-85, 92-93, 105-106, 129 130, 147-148. 10. Thorndike—Educational Psychology, Vol. I. pp. 240-243. 11. Ward, Lestr F—Pure Sociology, pp. 195-198. 12. Tenny, A. A.—Social Democracy and Poulation, published in Columbia University Studies in History, Economics and Pub- lic Law, 1907, pp. 57-61. 13. Giddings, F. H—Inductive Sociology—cf, suggester four-fold classification of race, under heading, Demotic Composition. 14. Boas, F—The Mind of Primitive Man, pp. 24, 271. 15. Ripley, W. Z. Op. cit., pp. 40, 57, 377, et. seq. 16. Boas, F—Op. cit., pp. 93-94, 117-123. _ 17. Myers, C. S.—Paper before First Universal Race Congress. to go OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 53 1911, published in Proceedings of Congress. 18. Spiller, G—The Problem of Race Equality, Published in the preceedings of the First Universal Race Congress. 19. Thomas, W. I—Sex and Society, pp. 258-289. 20 Woodworth, R. S. Address before the American Association for the Advancement of Science, 1°09, published in Science, Feb. 4, 1910. 21. Huntington, Ellsworth—Civilization and Climate. 22. Huntington, Ellsworth—The Pulse of Asia. 23. Semple, Ellen C—Influences of Geographic Environment. 24. Woodruff (Major) Charles C.—The Effects of Tropical Light on White Men, pp. 270-272. 2 Lippmann, Walter—The Stakes of Diplomacy. 26. Kidd, B. F—The Control of the Tropics. 27. Tarde, G—The Laws of Imitation. 28. Giddings, Franklin H—Democracy and Empire. SOME ANALYSES OF SPOILED SILAGE W. G. Friedemann, 1917. The analysis of spoiled silage is different from that of normal silage in the percentage of nitrogen, ash, and water-soluble acids. The per cent of fiber, nitrogen-free extract and ether extract is not given as it is only slightly lower in spoiled silage compared to norma! silage. The nitrogen is higher in spoiled silage because decomposition has set in which was probaly caused by acrobic ammonifying or nitrifying micro-organisms The ash content of spoiled silage is higher than that of normal silage showing that destruction of organic matter has taken place in spoiled silage. 4 The per cent of water soluble acids is considerable lower in spoiled silage as compared to that of normal silage. In one sample of spoiled cane silage 89.32 per cent of the volatile acids was acetic acid. 9.25 per cent formic acid and 1.43 per cent butyric acid. Spoiled silage differs in the percent of those feeding constitutents from normal silage which are materially affected by acrobic (access to air) conditions or micro-organisms. ees = Analysis of Silages—(Water-free Basis) : : j = O = Darso Texas Seeded | Orange Cane Sudan Grass EI Ribbon Cane = Spoiled |Normal (Spoiled |Normal |Spoiled |Normal |Spoiled Normal 5 Age (days) poe et 145 191 224 225 192 181 eS Dray matter Per Cent |33.18 36.79 23.54 Leon 24 28 24.29 : O Ash Per Cent 13.98. |6.77 7.66 5.93 0.16. 5.40 8.95 5.15 Ss acid Per Cent = Calculated as lactic 6.17 3.00 5553 1.97 Sl Gy nH Water soluble Acids | me Protein Yo Nitrogen 13.02 110.38 8.75 8.54 19.33 5,24 10),94 18.33 2 Five |Away a From Below |From feet From Below from =) Remarks Top spoiled Jjedges lower |Top spoiled (From edges at silage down silage ledges same ae . level ce eh OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 55 BE IAAVIOR: OF SOME CLOSELY RELATED COM POUNDS WHEN MELTED TOGE PEER Ihe (Cingisy Raiford, 1917. (Abstract ) It is a well known fact that the freezing point of a pure solvent is lowered by the presence of a non-volatile solute. This fact is utilized commercially in the preparation of low melting alloys for different uses, and in many other ways. In organic chemistry the depression of the melting point of a pure compound by admixture with foreign matter is a common behavior familiar to every worker. The depression is shown not only by mixtures of compounds that are dificrent in composition and molecular structure, but even by such closely related substances as stereoisomers, and the question of the identity of two organic products is usually most easily de- cided by melting them together. On the other hand, failure to de~ press each other’s melting point is practically always held to prove the identity of the products. In a study of the action of halogen on 4-nitro-m-cresol, it was found by Raiford* that 2, 6-dichloro-4-amino-m-cresol, m. p. *Jour. Am. Chem. Soc., 36, 670 (1914). 175°, could be melted with 2, 6-dibromo-4-amino-m-cersol. m. p. 175°, with but a very slight depression (168-171°), far less than is usual'y observed in such cases. The structures of the two com: pounds show that they differ only in the replacement of chlorine by bromine. (Illustrations which cannot be printed were inserted at this point.) This behavior made it a matter of interest to examine other compounds of similar structure, with the hope of learning if the pair cited was exceptional in this respect. Since that time four other pairs of substances have been examined, with the result that the depressions were in each case less than one degree, which would be negligible in the work of the average organic chemist. Such be- havior wou!d render it impossible to decide with certainty between two products without recourse to an analysis, and in the last case even this would not suffice, because the compounds are structural isomers. (Illustrations which cannot be printed were also inserted at this point, showing the compounds and their melting points.) The last pair of products examined though they were obtained from a single compound, were not identical; they turned out to be structural isomers. They were carefully differentiated from each other by oxidation into their respective chlorimids, quinones, the 56 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA melting points of which were twenty six degrees apart, and in which case a very noticable depression twenty degrees, took place when the mixture was melted. (The structures of the aminophenols and their chlorimids quinones were illustrated by diagram.) SCIENCE, A FACTOR IN CHARACTER BUILDING Aeris iveitens: 197 (Abstract ) Science cultivates painstaking observation as a pre-requisite to judgment, promoting good judgment. It requires systematic ob- servation, promoting orderlines. It gives respect for law, insuring good citizenship. It makes emphatic human limitations, begetting modesty and faith. In distinguishing clearly hypotheses as human speculation, it begets love and respect of truth. We therefore com- mend science as a most important factor in character buliding. SCIENCE TEACHING AS AN ELEMENT IN ELIMINATING SUPERSTITION Lura Gilmore, 1917. (Abstract ) Superstitution is a faulty interpretation of environment. Super- stitution has given us much that is beautiful, fanciful, imaginative, and poetic. A great element of these superstitutions is embodied in the literature of the race and as such, is taught to our students in the secondary schools. As a balance, to offset such concepts, we should require more than one year of science in our high schools course. Science, and a knowledge of its laws makes its master a leader and not a follower. ACHRISEVUAS (BIRD CHiNSUS Te ABsgNice 1920: On December 24, 1919, a bleak day with a north wind and temperature just above freezing, a census of the winter birds about Norman was taken, one observer going south for four hours in the morning and the other going west for four hours in the afternoon. We saw 35 species, and 1105 individuals, We saw the following OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 57 residents: red-winged blackbirds (600), cardinals (95), plumbeous chicadees (54), bluebirds (3), flickers (25), crows (21), go!d- finces (21), downy woodpeckers (19), English sparrows (12), bob- whites (9), western meadowlarks (6), hairy woodpeckers (5), field sparrows (5), marsh hawks (2), Carolina wrens (2), Texas Bewick wrens (2), brown creepers (2), tufted titmice (2), screech owt (1), red-bellied woodpecker (1), red-shafted flicker (1), white- rumped shirke (1). Residents represented by stray specimens, most of their kind having gone south, were: robins (5), western mourning does (3), blue jay (1), mocking-bird (1). There were 8 kinds of winter residents: Harris sparrow (82), Canada geese (29), juncos (28), song sparrows (20), desert horned larks (7), tree sparrows (3), cedar waxwings (3), Artic towee (1), and sharp-shinned hawk (1). Other birds observed this winter are: ducks, burrowing owl, red-tailed hawk, Savannah sparrows, fox sparrows, and myrtle warblers. In other years killdeers, sparrow hawks, and purple finches, have been seen. PATE NE SING Or MOURNING DOVES Margaret M. Nice, 1920. (Abstract ) We found 34 occupied nests of mourning doves in Norman, Oklahoma, in August 1919. In September we found 31 and in October 3, 45 different nests in all. Two nests had eggs in them as late as September 18th, and one, September 22nd. SOME EXPERIENCES WITH MOURNING DOVES JUN Cain II ILIE NE Margaret Morse Nice, 1920. The following brief notes were made on two young male wes- tern mourning doves (Zenaidura macroura marginella) which we had in captivity from the fall of 1919 until the spring of 1920. The older bird, F, was given to us September 25, 1919, when about two months old; he had been injured by blue jays and a dog, and for a week or so did not seem able to fly well. He was always ’ very tame with people, liking to sit on their hands and preen their fingers. We used to take him outdoors in the fall letting him ride on the baby carriage. He was however, entirely undiscriminating 4 By Ss THE UNV ERSTRY? OF ORE AN ENO INI in his relations with people, being equally friendly with strangers as with those who cared for him His lack of intelligence—and this was true of all the mourning doves we had—showed itself also in an absence of curosity; he never examined anythine about the house. he almost never explored any place; as a rule he merely stayed on the window sill and the feeding table. This is just the opposite of the behavior of my pet bobwhite who always experiment- ing on things (Nice, 1911). F. showed “fear” twice (Craig, 1909) by raising his wings as high as he could; the first occasion was September 25 upon the introduction into his cage of two hopping toads, one of which he tried to peck; the second time was later in the same day when the first of the young doves was put with him. He paid no attention to a quiet frog, nor, later to young doves. Although the epitome of gentleness with people, he was cruel to the younger doves, pecking them especially viciously when they annoyed him by “begging” from him. After D. grew big enough to peck back, the two birds seemed to be good friends most of the time, but April 15, D. was feeling droopy and F. started to peck him so unmercifully that I had to shut the tyrant up. About a week before this, F. had been very affectionate to D., caressing and preening him, apparently trying to make a mate of him; D., how- ever, usually hurried away. On April 21, 1920, we gave him his freedom; he quickly flew out of sight, but came back twice, once in the afternoon of the same day .when he was so tame that he let neighbors catch him, and again the next day. He is banded with the number 20480. D. was taken from the nest Oct. 1, 1919, when he appeared to be about 9 days old. He learned to drink miik in 5 days, to pick up seeds in 7 days and to eat bread and milk in 11 days. He was tame as long as he was dependent on me for food, but just as he was becoming independent—about the age of 3 weeks—he began to show fear by striking at me with his wing when I tried to feed him, and two or three days later he was thoroughly timid and re- mained so as long as we kept him. At 4 weeks of age he. still begged frantically from F. when the latter returned after an hour’s absence, but that was the last instance I saw. At this time his head was entirely bare due to the treatment he had received from F. When 3 months old he sometimes got the better of F. but in general they were peaceable. March 31, when F. seemed sick, D. did not molest him. D. was banded with the number 20481 and given his freedon April 21, since which time we have not seen him. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 5) NOTES OF MOURNING DOVES Craig (1911) describes five different notes that these birds utter: the begging note, which is “a musical sibilant, sliding up the scale, and easily imitated by whistling sssst” the alarm cry—”’ a single, short, emphtic ejaculation;”’ the copulation-note, the song or coo; and the nest-ca'l. Of the song he says: ‘For romantic sweetness there is no pigeon song I have ever heard which can ap- proach that of our mourning dove. The female also utters the perch-coo, though less often than the male, and in a thin, weak voice and staccato tones.” The nest call “is much shorter than the song and much fainter, so that the field observer may fail ever to hear it. Its typical form is of three notes, a low, a high, and a low.” It is given “usually in the nest, or in some post which is likely to be chosen as a nesting site.” With our birds we heard the begging note ,the alarm cry, the coo and a conversational “putt” which was entirely juvenile. The begging note was used by D. until 4 weeks old. We found the alarm note uttered much more frequently by the doves when young than when adult. The conversational “putt” we noticed from the time D. was 7 weeks old till he was 4 months; but it was seldom used during the latter part of the period. On November 5, I watched the birds for 50 minutes; D. was 7 weeks old and F. about 3 months, 2:20 F. and D. sunning themselves on the window sill. F. apparently sees something to scare him and gives alarm note loudly 67 times in succession. His bill is closed and his tail is jerked slightly at each note, his neck feathers being ruffled. D. does not seem dis*urbed; he says “putt” softly once. 2:24 °F. gives soft “putts” with bill closed; then a dozen or mre alarm grunts, sounding something like a toy when it is squeaked. D. says “putt, putt”. 2:27 F. gives 3 alarm grunts; then 5 soft “putts”. 2:28 Another grunt; then more “putts”, his tail is jerked slight- ly with each “putt”. . 2:30 They lie contentedly in the sun. F. utters 4 “putts” in 20 seconds. 2:35 Both say “putt” a number of times. F. preens himself. 2:45 F. much frightened at pigeons flying by; he says ‘‘oo-00- 00-00” at least 200 times. D. pays little attention to F’s excite- ment but is standing still all this time. | 2:55 F., still at it: “oo-o0-00-00”. D,. says “putt, putt, putt”. 3:00 F. still giving alarm note; while D. utters “putts”. 60 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA 3:10 F. quiet at last; D. saying “putt, putt’. 3:12 D. gives an alarm note. It will be noted that both birds gave the alarm note, although D. uttered it only once in contrast to the hundreds of times that F. indulged in it. Both used the “putt” about eqallly. They were lying or standing still all the time. This may be a home- logue of the “kah” of the young ring-dove as described by Craig (1909) where he notes they “have an intermittent call. It ts in the same tone as the ordinary squeak of the young and hence resembles the contented chirrup of a chicken. It seems to be given when the birds are moving about and sociable.” In contrast to their conversational mood in November was their almost complete silence in February, March, and April. On February 25, I was with the birds for ten minutes and neither made a vocal sound. On March 10, I noted “they are perfectly silent birds even refraining from ‘oo-oo’ when they are alarmed.” Bobwhites are also more talkative when young than when adult; my pet bobwhite at the age of one month “talked all the time,” but soon gave up this excessive loquacity (Nice, 1911). We heard the first coo from F. on February 7, in the early morning, but it was on'y a partial song, “coo-o0-00”. February 18 we heard the full coo of four notes. This was repeated Febru- ary 19 and 20, but was seldom heard after that. D. was heard to coo for the first time March 19, when six months old; this was the complete song. Both birds cooed very little, perhaps be- cause there were no females present to stimulate them. We heard the first wild dove coo March 10, and the height of cooing came from March 30 to April 16; none of the wild doves, how- ‘ever, were on our grounds, so F. and D. heard only each other. AGE OF REACHING MATURITY How long does it take for a mourning dove to become fully adult? Of course our conditions were unnatural, but since both birds seemed healthy almost all of the time they probably devel- oped at much the same rate as they would have if wild. D. at 8 weeks had practically his adult weight; at 3 1-2 months he had all his adult plumage except that his tail was not full length; ac 5 months he began to show a very little iridescence on his neck feathers; at 5 1-2 months he began to “whistle” with his wings; and at 6 months he cooed. F. had all the adult plumage the middle of November; he showed iridescence early in December; he “whistled”? with his wings first on December 13 and he first cooed February 7. Our estimation of his age would bring these OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 61 different evidences of maturity at about the same ages as with D. except with cooing which appeared at about 7 months; this of course, was dependent on the season as well as the develop- ment of the bird. lf it takes a mourning dove five or six months to mature, it is evident that the “young of early spring broods” will not be nesting by September of the same year as is suggested by Taylor (1916). FOOD OF MOURNING DOVES ay In Nature The mourning dove lives principally upon the seeds of weeds, the rest of their food being grain. Beal (1904) says, “ the dove does not eat insects or other animal food so far as known. The Tew traces of insects found in the stomachs are believed to be the rema:ns of weevils contained in seeds which the birds had eaten.” The young are fed upon “pigeon milk” which is regurgitated from the parents’ crops. Apparently, however, as the young are nearly ready to leave the nest, whole seeds from a portion of the diet. Judd (1910) reports that of five squabs “examined in the lab- oratory of the Biological survey, 30 per cent of their food was composed of seeds, while the remaining 70 per cent consisted of irregular endosperm fragments of the above seeds from 9.5 to 3 mm. in diameter, probably the regurgitated matter commonly known as “pigeon’s milk”. Townsend (1°06) tells of a nestling mourning dove about 12 days old, that had only 2 per cent of pigeon milk in its crop, the bulk of the food being 1,200 weed seeds. As to the food of the adults, Beal (1904) reports after the examination of 237 stomachs, that weed seeds “constituce 64 per cent of the annual food supply and show very little variation dur- ing any month. Wheat, oats, rye, corn, barley, and buckwheat were found in 150 of the stomachs, and constituted 32 per cent of the total food. However, three-fourths of this amount was waste grain picked up in the fields after the harvesting was over.” As to the numbers of weed seeds taken at a single meal, Eaten (1909) says: “I have taken several thousand seeds of the foxtail or pigeon grass from the crop of a single dove which was shot from a flock of thirty that were coming’ from an oats field m Ontario County. By measurement it was evident that this company of doves had just picked up about two quarts of weed 62 EVE UND VERS UPN OE (OIE AE @uVien seeds for their afternoon meal.” Beal’s (1904) often quoted birds had the prize appetites; one had eaten 6,400 seeds of barngrass or — ‘foxtail, another 7,500 seeds of yellow wood-sorrel and a third 9 200miscellaneous weed seeds. No wonder the authorities Sesnenleler the mourning dove a highly beneficial bird. IN GABTIVITY The best substitute for pigeon milk for young doves that we ~ could think of was bread and milk; we stuffed this down the throats of the unwilling victims until they learned to eat it them- selves. We continued giving them bread and milk for most of the time that we kept them. In the spring both the birds oc- casionally seemed droopy, but a diet of buttermilk benefitted them. Weed seeds that they liked were barnyard grass, crab- grass, foxtail, lambsquartrs, pigeon grass, pigweed, sunflower, and vervain. Neither would touch ragweed nor giant ragweed, al- though the former at least, is eaten by wild doves. What we fed them generally was wheat and bird seed, as it was easier to buy these at a store than laboriously to collect weed seeds. Of the bird seed they liked the! millet and canary seed, but never eat the rape. Another food which they disdained was earthworms. FEEDING TESTS: When conducting a feeding test, I weighed the birds both before they had had anything to eat and after their supper. A series of weights of both birds in November and December is shown in Tables I and I]. Table I : Morning and Evenine Weights in Grams of F. From Novy. 17-26 From Dec. 28-Jan. 1. Morning Evening Grain Morning Evening Grain 99.0 107.5 8.5 98.0 108.5 10.5 97.0 107.0 10.0 97.2 107.8 10.6 98.2 109.6 11.4 98.7 106.7 8.0 103.8 98.4 108.1 9.7 105.3 99.7 108.0 9.3 104.7 115.4 10.7 08.7 106.5 7.8 105.7 W271 1:05= €3.9 104.4 113.9 9.5 98.4 108.0 Oo 104.8 114.0 9.1 OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OFSCIENCE 63 TABLE) U1. Morning and Evening Weights in Grams of D. Novy. 17-23, 2 months old. Dec. 28-31, 3 months old. Morning Evening Grain Morning Eyening Grain 99.5 106.5 7.0 99.0 107.3 8.3 99.0 107.5 8.5 99.4 107.2 78 98.0 108.0 10.0 100.1 107.8 Leff 99.3 - 07:2 79 98.2 106.0 7.8 97.5 106.5 9.0 99.2 107.0 Hed 98.4 107.3 8.9 2 D. in December, when 3 months old and F. in November, when about 4 months weighed almost the same; exactly the same in the morning—°8.4e—but during the day F. gained 0.6g. more than D. Curiously enough, D. weighed slightly more at 2 months than at 3, for at the former time his morning weight averaged 9922. F. on the other hand, had grown 6.8g. during the first four weeks of December. It seems surprising that these birds should gain from 7.8 to 9.7 per cent of their weight each day and then lose it all during the night. F. gained 9.7 per cent of his own weight during November on an average each test day, and 87 per cent in December. D. gained 7.8 per cent of own weight during November each test day and 9 per cent a day during the December tests. Table III gives the results of four feeding tests in which bread and milk, grain and seeds were used, and six in which erain and seeds alone were given to the birds. IVAUBICTS | TWO Amount in Grams Eaten by One Mourning Dove in One Day Mixed Diet Seed and Grain Date Bread & Milk Seed & Grain Total, Date Seed & Grain Oct. 24* 9.6 @ct.228* 15.0 Nov. 18 48 10.8 T5607 NOs 17 10.3 Nov. 19 3.0 10.6 tS:Oys Wee x, (29 11.7 Nov. 21 5.8 8.5 AES a Disreh (0) 12.9 Nov..°22 6.2 8.5 148 Dec. 31 11.2 Average 5.0 9.6 14.6 Av. 11.8 “These tests were on F. alone; in all the others both birds parti- cipated and the results were divided Ly two. 64 THE UNVERSITY: OF OKEAHOMA In the mixed diet tests, each bird ate an average of 5g. of bread and milk and 9.6g of seeds and grain, making a total of 14.6g. The six feeding tests of seeds and grain alone average 11.8¢. a day for each bird. If we average D’s. and F’s. November morning weights we find they ate 14.7 per cent of their weight each day when on a mixed diet. If we average their weights for both November and December we find that the ate 11.8 per cent of their weight each day when given grain and seeds alone. I found (1910) that Hope mires in captivity ate on an average 15g. of seeds and grain in a day, and 245g. of seeds, grain and grasshoppers a day, i. e. 12g. of grain and 12.5g of insects. Count- ing 170g. as an average weight for an adult bobwhite, we find they ate 8.8 per cent of their weight each day when confined to seeds and grain, but 14.4 per cent of theirweight when on a mixed dict. This is almost exactly the same as the mourning doves for mixed diet but bobwhites ate less of grain and seeds alone in Base veer to their weight than the doves. APU BILD, UNV, Proportion of Daily Food to Body Weight in the Mourning Dove and Bobwhite. Morrning Dove Bobwhite Wt. of one Wt. of Percent of Wt. of one Wt. of Percent of day’s food bird bird’s wt. day’s food bird bird’s wt. Seeds and grain wie 11.8¢. 68.82 11.8 15e. se 17e. 88 Mixed diet 14.0. 100.2¢. 14.7 24.5¢. 170s, 144 It must be remembered that birds in captivity take compara- tively little exercise and doubtless eat less than those that are wild. If one cares to make calculations on the basis of 11.8¢. a day, 64 per cent of which should be weed seeds, and counting 1096 seeds to a gra, which I found to be the average of 23 different kinds of weeds seeds (1910), the result will be 8,275 weed seeds eaten a day by a mourning dove and 3,020,375 eaten in a year. SUMMARY. 1. One dove was always tame and gentle with people, but cruel to weaker members of his kind. The other dove became timid as soon as he could feed himself. Neither bird showed curiosity ror discriminated between persons. 2. D. used the begging note until four weeks old; a “puttt” OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 65 from seven weeks till four months; employed the alarm cry much more frequently when to coo when six months old. 3. D’s. neck feathers showed iridescence for the first time when he was five months old; at 5 1-2 months be began to “whistle” with his wings and two weeks later he cooed. 4. The birds gained regularly from 7.8 to 9.7 per cent of their weight each day and tost it again during the night. 5. Each bird ate an average 11.8g. of weed seeds and grain a day, and 14.6g. of bread and milk, seeds and grain a day. These amounted to 11.8 and 14.7 per cent of their body weightts. REFERENCES. Beal, F. E. L. 1904. Some Common Birds in their Relation to Agriculture. Farm Bull. 54 p. 7, 48p. Craig, W. 1909. Expression of Emotion in Pigeons. I. ‘The Blend Ring-Dove. Jour. Comp. Neur. and Psych. XIX, p. 34, p. 60, pp. 30-75. Craig, -W. 1911. Expression of Emotion of Pigeons. Il. The Mourning Dove. Auk, XXVII. pp. 400-3. pp. 398-407. Eaton, E. H. 1909. Birds of New York. I. N. Y. State Mus. p. 388. > 501. p. Judd, S. D. 1900. The Food of Nestling Birds. Yearbook of U. S. Dept. of Agri. p. 431 pp. 411-36. Nice, M. M. 1910. Food of the Bobwhite. Jour. Econ. Ento- mology. II. pp. 310-11. pp. 295-313. Nice, M. M. 1911. Loti, the Tale of a Bobwhite. Suburban Life July pp. 21, 40, and 41. Taylor, W. S. 1916. The Mourning Dove. Bull. Uni. Tex., p. 7219p, -- Townsend, C. W. 1906. Note on the Crop Contents of a Nest- ling Mourning Dove. Auk, XXIII. p. 336. SOME UNEXPECTED FINDINGS IN GEE SlOMACH OF PREDATORY BIRDS AND MAMMALS Ed Crabb, 1920. The sttomach of three screech owls (Otus asio asio Linnaeus) collected during January, contained a great number of insects, chiefly grasshoppers (locusts) and beetles. In addition one had eaten a large white grub which was probably the larva of the 66 » RHE UNIVERSEDY OR OREA EO May beetle (Lachnosterna pee) and another had added a small rodent to its diet. While it is very common to find grasshoppers in the stomach of the screech owl, one would hardly expect to find this insect playing an important part in its mid-winter menu. The stomach of a broad-winged hawk, Buteo platypterus Viellot, collected at Yukon, Oklahoma, in August, 1913, contained on!y cicadas and grasshoppers. A parallel case is that of the homach and crop contents of a red-shouldered hawk, Buteo lineatus hneatus Gemelin, collected in the same locality in September, 1916 ,which was composed of a black cricket, one carabid beetle, and the remains of 288 short- horned grasshoppers. The stomach of an adult female bobcat, Felis (lynx) rufa baileyi, Elliott, caught in the Wichita Mountains, December 25, 1919, contained a double hand-full of small sticks. This animal had attempted to cross a creek on a pile of drift when the drag to which the trap was tied became entangled in the driftwvod. This bobcat chewed and. swallowed the quantity of sticks in the frenzy of vain attempts to free herself. The stomachs of five skunks (Mephitis mesomelas Elliott) col- lected in the Wichita Mountains, in December, 1919, contained parasitic round worms. In addition to the parasites two stomachs were well filled with large grasshoppers. The stomachs of the other three skunks were empty of food; two, however, had gnawed off the foot and that part of the leg which projected through the jaws of the steel trap and had swallowed shreds of the skin, hair, and bits of the bone. One of these had also swallowed an appreci able quantity of the coarse sand in which the trap had been set. These observations demonstrate that the public over-estimates the damage done by our predatory birds and animals. It is there- fore, evident that man underestimates the good that they do. This is especially true relative to most of our predatory birds. The writer is indebted to Mr. R. C. Hughes for the identifica- tion of the bobcat and skunks. AN OKLAHOMA METEORITE C. W. Shannon, 1920. _ A meteorite found near Knowles, Beaver County, Oklahoma is in the Memorial Hall of the American Museum of Natural History, OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 67 New York City. There is no record concerning the collestor or the date when collected. : The meteorite is about 10 inches by 12 inches by 24 inches and is composed chiefly of iron. The constituents are given as followes: Iron 89.17 percentt, Nickel 9.72 percent, Cobalt 0.67. The weight is 355 pounds. On freshly cut faces which have been etched particularly good widmannsttatian figures. There have been several reported occur- rences of meteorites in Oklahoma. Some material recently examin- ed from northern McCurtain County indicate that the material is a part of a meteorite. The toughness of the iron meteorites is due to the presence of nickel and the fact that they were so difficult to cut is said to have led to the adoption of an alloy of nickel and iron in making armor plate for battleships. It should be a matter of interest to be on the lookout for meteorites over the State as well as to observe the “shooting stars” in the sky. ; PN Si Na Sak TS Or COPPER] MUNING AUN GAREIEIED, COUNDY, A. F. Reiter, 1920. At this time three shafts are being sunk for copper. One, a mile and a half east of Hillsdale on the Taylor farm, is at this time 20 feet deep with only slight indications of copper. The sec- ond, a half mile west of Hillsdale, has reached a depth of 62 feet with a slight trace of copper. This shaft is on the Laming farm. The third is a mile and a half southwest of Hillsdale on the Barnes farm and has reached a depth of 72 feet. Operations here have been interrupted by water which now stands 40 feet deep in the shaft. Agood vein of copper was found in his shaft at a depth of 32 feett and a second one at 70 feet. Copper occtfrs here in the free form principally interspersed between layers of crystailine gypsum or between layers of gypsum and red sandstone. There is considerable copper in soil also not in the free form. Selected samples from this mine gave a milling test of 40 per cent copper. The shaft run would probably not *be over 5 per cent for depths of about 5 feet in each copper bearing stratum. Coie, THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA MANGANESE DEPOSITS IN CUSTER COUNTY A: F. Reiter, 1920. During the progress of the recent war, at the suggestion of the U. S. Geological Survey, the writer made rather extensive survey of Custer County, investigating rumors of the presence of manganese ore in this region. The first location investigated was the NW. 1-4, sec. 20, T. 13N., R. 16W., were a rather irregular was found. Every fault and crevice in the soil and rocks above and below the deposit was filled with either discolorations due to manganese or with layers varying in thickness from near traces to an inch or more. The next location investigated was the SW. 1-4, sec. 31, T. 13N., R. 17W., wehre at a depth of about 30 feet a vein of 8 inches was found. Like striae were found from this vein clear to the surface. invstite SIF. 1-40 secs 23) ih AIGING WRiv 7 Nes araicl nen tiie aN View sec. 24, T. 13N., R. 17W., was found discolorations and small veins of manganese in canyons from the surface to a depth of about 20 feet. In the SW. 1-4, sec. 30, T. 13N., R. 18W., at a depth of about 16 feet was found a vein aboutl8 inches in thickness with smaller veins penetrating all crevices up to the surface. These deposits were discovered by the early settlers and thought to have been a cheap grade of coal and many wagon loads were hauled away to the sorrow and disgust of the early settlers. It exists as a fine black powder very closely resembling cheap coal. Except for the depth, this manganese could be very cheaply mined as it scoops easily from the veins. It exists as almost pure man- ganese carbonate. ANDTCLINAL FORD S aN: GE INAUR ANE. Cle) Siig COUNTY A. F. Reiter, 1920. While making a survey of manganese deposits, a rather inter- esting series of anticlinal folds was discovered in central Custer County. : : The axis of the first beginning near the center of sec. 17, T. 14N., R. 16W., and extending to about the middle of sec. 31, of the same township and range , was found a well defined anticline. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 69 The next was found beginning near the middle of sec. 3, T. 14N., R: 17W., and extending to the SW. corner of sec. 14, of the same township and range. A third begins near the north edge of sec. 27, and was traced to the south edge of sec. 34 of the same township and range. A fourth began near te center of sec. 17 and extended to near the SE. corner of sec. 29, of the same township and range. The axes of the second and third, described above, lie almost in a north and south line, only about three miles west of the axis of the first; while the axis of the fourth is only about two miles west of the second and third. _ Even a novice may easily trace the outlines of these structures. This region has since been contoured by George H. Burress. These structures are more closely crowded together and more sharply de- fined than any I have seen anywhere. Oil developments are being started upon the first main structure. POR WE AON Miriam E. Oatman-Blachly, 1920. (Abstract) Many statesmen and publicists believe and teach that it is absoultely necessary for every nation that wishes to progress, to in- crease its popuiation rapidly. The writer believes, on the contrary, that overcrowding of the world is the greatest danger to peace and prosperity. Increase of population is desirable when (1) the world’s system of food-production has not yet reached the point of diminishing returns, and is not merely sufficient, but ample, to support a greater number of persons; (2) when the material resources are available, so that standards of living will not be lowered by the increase of popu- lation; (3) under any conditions, to nations which face the likeli- hood of war—or at least, so it appears to most people. This brings up to a vicious circle; viz., nations in a world where war is imminent must increase their population as much as possible; nations which are overcrowded must resort to war (un- ‘less the other checks named by Malthus operate, as so often they do in China and India). Whether the check of pestilence and famine, or that of war, reduce the overcrowded population, immense suffering results from such overcrowding. 70 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLATIOMA LINGUISTIC CREA IVAN SS OR WA Gia eo Sophie R. A. Court, 1920. (Abstract ) Children often invent languages. Sometimes this linguistic creativeness begins quite early. It is usually explained by a de- sire to be able to conceal some facts or thoughts within a given group from outsiders. However, observations made on a little boy, A., tend to show, that, besides the element of mystery, lin- guist:c creativeness may also be due to the interest in phonetics and word study, and to a general interest in speech conventions. The little boy A. showed interest in phonetics in his fortieth month, when he began to compare similarly sounding words of dif- ferent meaning and when he also spontaneously began to divide words into syllables and sounds and to delight in this “game”. At five years two months he was intensely interested in com- par.ng words on the basis of sound and discovered in several in- tances the peculiar role some letters play. His linguistic creativeness asserted itself first at the age of three year and four months, when he invented his Modified English language, consistently changing English words by substituting some one consonant for their initials. He continued this practice, in play- ful mood, quite long, and was still using his Modified Enelish at the age of five years seven months. At four he insisted on using signs instead of speech very often and invented many signs, but was greatly discouraged by his par- ents and directly forbidden to use this means of communication. Yet, he was tempted to use signs.even at five years seven months. At five years four months he invented his “Nonsense language” mere babbling, in which he delighted and which was supposed to be the language of Nonsense City. List of words invented by A. for his Nonsense language: 1-> Quah-quah (yes); 2. Bondee (no); 3. Squeemedy (name of one of his drawings); 4. Buttonbee (imaginery insect); 5. Squanazero (another drawing); 6. Mannedy—again a drawing; 7 Deebuddy «(drawing once more); 8. Seventyo (a magic square with a seven in it); 9, Chalkten (a game); 10. Mirrorbird—an imaginary creature; 11. Vee-vee (thank you); 12. Pick-peck (see): 13. Chicter-chick (come); 14. Prrrr (kitty). OKLAHOMA IN CVAD NM ON AOS SCI SIN (OS, 71 Eh Bini OF) OMS S@UR J. Ray Cable; 1921. This paper attempts to point out some of the more conservative influences in early Middle Western banking development. Missouri organized a state bank with branches in 1837, and gave it monopoy of the issue function. For 30 years this bank was the great middle western teacher of sound banking principles. It furnished a tre- mendous contrast to the unsound banking conditions of surrounding states. It is iteresting to speculate upon the causes of the differ- ence. Misscuri commercial development came a little later than that of the Ohio valley and the lesson was no lost. Locally Missouri had been taught the eviis of banking by two earlier and unfortunate private experiments—St. Louis, and the Loan Office Experiment. The Branch bank of United States had shown her how much good a realy good bank could do. With this in mind it is at ieast easy to. see why a conservative start was made. Their bias was never changed and was, in fact, carried so far that the State Bank failed to furnish legitimate and necessary business accomodation. The protest became so insistent that in 1857 the Assembly revoked the monopoly powers of the State Bank and established 6 private banks of issue. Ten years later the state stock was sold and after a decade of bad management under national charter the bank applied for a receivership in 18/7. WHERE DID THE INDIANS OF THE GREAT PLAINS Gut REE ER: int ie Chas. N. Gould, 1921. It is a well known fact that before the coming of the white man to this country, the Indian artifacts, both those of war and of agriculture, were composed almost entirely of stone. Stone, for this purpose, must be hard enough to maintain a cutting edge, and brittle enough that it may be chipped or shaped with comparative ease. Flint was the most common material used by American In- dians ,although in many places, obsidian, quartzite, jasper, and agate were also used. In almost every instance the material nearest at hand was utilized, whether this material be flint, obsidian, or | some other rock. The greatest part of the Indian arrow-heads and other im- 72 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA plements found on the Great Plains have been made from one of the rocks mentioned above, flint usually being most common. This is for the reason that on the Plains, deposits of flint are found more abundantly than any of the other rocks named . There are three general regions on the Great Plains where flint occurs in great quantities; namely (1) in the region of the outcrop of the Boone Chert, of Mississippian age, on the outer rim of the Ozark Mountains, (2) in the Pennsylvanian-Permian Flint Hills of Kansas and northern Oklahoma, (3) in the Pennsylvanian area of north-central Texas. It is very evident that the Indians used flint obtained from all of these places for he manufacture of implements. In the Ozark region there are present the remains of numerous quarries and pits from which large amounts of flint have been excavated. In Ottawa and Deleware counties, Oklahoma; Cherokee County, Kan- sas; and Newton and Jasper counties, Missouri, many of the hills composed of Boone Chert show evidence that during a very long period of time the Indians used the flint for the manufacture of implements. I have personally collected hundreds, of pounds of re- jects, incomp!ete or broken flint implements in abandoned quarries in Ottawa County. These quarries usually occur along the brow of a low hill, or scrap. The spall, or refuse limestone which has been thrown away at the time the flint nodules were extracted, sometimes for mounds five to ten feet high and hundreds of yards. in length. Workshops are abundant throughout the region. The Bureau of Ethnology at Washington, has made extensive collec- tions from these quarries and a bulletin has been published on the subject. The Flint Hills of Kansas and Oklahoma were also a prolific source of material for implements. The Flint Hills, which stand out as a prominent escarpment, two hundred to three hundred feet above the level of the plains to the east extend northward from Osage County, Oklahoma, across east-central Kansas, nearly as far as the Nebraska State line. The summit of the Flint Hills is made up of several heavy ledges of limestone, containing vast amounts of flint in the form of nodules or concretions. The geologist has named the three most prominent ledges, the Wreford, the Fort Riley- Florence, and the Winfield limestones. As the limestone that made up these hills has been dissolved and eroded by the action of water, the flint being less soluble, has remained behind; and weathering out on the surface for tens of thousands of square miles of country—hence the name of Flint Hills. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 7s The -largest quarries with which I am personally familiar in the Flint Hills are near the town of Hardy in eastern Kay County, Oklahoma. They are located on some rather high hills overlook- ing the valléy of Beaver Creek. These places have long been known locally as the “Timbered Hills” from the mounds of broken rock and debris, which form great piles along the foot of the hills. One hears of course, the old tales of buried treasure, of Spanish Mines, and of Indian burial grounds, which tales are ominpresent throughout the southwest. Anyone who cares to investigate, how- ever, will soon be convinced that the “Timbered Hills’ are simply the remains of the quarries from which the Indians obtained ma- ferial for weapons and instruments. Still farther north in Cowley County, Kansas, there are a great number of pits and quarries with numerous rejects scattered on the surface. Near Maple City, Kansas, four miles from the Oklahoma State line, I have collected hundreds of specimens of flint rejects. Other quarries with which I am familiar are located near Dexter, Grand Summit, Beaumont, and Sallyards, Kansas, and they have been reported as far north as Blue Rapids, not far from the Nebraska line. A third region on the Plains in which flint is quite abundant is in the Pennsylvanian region of northern Texas. The same type of limestone and flint concretions occur here is in the Flint Hiils region in northern Oklahoma and southern Kansas. Great nuim- bers of concretions are found here, but they are not as larze as those in Kansas. There appears to have been a period of post- Pennsylvanian erosion, which has swept away the flint flakes and fragments so abundant in the Flint Hills of Oklahoma and Kansas. In some dozen or more countries in north-central Texas, including Jack, Young, Stephens, Palo Pinto, Eastland, Callaham, Brown, Coleman and Runnels where the flint occurs in quantities, it is usually found in the form of rounded concretions varying in size up to six inches in diameter, which covers many of the higher escarp- ments as well as the slopes below. In many cases these concretions have been broken open and fractured, sometimes by natural agencies, but perhaps more often by the hand of man, and the chips and fragments, in many cases, have been worked into implements. It is no uncommon thing to find in this region an ancientt workshop where Indians having collected large quantitties of boulders, have worked them into implements. Large amounts of fragments and many rejects in all stages of completion may be found near these workshops. r 74 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA I remember a few years ago being in his region with two gentle- men from Oklahoma City, looking up an oil proposition. We had worked our way for half a mile along an escarpment covered with mesquite and live-oak, and finally came out on a high pointt over- looking a beautiful valley, now occupied by half a dozen prosper- ous farms. We had been picking up rejects and an occasional arrow-head until our pockets were half full. On the extreme point of the bluff where we sat down to rest there was evidence of an old workshop. Fragments of flint were scattered over the surface of the ground. We were talking about the old Indian, who, five hundred thousand years before, must have been sitting where we now sat, working at his trade. I happened to notice on the slope just below me, a fairly good arrow-head, and climbed down to get it. While there I reached my hand back under the ledge on which my companions were sitting, and on a little shelf picked up two perfect specimens of flint arrow-heads which had evidently been left there by their maker hundreds of years before. Another place which has been called to the attention of geolo- gists the last few years, where material for implements is very abundant, is the Amarillo gas field in the Panhandle of Texas. Throughout this region there is a ledge of dolomite of Upper Permian age, known as the Alibates dolomite. This ledge consists usually of two members of hard white rock, resembling limestone, separated by red shale. The total thickness of the ledges varies from six to twenty feet. The upper part of the upper ledge of this dolomite has been shanged in some unknown way until, in many places, it now forms a fairly good quality of agate, so that it is usually spoken of as “agatized dolomite’. It is a very hard and brittle, motttled or banded, varigated in color, usually with red and brown pr-dominating. . Throughout a considerable part of northern Potter, southeast- ern Moore ,southwestern Hutchinson, and northern Carson coun- ties, Texas, this dolomite is found scattered on the surface. A considerable amount of the material has been shaped by the Indian and now exists in the form of rejects. J think I am safe in saying that one might in time, collect car loads of rejects made from this. agatized dolomite. In addition to the four chief localities which I have mention- ed, there are in the states of the Plains, several other sources from which the Indians obtained material for implements. The lava rock from which the extinct voleanoes of northeastern New Mex- ico is sometimes sufficiently hard and brittle to form obsidian, and OKLAHOMA NEA ENEY (ORNS CLE NCE. 75 this material was often used. Obsidian implements increase in number as one approaches the New Mexico volcanic region, just as the agatized dolomite implements are more abundant in the Panhandle country and western Oklahoma and Kansas. In Old- ham County, Texas, some forty miles northwest of Amarillo, along the bluffs and breaks of Alamosa Creek there is a high, rounded, flat-topped hill, known locally as “Indian Mound”. On top of this hil! which occupies possibly half an acre in extent, there are the remnants of twenty or more Indian dwellings, circular depres- sions which once formed the site of a teepee. Near these former dwellings, there is the ordinary debris, such as bones, shards, of broken pottery, metates, stones for holding down the edges of the . teepees, and considerable number of implements of the chase. Both ou top of this mound and on the slopes, as weil as in the sur- rounding region, one finds considerable amounts of the black, translucent, volcanic glass, or obsidian, which probably came from the northwest. There are certain regions in southwest Texas where Creta- ceous limestone contains considerable quarries of flint nodules, or concretions. Robert T. Hill, a famous Texas geologist, has named several localities from which flint implements were obtained. Throughout the greater part of Texas, Oklahoma, and Kansas there are scattered on the surface, great numbers of smooth, water-worn pebbles composed usually of quartz, but sometimes of other materials, such as flint, quartzite, or hard limestone. It has been one of the chief summer amusements of our young geologists, or of geologists first coming to the Plains country, to attempt to account for the origin of hese water-worn pebbles. Those of us who have been here several years are inclined to believe that we do not know anything about it. In many places these pebbles have served as a source of supply for implements. Iremember finding in northern Hunt County, Texas, about fifty miles northeast of Dallas, several localities where one could find fragments of broken quartzite and flint pebbles and even a few rejects, and the remains of a workshop, and there are doubtless thousands of such places - scattered over the several states. In conculsion, the Indian used material nearest at hand, for the manufacture of his arrow-heads and other implements. The completed implements were evidently carried by the various tribes for long distances. There are, on the Plains, four chief cources of material for implements, namely: the Boone Chert area of the Ozarks; the Flint Hills of Oklahoma and Kansas; the Pennsyl- 126 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA 3 vanian area of northern Texas; and the Alibates dolomites of the Texas Panhandle, with a number of other less important sources. Mr. J. B. Thoburn of the Historical Society to whom this. paper was submitted, made the following comments: At a point twelve miles north and four miles west of Boise City Cimarron County, I found an outcrop of sandstone (Dakota?) which had been metamorphosed and which contained numerous nodules of quartzite, which being harder than the embedding ma- terial, had been exposed by erosion. These had been knocked off or otherwise detached by primitive man and rejects and_ spalis were numerous. Quartzite implements, either complete or frag- mentary, are numerous in the surrounding region. There is a projecting ledge of massive white flint or chert, about three miles northeast of Kenton in the same county, from which hundreds, if not thousands, of tons of material have been removed, probably throughout a period of several thousand years. This material is almost as white as porcelain. SOME STUDIBS WILE COMPICEIMEN a DEFICIENT GUINEA-PIGS H. D. Moore. Abstract. The principal observations of scientific interest are as fol- lows: Ist. That the blood sera of some guinea-pigs are greatly de- ficient in complement. 2nd. That guinea-pigs deficient in complement are also lack- ing in resistance to disease. 3rd. That the lack of complement does not hinder hee pro- duction of artificially acquired immunity. . 4th. That guinea-pigs deficient in complement are also deficient in normal opsonins. 5th. That this deficiency in complement is an heritable con- dition (Published in full in the Journal of Immunology Vol. 4, No. 6, Novy. 1919). OKWAH OMA (ACADEMY jOF (SClLENCE TG) FURTHER OBSERVATIONS ON TONUS RHY- IDEUMES) JUNE DIG P ISU RAN Gab WMEULS\ GIBB: Be Nicerandiy Ann Niels a lo2 i Abstract. Oscillations in diaphragm muscle have been observed by a num- ber of workers in dogs and rabbits during normal sleep and under anaesthesia. (1) The cause for these oscillations is considered to be of central origin (2). We have noted these oscillations in urethanized dogs, rabbits, cats and decerebrate cats. They may appear from one to seven hours after the urethane, 2 grams per kilo of body weight, is ad- ministeres by stomach. In an attempt to find whether they may not be due in part to changes in the irritability of the muscle it- self the following experiments were performed. Cats and dogs aneshetised with urethane, 2 grams per kilo, were fastened back down on the animal board and simultaneous records of the res- piration and blood pressure made. The former was recorded by attaching an S-shaped hook into the diaphragm about midway be- tween the lateral chest wall and the central tendon of the diaphragm and a thread passed from it over a pully to a writing lever as em- ployed by Nice in former work. (3) The blood pressure was re- corded from a femeral artery by means of a mercury manometer. The brain of the animal was quickly pithed the phrenic nerves cut and the peripheral end of one stimulated with make induction shocks at the rate of 120 per minute. Then artificial respiration was administered for about five minutes, after which a second series of stimuli were applied to the Phrenic nerve and _ so on. Under our experimental procedure the diaphragm gave tonus rhythms similar in form to the oscillations that appear when the nerves are intact. This indicates that these oscillations may in part be due to peripheral origin. \ BIBLIOGRAPHY (1) Mosse; Arciv. ital. de biol. 1886, VII, 48; ibid 1903, XL, 43. also McLeod: Physiology and Moderemistry in Modern Medicine. St. Louis 1908, 370. (2) McLeod loc. cit. (Se Nice, ihis Journal, XX XTi 204%" 1914 2 KOOKS, | 326: XXXV, 194. (4) Loc. cit. s 78 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAROMS AN ESSENTRIC HEN, ANATOMICALLY EXCUSED A. F. Reiter, 1921, A little black mongrel hen, so active that fences were no barrier to her range, decided to settle down to incubation. She was encouraged in this by receiving a setting of eggs which she carefully brooded. She hatched her brood and mothered them a few days when she turned cannibal, killing and eating her whole flock of chickens within a few hours. The hen was then allowed to feed with other chickens for about ten days when she was slaughtered. The hen was found to have two complete systems of ovaries and oviducts. In one was found eggs in all ‘stages of development up to egg in shell. In the other were eggs up to the size Of a pea. Evidently the hen hatched her brood when both ovaries were inactive. With the beginning of active life in caring for her brood one ovary began developing eggs which gave the hen the impulse to wean her brood, her mother instincts being satisfied with ege in duct. In trying to wean her chickens she killed one and ate it, which developed her canabalistic habits, which were not satisfied until the last chick was devoured. Alaying hen does not care to h> annoyed with a brood of chickens following her. “The University, Bullen has. ee ase The: oe that. have Ted to! seek ys time. to. ime Gabor anod anbae the one. oe the (dices dé hfe: partments of. the: university; and. second, to provide ; a way for i ; nd eo the publishing of reports, papers, theses, and such. other matter at tee as the university. believes would be helpful. to. ‘the ‘cause of edu-” “gation: in our: ‘state. . The Bulletin. will be sent, post free. to ‘all F Oo ho apply for it. The university desires especially to exchange ee eo yc en with other: schools and colleges: for. en: pablicationge Bee : Communications should ‘be ude cotad: ‘THE UNIVERSITY OF. OKLAHOMA TAR ls aN University Hall TN Naira 4 cc : a Norman, ‘Oklahoma os Gy ere fe a a is. aed seated Entered at We panies ah NOE a Man, as. ‘second class: matter, under ‘act of congress of August’ 24, 1912; Accepted for. mailing | at special rate of postage, “ae ie provided for in Section 1103, act of October 3rd, Wir, ane Oat on a July. Sth, 1918. : 4 ae on iis < PROCEEDINGS» OF THE ' OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OFSCIENCE — . Affiliated with the AMERICAN ASSOCIATION FOR THE ' ADVANCEMENT OF SCIENCE : 1922 na = VOLUME Le NORMAN, OKLAHOMA ished by the University et Oklahoma in Cooperation with | oe the Oklahoma Academy of Science. Officers for 1921-22 eB, LDHOBURN, Oklahoma City = 20 ees President GUNE NG AWAEEIEIUAIWIS Norte) eo ee First Vice-President R. O. WHITENTON, Stillwater __________ Second Vice-President MSS SIND © ss IN stp ek Ta I TE Secretary Ted Ee) ee BY KG ae SS as a et a Treasurer RNRUEID) IBIUIEILVAIRID > iNiermangho eo es Curator Officers for 1922-23 IR, OF WWHIEVMMEIN LOIN, Silliyawer 2 ee President Se eWieidinaties 22 ee eae eee First Vice-President W. G. Friedeman, Stillwater ___-.--__-_______ Second Vice-President TESS NST GES SING rear ea 1a ea Ee Secretary EAC ROYS “No mmianicei i 2 sh aren alee ee nat cee hs Treasurer INIRIGIO) BWILILAIRID), Noonan jo Curator Committee on Publication H. L. Dopcr S. WEIDMAN A. Ricwarps, Chairman sfoy OH dIN “q “J uueWIploig “5 “M UBUIPIaA\ “S uoWweYyM ‘O YY €7261-2261 aspoq “I ‘H IN ‘Gq J uowsaryM “OM swmeyIM AD uinqoyL ad ‘[ 726I-I26l rm uoWaYyA “OY IN “A 71 IAMIeO Ree) 1 INGOT Gea Joyey “A “VW 1261-0261 \ uoWaYyM “OY IN “AT Teme) “O) IL Joy AW WeYyAIM “WW IN OZ6I-ZI61 auey “H H IIIN “dT yoy A WV wWeyxsIAA “WW W “pioyey D “1 ZI61-9161 sea SUE We A | UOUEIS SD) SIN Gd i POE OA PInoy ‘N DO 9I6I-STOI our “HH Loyey AV uosUIA “F) “Y URUaPANI “M 9 uouueyS “MD SI6I-f16l our] “HH yey AV ey uouueysS “MD E€I6I-ZI6l - souof | “H Ajas] “@ “Hf saavay “MS CIOI-II6l : sauof ‘| -H Apps q A Surteqd TN Uuunq-d d ulIyO “M “C_ II61-O161 7 souof “| “H Ajas] “q “Al unyung ‘qq = usoques “YD ue] “H H O161-6061 haps eA, Joinseol TL AYCJIIIISG ‘SoId-/A PUuoddIS ‘Sot q-990T A qSIT D jJUIPISaI J *e S1B9 \ fea Be: AONAIOS AO ANAACVOV VNOHVIHO AHL AO SAADIMAO 4 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA MEMBERSHIP ' Fellows Pe ance AE AM 30 a aE Na SR Me aed a ere ei Ponca City Breitenbecher,? |. kic2 2 a. = a ee ee eee Norman ont IN AU ts haral Ne pes ete sy ors coe el lel eee ae eure Norman ID Yoxd vetoes Novealereal Oh mammal See ee re ee ee Norman Freidemann, Wm. G. —-___ Pie Rao nie MU ake ee Raa S Stillwater NG tl eps Cas IN ie ce ae Sa pes ee ee a Oklahoma City Geter rE otra) A a ea ie eee Stillwater Tia ans eSaate Wate tan VAY gute eee sed satis A eee a Be -Oklahoma City NCHS 5 a ged Wegener A ys ea so Stillwaten= TManlesenbae big, Seoccee neue were Ont pA RR SES ea ate East Enid Nien 2A Tartans Ji oo ee ee e ommeam EN LS SSSA SS Se eal ga emt eae Norman Nice: Margaret (Msi 22 2s Se Norman (Cesar alae BN acta ek ete SA ees oe ea Oklahoma City {RUCrNe erin sare Woh ele pial tas selasie teeter go gos et Se ae oe East Enid - Richards, A. ine eee ee ean ee Norman Riimarncls: MbilClRe Gl alee Se ak ener Norman Se Wal) YON eal See Cer al Cane eR Melaahl nanan Pare a red a or eee Stillwater Shannon: Co Wo a a eae eee eee Norman Sii@en et lea C xy wea ee fas ee USE Siete es Ra Bartlesville — AUNGO)OTe Gla fpenlepereqees ee Sea oor ee eo Okiahoma City AVAVHCSSTCG lin Ee a ohana pee ayer) Seca SE GS ea Norman WWackham, (Vi Vk sa cee aonan==- SO aves Sleek Norman Honorary Members [BRO e) LecPage Bes O Mec aa use ray econ ail ee ey oh eke i Norman TNs) UlSN mliig= hal cca eaaiaaree aie res ales ae ea Te Ce as es ee Se Cache Widder Jolin Alo 2 hee Wy ieee Gehan ees Sea ae Austin, Tex. Meifbte Sa STE ) SS a et aeee Washington, D. C. Active Members eWeniess Sister: Mis se eee i ee ror een ar Guthrie Avexandes, Estella a is. isu ice Sie eet sega ee oe Hobart Baler Nin (Cone Ses Dias DEG ee iseeu pees oe ee Stillwater Beeson, M. A. perm edness en Sa Sega NO CA Stillwater | Si@SANG bere hariedl Dees ae elie eee Soe ee ee DeLand, Fla. Brookoah ratte. Ge c00= Ses ApS ea Nee pee nares Oklahoma City rol latia ete Coe of a NC ee ae cone ea ae Soeaaem Norman rales Er Sia oS OS A eet Norman ables Ja cktary: ona onetime Boot epee areal _------Norman Warten. Pose ocak Eee SI eee rR ce gg Alva Chambers, Chas. O. ier eee ee a ES ain OKLAHOMA ACADENY On SCIENCE 5 Peibad, Je i. 2s) eR I SLES ig en ath ae LH delhi aed ae AE Stillwater ONE SIS tO UO SM 0s ee gS Norman Crabb, SS aay eerie ed te Cee he RE ED pe ery aT gta et ee tlh Norman Becker, Classe atc a ee Me A Aa NN od Sh ol Norman Tigo Ve aieatra ee (Cs a eet ey etre A oe st ee al cee eee Norman. ley, julia; Steele 222 SORA ecard fe SUMS RSE Oklahoma City EB SamulCee se AAV els ees 2 no as eee ee ico ee eee a Pittsburg, Pa. TED peels CO cP o S ra PS See ee ann ee Dae Oc Norman Bisselere tere aie edn ee eet nae eS Se Se a a Norman (Gncimes Matrar Ur oy ale Pu NEC SS rapt Sa GUE Kinefisher Gunderson. Gani eae ead & NS a a STUB aa Stillwater Hat CELE, adele pe Jee eee ee aS Sie ee _____ Tishomingo Mintvold: Oscars ee as YN Bs pt Medford | oH GRE STPE 95 Ra 8 3 a et Ce care ra Norman Peienccnis @lirichiamins: eau te ea es Stillwater Baie 1Ga ee ey pines 2 pe US Si Graham Reig i yanca Rendle) eearenen in ee Me one nia eA rae Mea ane de cats Ihemeveg\, “IN|S ME. TEER SE Se SDS TOs pelo Silat Mhce In Stillwater LE DOM C OU Se iy ey ee Oe st © DUNNE Oklahoma City Bogan David “MSc ae on pele Steere SI a Ga eee hatte TS ae ee Okmutgee NEAT G (ey, a ee ec ces eee SSL 3G GCN GN Norman Ieee stpees eet A) Stage hae Ape A Be oe i eh oh AR Norman Taipei AVES cai es eS el es eal eee ee, a ren SN Stillwater — TP Autes STERKON by le Riel gs Se cine ee Stillwater Rapper oer ats eae ea ee Se ree a Missoula, Mont. FseGh ARS SIO) eee Gee eee See ee oe Norman Weenies Minera mace are Seed oe Sate PEN GS Ikayenta, N. M “EXC YSIS ITE VA Ween Dp ick staee eeu yee ae ES eS Ie ea Ss oP le Oilton Roy /S ase ned (© tee SEO a ana Fae eee as en eS --=Norman BAS litt al tate roaNt as WAV esr oa a eS ee ome a I Drumright BSS ligt Saye totes eit ne pope Aika cpr ne ee eee Repro pe Oey Norman Pescara De VVinwe Sos eS a ew sie eee Stillwater peincbino tise Via ye tee ne ee ee ee ee ee ee ies Nomad oe TRE NCR re ee ome Goi Sect are? eA De Cea ea Norman Shirley, ofa (Onepeti ees tet nln Tore wes rae 2 Ue eS pe basi isn Shoemaker, el eA ee tes teen ents wee NSS sae Norman Pe Siinizec Wadiey ob itch we ter eee ee Norman SSrongelet leona ean tne a ee Sey ee: ast Tinid Re SOMME Ora Ro Rees PN ee a8 ie Sais Star) AN os Norman Stafford, Ai alivcals ee ei A ade aR a a Lawton Bilbo cnt whon Ge ash oe ee ae eee pene Norman : O Thatocer bee se ces STE GO Sana ik Sti tM ET at gt Norman ss Beplciy = losemla a) sheet ec en ee Se en i en ~-Norman 6 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Van Der Gracht, Waterschoot, W. A. M. ee eR aS be Louis, Mo. ia cele mtn eA es os Pe een ae --.-Norman AWilanieine yrs sp DCs Se See Ee ye areca Stratford Winter ery ERs TDs esi NT OLN IN _ Stillwater WWatlivarmmsy: AG Jo) NO torment eee ee Onn ala AVMs): Guy Vs =e nee eee ee poe Notmaat Wilson, SRA fee oe Sa ae te Bee eee ee Stillwater Warten Niles; Buy sss soe eee ee ee Ae eee eee Dallas, Texas Wirieht= Ivan Gi 2 2- = Se bier al tae Ne see ae A Rh _-Norman Nromuiess (Birdies (ee 2) eos ae aan PeMiien dretle 3 SrNyN eS A Stiilwater s OKA OMASACADEMYS OF SCIENCE 7 PROGRAM OF THE ANNUAL MEETING OF 1922 Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, February 10, 1922. University of Oklahoma, Norman, February 11, 1922. ‘ February 10 Presidential Address: The possibility of the redemption of the Great Plains from its semi-arid condition. J. B. Tl:oburn. Some Notes on the Bois Fort Chippewa of Miniesota. Aibert B. Reagan. Identification of Anthoceros in the Oklahoma ciypitcgamic flora: M. M. Wickham. Notes on the Migration of Macrochelys lacertine: M. M. Wickham. Further notes on migration of Terrapene carolina in Okla- homa. M. M. Wickham. Identification of fresh water sponges in the Oklahoma Fauna. M. M. Wickham. Red and white blood corpuscles and catalase in the blood of non-complement guinea pigs: L. B. Nice, A. J. Neill and H. D. Moore. The regular tetrahedron in relation to its cube and other solids. Oscar Ingold. Oklahoma geography in the high schools: C. J. Bollinger. The poisonous substance in cotton seed: Paul Menaul. The Chemistry of the pecan: W. G. Friedmann. February 11 Zoology Lecture Room, State University Biology Section . The egg-laying habits and early development of Haminea yire- scens (Sby): A. Richards. The acceleration of the cleavage rate of Haminea virescens (Sby): A. Richards. A third Christmas bird Census: Margaret M. Nice. Fate of leucocytes in the placental circulation : I. What prevents leucocytes of the materal circulation from migrating into the foetal circulation? II. The role of the syncytial layer of the chorionic villi. JII. Importance of this investigation relative to inheritance of disease or immunity from disease: Jos. M. Thuringer. A new differential staining method for connective tissue com- bined with the ordinary hematoxylin-eosin stain. (Demonstration) : Jos. M. Thuringer. Effect of lime and organic matter on the root development 8 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA eS and the yield of alfalfa on the so-called hard-pan subsoils of Okla- homa: M. A. Beeson. Notes on the parasite faunas. John E. Guberlet. A preliminary note on the optic tract of eyeless flies: Mildred H. Richards and Esther Y. Furrow. Somatic mutations and elytral mosaics in Bruchus. ai K. Breitenbecker. A preliminary report on the genetics of a red spotted sex limited mutation in Bruchus: C. Lee Furrow. A preliminary note on the chromosome number in the sperma- _ tocytes of Bruchus: Frank C. Brooks. The erand period of growth of root-hairs (Lantern): R. EF. Jeffs. ; Continuous culture of oats versus rotation: H. S. Murphy. — Multiple adenomata of the kidney cortex with special reference to histogenesis: Julia Steele Eley. Saturday, February 11, 9:30 A. M. Geology Section Physiographic history of the Arbuckle Mountains: S. Weidman. Some observations of erosion and seiisipovetey ou in the Wichita Mountain area: Oren F. Evans. Subsurface studies: R. D. Reed. An Oklalioma meteorite: A. C. Shead. Robbersen oil field: Leon English. Discussion by Roger Deni- son and Arthur Meyer. Percentage of square mile of oil production in Oklahoma: Bess ~ U. Mills. Oklahoma oil resources: W. C. Shannon. Arkose of the northern Arbuckle area: Geo. D. Morgan. A Siluro-Devonian oil horizon in southern Oklahoma: Geo. D. Morgan. . The foraker lime stone in Lincoln county: H. E. Lillibridge. A new variant of the hidden treasure myth: C. H. Gould. The Webber’s Falls limestone: J. B. Thoburn. Afternoon Session, 1:15 P. M. Saturday February 11 Room 308, Geology Building Sykes Alaskan expedition of the University of Oklahoma of 1921: Ed. Crabb. z A note on the economic status of the bald eagle in Alaska: Ed. Crabb. On the intensity of the sand as measured by Rayleigh disc or s OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE ) is Webster phonometer: J. ae Cloud, (read by- tle). temperature ; Wm. Schriever. ; ; es Economics and Government International exchange: A. B. Adams. ; : ‘Responsibility in state government: F. F. Blachly. Blachly. ae Psychology half: Sophie Re Av Conrt. - man-Blachly. a child that would not talk: Margaret M. Nice. Sr The simple rigidity of a drawn tungsten wire at incindeccent Pak health administration in Oklahoma: Miriam Odtnane - Self-taught arithimetic from the age of five to seven and ase neces notes on eighteen-months vocabularies: Miriam Oat- BIOEOEM (Papers numbered 1 to 8 were presented at meetings previous to that of 1922, but were not published in the earlier volume. Papers numbered 9 to 32 were presented in the meetings of 1922.) I. HANDEDNESS AND SPEECH Margaret M. Nice | Norman, Oklahoma . Presented in 1917. It has often been observed that interference with congenital left-handedness has caused disturbances in speech, such as stut- tering or stammering, although this does not always happen. In some cases speech has been retarded in children who were not allowed the free use of their preferred hand. ° There is an intimate connection between the hand center and the speech center in the brain, and the speech center is located in the hemisphere that con- ‘trols the dominant hand. Hence it is always an unwise and some- times dangerous proceedings to force a left-handed child into using his right hand. : Seven children, six girls and one boy, were slow in learning to talk and at the same time were ambidextrous. An explanation of the coincidence of retardation in speech and in the ascendancy of the right hand might be that as long as the dominant hand center was not definitely settled the speech center could not be located. This paper is published in full in the “Pedagogical Seminary,” June, 1918, XXV. pp., 141-162: Il. A NOTE ON THE RELATION OF HEAT AND MOIS- TURE TO THE BEHAVIOR OF THE TEXAS. LAND SNAIL Ed. D. Crabb From the Zoological Laboratory of the University ae Oklahoma. Contribution No. 7, Second Series. The observations were made at Camp Bowie, Fort Worth, Texas, in the late summer and fall of 1917 and spring of 1918, upon Bulimulus dealbatus, Say, B. mooreanus and B. parriarcha, Pheib., as determined for me by the late Louis P. Gratacap, Curator of Mollusca, at the American Museum of Natural History. In warm dry weather these molluscs may be seen cemented to . me we a OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE li the vegetation. Sometimes they were so numerous and their nearly white shells so noticeable as to suggest that the prairie weeds were blossoming snails. These snails are rarely active between eight o'clock in the morning and sunset, unless cloudy weather prevails. My observa- tions, however, lead me to believe that moisture rather than dark- ness is responsible for the activity of the molluscs for immediately after a hard shower none were cemented to the weeds, rocks, or other objects, but all that I saw were moving. Prompted by these observations the writer performed some simple experiments. Three living specimens, which hud sealed their shells with epigrams were immersed in water. One of these emerged in just six minutes. The epigram of one of the other two was then punctured and all three placed in a dry cup in my locker. The next morning the one that had emerged while immersed had climbed out of the cup, but neither of the other two had emerged. Before noon they emerged but soon retreated into their shells and sealed the entrances. During the afternoon six others which had been in my locker several days without having removed their epigrams, emerged, and after crawling about some, cemented themselves to the sides of the till and to articles in the locker. The activity of these specimens was doubtless due to the humidity of the atmos- phere, for it is really great when the sun shines just after an August shower; even the clothes in the locker were damp the day after the rain. In another case a number of snails that had been placed in the locker during dry hot weather sealed their shells and all estivated until awakened by moisture. These observations. lead to the conclusion that not heat but moisture is the factor which determines the behavior of snails during observation. III. OBSERVATION ON THE BEHAVIOR OF A MALE DICKCISSEL, SPIZA AMERICANA DURING THE NESTING PERIOD _ Ed. D. Crabb From the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. Contribution No. 9, Second Series. A male dickcissel which the writer observed took no part in the building of the nest, incubation or rearing of the young, but faithfully sang encouraging songs for his toiling mate and proved himself, “Lord and Master of his Household,” by using force to cause the female to resume her task of incubation after she had been frightened from her nest and had manifested too great fear to return. 4 Ae THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA This female deposited five eggs, only four of which hatched. She laid an egg each morning for five consecutive mornings then began the task of incubation. The: incubation period was-from ten to eleven days, probably ARO) wey, 225 s to be more exact; for I neglected to record _whether it was at my morning or afternoon visit that I noticed that the last fertile ege had hatched. So far as I am aware this is the first published account of. the incubation period of the diel kcissel. Or Cn yee © Bax I¥. A PRELIMINARY NOTE ON THE NUMBER OF TINES IN THE ANTLERS CF THE WHIiTEH-TAIL DEER AS CORRELATED WITH AGE = Ed. D. Crabb Zoological Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. Contribution No. 8:. Second Series. cB) ® eammon “thumb ruleZ: according to many hunters, 1or G@cterminins the ace of a deer is that a deer is as many years old there are pomnts cn his antlers. Ihe purpose of this paper is to chow that there 1s no correlation between age and number of We know that the condition of the mammalian teeth, espec- jally with reeard to the shedding of the deciduous or milk teeth and the nea ince Of the permanent dentition, bears definite rela- tions to the age of the mammal and Bat this relation is of fairly reliable character; therefore, if one is to determine the age of a Geer by the number of tines on its antlers, there must be cor- relation between (1) shedding of its deciduous teeth and condition of its permanent dentition, (2) the number of tines_on the antlers, (3) and between the number of times and the age of the animal. The writer has for some years been compiling data with regard to ‘this correlation, d : Care has been taken in compiling this data to compare only specimens that were killed in the same locality, so that they should ‘have had essentially the same feeding conditions; consequently the teeth should have been subjected to the same relative amount of wear. Eight comparable cases are noted here. In order to meet these recuirements it is necessary to compare the eight specimens in twos. 2 ital two individuals, designated as “A” and “B” the antlers are re ically the same as regards size and number of points, but the aa batteries are different. That in “A” shows a much more worm condition than that in “B.’ The age of “A” as™ “OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE i3 shown by the teeth is distinctly greater than that of “B”’; the antlers in this case do not appear as a criterion of age. : * The comparison of “C”- with “D” shows that “D” has eight x tines and a badly worn dental battery, while “C” has twelve tines : y and his dental battery is not badly worn. “C” is actually younger, _ but has four more tines than “D.” ; In the case of “E” and “F” the number of tines is the same, i.e, three on either beam on each animal’s head, but the premolars at One: EE care deciduous while the entire dental battery of “F” is : ' permanent. A spike “G,” has deciduous premolors, first and second molars in use and third just erupting; while the dental battery of “H” is almost identical with that of “G,” but “H” has three tines on either beam. ; Tt will be seen from the foregoing comparisons of the number of tines and of dental batteries that no correlation exists between these two sets of facts, and therefore, there can scarcely be a correlation of the number of tines with the age of a white-tail deer. V. THE GENETIC EVIDENCE OF A MULTIPLE (TRIPLE) ALLELOMORPH SYSTEM IN BRUCHUS . AND ITS RELATION TO SEX-LIMITED INHERITANCE J. K. Breitenbecher “Ittem the Zoological. Labo son: of the Uni wy of Oklahoma. : Centribution No. 5, Second Series. pe ais 5 paper concerns the origin and genetic behavior of three body color mutations, which have manifested themselves in my cultures of the so-called “four-spotted cowpea-weevil," Bruchus quadrimaculatus, Fabr. ~The wild type (male and female) have tan body and elytral color. The first mutation observed was a red _ body color dominant to the wild type. This mutation although it was transmitted by both sexes regardless of the previous combina- tion manifested a marked sexual dimorphism; the females appear : with red elytra and body color but the males are of the wild is type (tan body and elytral color). The second mutant female was black and was likewise sex-limited in behavior because the female in pure cultures were always black while the males were always of ‘the wild type (tan). Both sexes carried the same genes regardless of the nature of the cross. Black was dominant to the wild type (tan) bu: recessive to red. The third mutation £0 be considered in this paper was a white female. “After pure lines had been isolated, it was discovered that the females had always a white body and 14 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA elytral color, but its males were of the wild (tan) type. It was found, however, on breeding these insects that both male and female transmitted white body color. It was found that white is a recessive to either red or black, but a dominant to the wild (tan) type. This order of dominance suggested to the author that these four body and elytral colors (red, black, white, and wild) might be allelomorphs. This proved true for the following reasons. The following arguments, taken from Morgan, and others (1915) are in favor of.a multiple allelomorph series. It is found that the experiments result as observed for Bruchus for these four factors a multiple allelomorph series. 1. That mut‘tiple allelomorphus seem to affect the same char- acter. Tliis is true for Pruchus, because each body color red, black, white, and wild or tan, affect the entire body and elytral color. 2. That an individual may contain only two genes of the allelomorph series. These may be the same gene or different mem- bers of the series. This breeding behavior was manifested in all combinations of these genes; therefore, this is true for Bruchus. 3. When any two mutant types of an allelomorphic series are crossed, they give a type that is like the dominant parent ‘or intermediate, because neither brings in the normal allelomorph of the other, consequently the wild type is not reconstituted. - For these mutants of ours in Bruchus the individuals of the second gen- eration are like the dominant parent in each case: 4. The strongest evidence of a multiple allelomorph series is that there is no crossing over between the genes because of the nature of the theory, which demands that such genes occupy the same locus. In the thousands of offspring produced by means of various tests no crossing over was observed between the four body colors of Bruchus. In all these four respects the mutants (red, black, and white) of Bruchus fulfill the requirements of a multiple allelomorph series. SUMMARY 1. This paper demonstrates the genetic behavior of the inheri- tance of four body and elytral colors in Bruchus quadrimaculatus. 2. The experiments prove that any one of the four color factors can be an allelomorph with any other factor for body color. The order of dominance is red, black, white, and wild or tan. 3. The tests prove that the four factors (R, Rb, Rw, and r) for the four body colors—red, black, white, and tan constitute a multiple allelomorph system. 4. It is also proved that this allelomorphic series is a sex- limited one and not sex-linked, because every male was tan. : vepbeniie eersses mes ae Be ik, OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 15 VI. THE MIGRATION PATH OF THE GERM CELLS IN FUNDULUS A. Richards and J. T. Thompson From the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. Contribution No. 6, Second Series. Investigation of the primary sex cells of Fundulus shows that they may be recognized as early as the forty-six hour stage (1.6 mm.), as many as forty-two sex cells having been counted in such an embryo. They were located in the peripheral endoderm, lateral to the posterior half of the embryo. None were observed in that part of the embryo which develops from the head fold. Observations were made upon embryos ranging from one to twenty-four days in age. : The characteristics of the embryo are distinct and constant throughout all phases of the migration of these cells from the preipheral endoderm to the final position in the genital ridge; little variation was noted even in their number during the migra- tion period. There can be little reason for questioning the accuracy of the identification of these cells as the “primordial germ cells” of earlier writers. The germinal path leads from the peripheral endoderm, into the border of the undifferentiated endodermal cell mass. When this cell mass splits to form gut endoderm and lateral mesoderm, the sex-cells proceed medially with either layer. By the time the gut is formed, these cells are lateral to it; they all eventually be- come located in the splanchnic mesoderm of this region. From here the sex-cells migrate dorsal to the hind gut, thence to the region ventral to the Wolffian ducts. Here they become surrounded by peritoneal cells which form the somatic portion of the gonads. From this position the germ gland anlagen are shifted back to their location dorsal to the gut. There is very little multiplication of the sex-cells during the period of migration. Division apparently takes place in the extra- embryonic area, and is not renewed to any marked extent until after the sex-cells become located in the germ glands. Migration is passive, being due to forces of growth which are altogether external to the cells themselves. These forces of growth are factors common to the development of the organs formed in the body of the teleost embryo. These cells are transported from the edge of the embryonic region medially, to positions just beneath or within the endodermal cell mass, as the case may be. They are carried. passively from one position to another by the same forces of growth which result 16 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA in concrescence or the bringing together the halves of the germ ring. The influence of this factor can scarcely be over emphasized. Although not outwardly as apparent as in earlier stages, these forces are nevertheless responsible for the flowing of the streams of embryonic, material towards the future position of the organs which are to develop therefrom. Evidence derived from this study of Fundulus is in harmony with the theory of eariy segregation of these primary sex-cells. VII. THE NUTRITIONAL VALUES OF THE GRAIN SORGHUMS Paul Menaul From:-the Oklahoma Agricultural Experiment Station, Stillwater. The grain sorghums are adaptable to regions of light and in- sutficient rainfall and for this reason they are peculiarly adapted to the climate of Oklahoma and form one of its most valyable farm crops. In view of the drouth resisting properties of these erains and their increasing economic importance, it seems desirable to invest-gate their nutritive value. Albert G. Hogan of the Kansas Experiment Station found that if animals are fed a diet in which all the protein contained in the diet had been derived from the grain sorghums in all cases such a diet results in nutritional failure. It is well known that dif- ferent proteins are not cqual in their nutritional value. The nutri- tional value of a protein is dependent upon the proportion of the yvatlous amino acics it contains. Jf a protein is deficient in one or more amino acids and incapable of supporting maintenance and it be supplemented with a small amount of another protein rich in these amino acids, normal growth will ensue. The protein of the kafirs will not support maintenance in animals but if milk or peanuts be added to the diet, normal growth will take place. The protein of corn is also incapable of supporting life, and must be supplemented with other proteins as is the case with the kafirs. Recently H. Steenbock_and P. W. Bontwell found that there was a difference in the nutritional value of the yellow and - white corn. When animals were fed a diet composed of ground corn and purified casein (the protein of milk), growth took place at the normal rate if yellow corn had been used in the diet, but nu- tritional failure resulted if white corn was used. It-is concluded that yellow corn contains a dietary constitutient which is necessary for growth, which is lacking in white corn. This is not due to difference in protein, but to the so-called accessory food substnces. If corn varies in nutritional value according to color it is of value ma ek PLATE I. 15 r.fe) ¥5 32 Zz NS \ 4 ma thes Gh FAIMVIas NUd HOVE NI STVWINVY TIV WO THOT 4 ee ee FED GRAIN 4— FED THE GRAIN SORGUM PLUS CASEIN — || soncum \ | | | | 1 ONLY 18 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKEAHOMA , to know if such is also the case with the grain sorghums. In order to bring out the limitations in the nutritional value of the grain sorghums several groups of young. animals were fed on these grains. One pen of animals was fed yellow milo, another pen darso, which is red in color, another pen was fed white kafir, a fourth pen was used for control observations. Each pen received the same kind of grain sorghum throughout the entire experiment. At the beg’nnine of the experiment all animals were fed a diet con- sisting of only the grain sorghum seed for a period of one month. At the end of this time growth ceased in the animals, 1. e., their weight became stationary, this is on account of the fact that as was explained before the protein in the grain sorghums does not sup- port growth. At the end of one month, purified protein from milk was added to the diet of each pen, including the controls, the con- trol pen received other foods such as fresh milk and raw vegetables. The milk protein used was purified in order to eliminate the in- troduction of any of the so-called vitamines to the diet excepting those contained in the seed of the grain sorghum. As was explained before the protein of the milk supplements the deficiency of the protein of the grain sorghum. The diet now consisted of grain sorghum seed SO per cent milk protein 7 per cent and salt 3 per cent. The animals were fed on this diet for two months and the increase in weight of each pen care- fully noted. The increase in weight of each pen is shown graphically in the accompanying chart. It will be noted that the growth in each pen including the control pen is nearly the same. From this we would conclude that the nutritional value of the three types of grain sorghums are equal in value, and that they contain a sufficient quantity of the so-called growth accessory substance. At the end of the second month all the animals were again placed on a diet composed exclusively of the grain sorghums, the same kind of grain sorghum it had received before. A very slight increase in weight, or even a decline was shown for the next fifteen days. From the results obtained from this experiment we conclude that of the three types of grain sorghums examined, yellow milo, darso, and white kafir, there is no difference in their nutritional value. Darso seems, however, to be slightly distasteful to some animals. The nutritional failure when the diet is composed of grain sorghums only, is due to the protein, which from the stand- point of nutrition is incomplete. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 19 VIII. IDENTIFICATION OF ANTHOCEROS IN THE OKLAHOMA CRYPTOGAMIC FLORA M. M. Wickham, 1922 From the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. Contribution No. 11, Second Series. On April 23, 1921, an exploration party visited “Belle Starr” Cave, in Pittsburg County, Oklahoma, for the purpose of reconnoit- ering the region, and making authentic records and cave collections. Members of the party included Supt. C. E. Fair, of Hartshorne, Supt. G. T. Masters, of Haileyville, Wallace Weeks of Hartshorne, J. T. Ogle, Jr., of Enid, and the writer, who conducted the party. Passing up the tortuous defiles of a boulder-strewn ravine which headed in a mountain some three or four miles northeast of Hartshorne, we came at length to its eminence, where the mouth of the cave overlooks the cascades into the gorge below. Just as the members of the party were clambering up the water- carved shelves and precipitous gorge wall, the writer observed a little green thallus clinging to the shadowed and upright cliff, anchored at a seepage joint in the rocks, which proved to be Anthoceros, as indicated by its “grass-blade-like” sporophytes. The thallus which covered no more space than the size of a silver dollar, was carefully removed and packed with wet moss in a carton, and transported to the biological laboratories of the Southeastern State Teachers’ Coilege at Durant, where it was vegetated under bell jars, and subjected to microscopical and pen studies. Description. The thallus is of a deep rich green color, and displays a dichotomized, frilled ribbon structure, like that of Mar- chantia. Toward the distal bifuractions, and just back of the apical cells and growing centers, rise the erect and “grass-blade-like” sporophytes which are cleft and shed their maturing spores in suc- cession as the stalk elongates, and the cleft descends along the shaft. Cave Records. The cave turned out to be a hoax. We clambered up the walls and went in on hands and knees only to find that it was a cryptic bench in the recesses of the cliff originally carved by the stream when at that level, and subsequently enlarged by. the artifices of outlaws, who had found in its solitude and obscurity, a stronghold in depredations of territorial days, and which, in this instance, centered around the famous female out- law, “Belle Starr,” who lived and operated in these regions with a band of male conspirators. The only relics found in the cave were bones of birds and 20 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA ma! rodents left by the predaccous hawks and owls of the region. The discovery of Anthoceros more than repaid the loss in cave finds, and became the chief object of search on the rema:nder of the trip. Every member of the party ‘assisted in a diligent search of the walls and floors of the ravine as we returned down the: defile, but no more specimens cf the rare “horned liverwort,” were taken. Subsequent reference to the literature of Oklahoma Flora, and consultation with botanists in the state, indicate that this is the first report of the finding of this genus of liverwort in Oklahoma. A pen study by the author is submitted herewith, (Figure 1). Fieure 1. ANTHOCEROS SP., or “horned liverwort” showing prostrate, dichotomizing thal'us anchored by rhizoids with erect longitud= ~ inally cleaving sporophytes. The spores are shed in succession — alone the line of cleavage. (Original, from Belle Starr Cave. specimen, Hartshorne, Oklahoma, April 23, 1921.) IX, NOTES.ON THE MIGRATION OF MACROCHELYS LACERTINA M,. M. Wickham From =the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma, Contribution No. 12, Second Series. = Sino (Abstract) In this paper, record of the migration of a specimen of Macro- chelys lacertina (alligator terrapin) is given, covering a period of three years. The specimen under study was captured in September 1 a ee eee rt =. ' : a OKLAHOMA ACADEMY. OF SCIENCE 21 15, at Aylesworth Ferry, in the Washita River, between Bryan nd Marshall counties, Oklahoma, by N. R. Goggans, and weighed fifty pounds when eonene to the biological laboratories of the _ Southeastern State Teachers’ College, of Durant, Oklahoma. Here ‘it was placed in a five-foot galvanized tank in the outdoor labora- ory in Wild Acre, along with the other live collections in the yivaria under study. Here it was observed by hundreds of visitors, and for three years was transferred during the inclemency of winter weather to a special tank in the main laboratory, and re- — turned during open season to the campus collections, during which time, habit and feeding studies were carried out by the students. In the summer of 1918, it was decided to liberate the specimen for migration studies. Mr. Floyd Hagood and the writer affixed -a large sheet. copper plate to a left hinder marginal plate, and ~diberated the specimen in Blue River, Armstrong, Oklahoma, be- neath the highway bridge leading to Caddo. The inscription on the plate was as follows: SOULHEAS TERN) StALTE NORMAL: “DURANT; OKLAHOMA. REPORT TO DEPT eBlOLOGY:-) M. “Maa WICKHANE. WAG INO 10S “SEPT Ss 1251915: WT. 50 LBS., LENGTH 34 IN. DO NOT KILL. MACROCHELYS LACERTINA. _ The specimen was liberated in latter July 1918, at the point ‘indicated September 11, 1918, W. B. Speairs, steward of the con- viet camp, working on the highway between Durant and Caddo, and C. R. Harper, found the large terrapin, bearing tag no. 10, in a mud-hole near the water in-take for the city of Durant, in River ' Blue, some 300 yards from the point where it was returned to the ‘iver in latter July. The specimen was taken to camp by the convicts, cleaned, weighed, and measured. A copy of the inscrip- tion was furnished to the writer by W. B. Speairs. There were no appreciable differences this time in weight or measurement. The “Specimen was replaced where found. by the convicts. -** In latter July 1921, this specimen was recaptured at Nail’s Crossing, River Blue, just west of Kenefic, Bryan county, Okla- -- homa, and the inscription of the tag recopied and furnished to the writer. The specimen was tied temporarily to a bush on the bank with an improvised tether, while the captors went in search of measuring tape and scales to secure data on the specimen a meme cece ted by the tag. Upon their return they were disappointed to find that the powerful terrapin had pulled up the shrub and dis. ~ appeared again into the stream. 22 PE UNIV ESI Ye Or (OK iE E@ Mes Studies of the map of this region show that Nail’s Crossing is some 17 or 18 miles up-stream from Armstrong, where it was placed in River Blue, July 1918. During the three years it has been captured twice, and averaged six miles up-stream migration per year. While there has been a general up-stream migration in this period, doubtless there have been a number of advances and lapses in its general route. The specimen while in captivity bit an oar in two, bit through an inch board, and cruched mussel shells with ease. Before its release it had become so used to visitors that it seemed to enjoy the presence of students in the laboratories where it habitually basked in the winter sunshine on the floors. The specimen was estimated to be about 100 years old. X. FURTHER NOTES ON THE MIGRATION OF TERRAPENE CAROLINA IN OKLAHOMA M. M. Wickham : From the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. Contribution No. 13, Second Series. (Abstract ) Following the study of migratory behavior of the southwestern box terrapin, Terrapene Carolina, begun in 1915 in the biological laboritories of the Southeastern State Teachers’ College, at Durant, Oklahoma, on July 15, 1921, I liberated sixteen specimens bearing serial numbers 100 to 115, from the campus of tha® institution. Perforations were made through the sinistral eleventh marginal plate, and a copper disc tag affixed with copper wire; all bore the serial number, date, and initials “S. E. N. DURANT.” For three days these tagged specimens were displayed behind the plate glass windows of the Chamber of Commerce, at Durant, attracting public interest and notice in the press, the object of which was to enlist public cooperation in looking for and reporting the migrants. A map is being kept on which is charted the perigrina- - dions of each migrant by serial number together with dates of each report. Accumulating data along this line will shed some light on the ecology of this species, and indicate whether or not they are extremely local, subject to seasonal or periodic migrations, and the average individual range. Hien Deirsei ete OR rs cnet ats Spates ee OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 23 XI. IDENTIFICATION ON FRESH WATER SPONGES IN THE OKLAHOMA FAUNA M. M. Wickham From the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. Contribution No. 14, Second Series. While searching for fresh water hydra, (Hydra fusca) in Shuler’s Lake, Durant, Bryan County, Oklahoma, December 9, 1921, in company with students in field zoology, we removed a water-logeed timber and found a number of coetenterates. Some dozen or more of the contracted hydra had been removed from the slimy surface of the timber with a penknife when I discovered several small cushion-like bodies hardly so large as English peas,— and recognized them to be fresh water sponges. Since fresh water sponges are rare in Oklahoma, we carefully removed as many specimens as could be found, and isolated them in a bottle with pond water, for microscopic study and verification. Some dozen sponges were taken, ranging in size from that of a penny in crcumference to a pin head. In color, they were grayish, with a suggestion of brown; gray being the predominant color. It was easy to make out the osteoles, as now and then in the undisturbed specimens particles could be seen emerging from the excurrent orifices. When the laboratory was reached, no time was lost in making a test smear for the study of spicules, and other structures. The first slide revealed the monaxon spicules, and the parenchyma of living tissue. The spicules, alone, supported and confirmed the field identification. Specimens were then transferred to small aquaria, and their behavior observed. Carmine particles introduced into the water were taken in at the incurrent pores, and later expelled through the excurrent osteotes. Since no histological facilities were at hand, material was pre- pared for the Saint Louis Biological Laboratories, from which prepared slides were to be made. Unfortunately this material was lost. Subsequent searches of these waters have not yet revealed additional specimens. Due to these facts and the scarcity of material, a final determination is not now possible. Tentatively, however, the writer proposes the following classi- fication, leaving its ultimate taxonomic assignment to rediscovery and histological study. Braneh : Porifera Order 3: Monaxonida Sub-Order 1: Halichondrina @ 24 fHE UNIVERSITY Or OKLAHOMA : . Genus: Spongilla Family 5: Sponeillidae : Species: Fragilis, Leidy,1851. The question is with reference to the species; as to whether or not this is “fragilis.” : Characters. “Sponge encrusting in sub-circular patches, thin at edges, occasionally one or more inches thick at the middle. In most varied situations, apparently preferring standing water, though also in runn'ng water. Abundant. Gemmules abundant; primarily in one or more pavement layers. Also in compact groups surrounded by a cellular parenchyma, charged with sub-cylindrical spined acer- ates. Skeleton spicules smooth, slightly curved, rather abruptly pointed. True dermals wanting. Found in most of United States.” —-(Ward & Whipple.) : Ecology of Shuler’s Lake. e Shuler’s Lake is an impound of water fed by springs, which has been undrained for over twenty years. It is situated in the north part of the city of Durant, Bryan County, Oklahoma, where it was established by Dr. Early, in territorial days, soon there- alter passing into the hands of Dr. J. L. Shuler, who maintained a sanitorium near its margin in a grove. The body of water fills a deep ravine, grading from a shelving shore at one end to a depth of fifteen to twenty feet at the other. Deep dark, and oozy at its north end, it shelves to muck and leaf-strewn reaches at the south, giving every gradation in pond life, as well as zonation. In the center is a small island, and near this are submerged timbers of a diving tower. Sunken piles are also to be met with below the surface of the water. It is in such conditions as this, with clear, non-turbulent water, cool depths, and submerged timbers, that the first sponges reported in Oklahoma waters were found, in a very typical optimum environment. During the past two decades of its existence, visited by migratory birds and mammals Shuler’s Lake has become the collecting ground and conservatory of a rich and extensive pond fauna and flora. ; Biblography. : Ward, Henry Baldwin, and Whipple, George Chandler, 1918, Fresh Water Biology. ony > Parker, @. Jerfery, and Haswell, Wm:A., 1910) Ay Rext.Baole on foolocy. Vek Cambridge Natural History, 1906, Porifera, Igerna B. J. Sollas. g eo : ; ah: i OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 25 SLI. THE RED AND WHITE CORPUSCLES AND CATA- LASE IN THE BLOOD OF COMPLEMENT DEFICIENT GUINEA PIGS ; L. B. Nice, Alma J. Neill and H. D. Moore. From the Laboratories. of Physiology and Bacteriology in the University of Oklahoma. A strain of guinea pigs deficient in complement was developed at the Vermont Agricultural Experiment Station.* In that labora- tory these animals were found to be less resistant to disease and more susceptible to changes in temperature than normal euinea pigs. This towered resistance suggested to us that other factors besides complement might be lacking in the blood of these animals. A series of investigations was planned to study the blood elements of ihese guinea pigs. In this research we have determined the num- ber of red aud white corpuscles and the amount of catalase and complement in the blood of 12 compiement deficient guinea pigs sand an equal number of controis which were kept under the Same expetimental conditions. Later 10 more normal guinea pigs were tested in the same manner. Summary 1. A re‘ation between the number of red blood corpuscles and lack of complement was found in our animals. The complement deficient guinea pigs averaged from 18 to 34 per cent fewer red - blood corpuscles per cublic millimeter of blood than did the normal animals. This decreased number should lessen the oxygen carrying power of the blood, and this in turn would decrease the available “oxygen in the tissues and may account for the lowered resistance. of these animals to zero temperature. - 2. The average number of white blood corpuscles was higher in the complement deficient line than in any of the lines of normal animals. This is an indication of a protective device on the part of _ the organism to make up for the lack of complement as a defense against foreign invasion. 3. No consistant relationship was found between the number of white and red blood corpuscles and the amount of catalase in the blood. ce : = 4. Two sets of normal guinea pigs fell into two groups as _ regards the catalase content of the blood; in half of the animals of each set the catalase was low, while in ee other half it was more than twice as high. This fifty-fifty ratio in two different sets of normal guinea pigs suggests that high and low catalase may be Mendelian characters. *Moore, H. D., Jour. Immunology 1919, Vol. IV, p. 425. 26 ise, UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA XIII. THE EGG LAYING HABITS OF HAMINEA VIRESCENS (SBY) A. Richards. From the Zoology Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. Contribution No. 15 Second Series. During the summer of 1921 the writer studied the effect of a number of accelerants upon the cleavage of the eggs of the opistho- branch Haminea virescens (Sowerby) at the laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research at La Jolla California. The eggs of this animal are particularly favorable for experiments in which it is desired to test the effect of some special factor while ~ leaving the egg in an environment that is normal in all respects ex- cept that investigated. The animals were brought into the laboratory and kept in a dish of running sea water supplied with a quantity of stones and sand from the tidal flat where they were first secured. Although they would at length become exhausted no diffi- culty was experienced for some days in getting them to produce eggs. The manner in which the eggs are laid in Haminea virescens differs from the only descriptions which the writer has seen re- corded. The most definite accounts deal with Haminea solitaria, however, and it may be that in that form the eggs are fastened as described to the rocks as masses of jelly, or are attached by stalks to the sand. The eggs of Haminea virescens as deposited in the laboratory certainly do not answer this description. The eggs are laid in a jelly mass which has the appearance of a short piece of narrow but very thick ribbon. It is of rather com- plicated structure. The eggs appear to be extruded in a string of tough gelatinous material. The string itself is laid in a zigzag fashion so that the appearance is that of a double row of eggs. It is, however, accurately placed in the form of a flattened spiral for the loops are not formed by simple back and forth folds, as they at first appear; but are so arranged that the loops are com- pressed against each other. This produces the effect of a thick cross sriated ribbon. The structure of the egg mass is illustrated on Plate II, page 38. In one typical ribbon, 242 loops were counted, in each of which the eggs averaged 90; this gave a total of 21,780 eggs for this ribbon. Probably 20,000 is an average number for a ribben produced under typical conditions. In each ribbon the eggs are uniformly all in the same stage of development, indeed in the same stage of mitotic division. It 1s a remarkable fact that 20,000 eggs should be dosposited in as com- plicated a manner as these, and all be in the same stage of division. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 27 But it is this fact in connection with the ribbon like egg case that renders them desirable for experimental purposes. In conducting the experiments a ribbon would be cut into segments one or more of which would form a control, while the others would be placed in the various solutions as desired and the results noted in com- parison to the control. Egg laying takes place usually about the time of the first light, and it is probably that the light acts as a stimulus to the laying process. There are exception to this rule, but they do not seem to be of special significance. The duration of the early cleavages is illustrated by one typical case which was followed through in detail. The observations were made at 21.5°C. One cell stage first observed at 6:45 a. m. Maturation completed at 7:45. First cleavage (2 cells) completed at 9:10, an interval of 1 hr., 25 min. - Second cleavage (4 cells) completed at 10:01, an interval of 51 min. Third cleavage (8 cells) completed at 11:00, an interval of 59 min. Fourth cleavage (12 cells) completed at 11:50, an interval of 50 min. Fifth cleavage (16 cells) completed at 12:30, an interval of 40 min. From this and other data it appears that the early range in dura- tion is from eighty minutes down to forty minutes. The veliger stage is reached at the end of about 48 hours. Hatching begins on the fifth day usually, and is completed in two or three days more. The percentage of embryos which hatch is very large unless some external factor interfers; it is seldom less than 85% and I have often seen from 98% to 100% reach this stage. XIV. THE ACCELERATION OF THE CLEAVAGE RATE OF HAMINEA VIRESCENS A. Richards. From the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. Contribution No. 16, Second Series. Cell division is controlled by factors which are not clearly understood, nor is it to be expected that they will easily be ex- plained because of the great complexity of the processss involved in _ mitosis. One method of analysing the phenomena is that of modify- ing the process by various means. The present paper is an account of attempts to modify the rate of cleavage in the eggs of the gasteropod, Haminea. a There are many factors known which act to retard cell division in tissues of many kinds. Indeed one of the immediate effects EXPLANATION OF PLATE II. Fic. 1. Ege masses of Haminea virescens, showing method teh ales _. tachment to rocks. About natural size. ; Fic. 2. The arrangement of the spiral loops of a small oo on of the egg case. IEGs) os The ends of two loops showing the details of the atrange-_ ment of the double rows of eggs. Each egg surrounded by a gelatinous covering. Be sar PLATE II of the PROCEEDINGS OKLAHOMA ACADEMY of SCIENCE. "As RICHARDS. 30 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA of any harmful agency is to depress the rate of development. But in many of these cases the effect is doubtless upon the entire organism rather than upon the mitotic mechanism, so they do not give much insight into the nature of the processes. A more productive means of analysis of the mechanism comes from the study of the agencies which may be used to accelerate the division rate, for these agencies must operate upon the mechanism of mitosis itself. j Although the problems of growth have long been studied, not many agencies have been found which will shorten the time of mitosis. The list of which the writer has found published record is as follows: heat, x-rays, radium, thyroid secretion, supra-renal extract, alcohol, dibasic potassium phosphate, potassium sulphate, potassium bromide, oxygen, sodium hydroxide, and pilocarpine hydro- chlorate. Of these, x-rays, radium, and thyroid are the most marked in their effcts. All of these agencis are able more or less effectively to increase the rate of cell division. In those cases where the effect is slight, the results are still significant because they are constant. The careful analysis of any constant increase in the rate of division should throw new light upon the forces by which the divisions are produced. Expirements During the summer of 1921 while working at the Laboratory of the Scripps Institution for Biological Research at La Jolla, Cali- fornia, the writer attempted to verify some of the agencies listed above and to extend the investigation to others. For this purpose the eggs of the gasteropod, Hamtnea virescens (Sby) were used. These eggs as the writer has shown in another paper, are especially useful for experiments in which the effect of a particular reagent is sought while the enyironment of the developing egg is partically unchanged except in regard to the factor in question. They are laid in a complicated manner in a jelly-like ribbon in which all are. in the same stage of development. This makes is possible to cut up the ribbon into strips using one for a control and others for experiments as seems desirable. One has merely to place some of _ the pieces in sea water for a control and others in sea water con- taining the reagent whose properties are being investigated, to have a complete experiment. The first experiments were with sodium hydroxide following Loeb’s observations on Arbacia. Haminea eggs are slightly accel- erated in cleavage by solutions containing .004% to .009% NaOH. But the accelerations of cleavage does not always result in the earlier hatching of the experimental eggs, for in some cases the os? EN eA a a aE Ri Ly Rear b, ‘ Ae ¢ s OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 31 advantage gained is expressed in the greater vigor of the larvae rather than in earlier hatching. The effect of ammonium hydroxide in strength of .006% to 009% was likewise accelerative. Potassium hydroxide causes acceleration ot the cleavage rate only in stronger concentration than sodium hydroxide, .006% to 017% being the range necessary. Neither barium hydroxide nor chromium hydroxide were found to have accelerating effects. Thyroid extract was found slightly to increase the cleavage rate, but the experiments were not satisfactory in this case, so a more definite statement cannot now be made. Philocarpine hydrochlorate in weak solutions produced an effect which was in proportion to the concentration within the range of acceleration. It is suggested from these experiments that probably hydrox- ides which are of elements belonging to the first group of the periodic series, when used in extremely weak solutions have 625 citineh ee we OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 59 TABLE 6. 1917 1921 Check Plots: wAverage))) S222 eee ee ae 43.59 Bushels 30.62 Bushels PE Thesratttins ets tose ore oa) Ne hin EMER ea it ON a Seay A 55.94 Bushels 34.06 Bushels TREATIES NISL EAE STARS a Deg oe ee 51.56 Bushels 31.56 Bushels CheckmblorsaCAverage) gees viet ie ea 33.75 Bushels 44.99 Bushels PIMTFesyrantteta es ppumeeees neve See HEN A I ps SME 33.75 Bushels 50.00 Bushels TRAE SHN GR EKE SY a RES Fa eT ev ea 27.81 Bushels 42.18 Bushels This table shows that the rotation check plots averaged 9.84 bushels per acre lower in yield at the beginning than did the con- tinuous check plots. At the end of 1921 or five years cropping, they were yielding 14.37 bushels per acre more grain than the con- tinuous check plots were at the same time. Theoretically if the ‘plots had had the same average at the beginning (1917) and had behaved in the same ratio in which they have, the yields of oats on the rotation check plots in 1921 would have been 24.21 bushels per acre above the yields obtained on the continuous check plots. In practice, however, we are aware that the difference would not have been so great because with a poorer soil to start with the decline if yields would not have been in the same ratio. The money value for the oat crops is shown in Table 7. The price per bushel used in the calculations is fifty-three cents which is the average farm price paid for oats in Oklahoma for the: ten years 1911-1920. Columns 5 and 6 of Table 7 show the value after the cost of the extra threshing and hauling to market due to in- creased yields are’ deducted. Eight and one-half cents per bushel was allowed for the threshing and five cents per bushel was allowed for hauling. Other minor expenses were not considered. eae Ny oN oly So Continuous Oats _ Value after cost of extra thresh- ing and hauling L nase aN UA pia Se UNE Aye Sided icted i) eae said Nee Ree ene tus ) qa cis 8 20 3) (3) g ie 2 Od oS Ted Oo 5 ol oS yo ro oes Ss Cn = (S 3 oS) Sic oe ue Saar is in 2 1 Nests) al Sud | axxo s 4 a0 SN IE Yio es oil) GS apts | ll. Red-throated Loon, Cayia stellata (P-coppi2t4n) --------- 2 Macmillan river; saw only 5 during entire summer. 139. Green-wing Teal, Neition carolinensis (Gmelin) =--------- 2 e : Macmillan River; common; most common teal, 163. American Scooter, Oidemria americana (Swainson.)—~-~---- 1 -. Mouth of Fortymile River; only one seen; a female. 2305) Wilson Snipe, Gallinago delicata (Ord.)) 2e2252)-_- + - ] A jake near mouth of Fortymile; locally common, 255s Veliow-lees, Lotanws flacibes, (\Gemlin) 222.2 ese Lake near mouth of Fortymile; 3 pairs seen all summer. i 2598. (or 298b) Hudsonian (or Alaska) Srpuce Partidge, . Canachites canadensis canadensis (Linnaeus) ---=-------- Yukon river bottom near mouth of Fortymile; fairly common ; (2 coll. at Jack Wade, Alaska). 200b. Gray Ruffed Grouse, Bonassa umbelius umbelloides EDoicilaisyiy pees saa ae pealieh LEM Ae oB Ne ASE wa SS Soa 1 Mammals Collected in Alaska No. 1. Erm‘ne, Pavlof Bay. male in summer pellage. 1. Varying Hare, Pavlof Bay, male, transitional winter coat. 1. Gray Marmot, Fortymile River bank; female. ‘ 1. Red-backed Mouse (Sp.), Jack Wade. : 1. Pine Squirrel (Sp.), Skagway. 1 5. Kodiak Brown Bears, male, mother and 3 cubs. : 2. Moose, a mother and her 14-month-old ca'f. Mammals Collected in Yukon Territory, Canada : 2. Gray Marmots, South Fork Macmillan Mountains. 2. Varying Hares, 1 immature, 1 transitional; summer pellage. 1. Porcupine, (Canada) ; male. 1. California Ground Squirrel, male. 6. Pine Squirrels, (Sp.);, (2 species?). 3. Grizzly Bears, mother and 2 cubs. 2. Moose, ad. males, Macmilan Country, on South Fork. 2. Moose, ad. females, Macmillan Country, on South Fork. 2. Moose, calves. females, Macmillan Country, on South Fork. A Caribou, (Woodland), Adult males, Macmillan Country. 2. Caribou, (Woodland), Adult females, Macmillan Country. 2. Caribou, (Woodland), Calves, male and female, Macmillan Country. : ; 2. Mountain Sheep, lambs, O. stonei, Macmillan Country. 2. Mountain Sheep, ewes, O. stonet, ‘Macmillan Country. 2. Mountain Sheep, rams, O. stonei, Macmillan Country. THE UNIVERSIDY OF OKLAHOMA 4 Unusual Histological Material © Section of contents of infraorbital foramen of cow caribou, (Fixed with Bouin.) on tee Giswing tip of antler of caribou cow (fixed with Bouin). ma cushion of Kodiak Bear’s paw, (in formaldehyde solution). See “oye of male ermine, (in formaldehyde solution). lee af skin and blubber of adult male porpoise, (in formalde- hyde “tation. ea Cytological Mavecia] (osiens of 6 tents in Bouin) Caribou Calf /( Woodland), EE. Aries 24 192i" i Caribou Spike, ORaen eau ay Pavlof Bay, May 22,1921. Kodiak Bréwn Bear, Pavlof, Bay, May 31. Kodiak Brown Bear, Pavlof, Ray, June 2. Kodiak Brown Bear, No. 6,/Pavlof Bay, June 2. Varying Hare, Pavlof Bay/ } May 19. TownSend’s Ptarmigan, ee Bay, May 19. Whiustler, or Gray Mar 4 Yukon Territory, \Sept. 8. Black Bear, weight 120 ibs., Yukon Territory, Aug. 20. Mountain Sheep, imatfre, Yukon Territory, Aug. Moose, which is beisg ee ed “by, a graduate student of the lepartment of zoology, pept. Alaskén Specimens of Mollusca / Limpets, probal/y representating three varieties; common. Mytillus age Cordova; very common, : Oyster Drills/(Urosalpinx), Cordova; very common> ae clams, edible, near Cordova, locally common. Hlorse Clay (edible, 6 in. long) ; Shackran;\apparently local. Hard-shelled Sand Clams; Shackran;-common. Rock Snails or Periwinkles, probably Littorma hittorca. (Lin.) ; very common; Cordova. ; Brackish water bivalves (Sp?) ; Ruby's Lagoon, at Pavlot Bays. common. Marine bivalves (Sp?) Skeletal Specimens Whistling Swan, trunk of, male, Paylof Bay. Tutted Put fin, trunk of, female, Aiognak Island. Porpoise, entire, adult male, Cordova. Grizzly skulls, adult. W hitehors se, Canada. Black Bear, skull, 120-lb. male, Macmillan River, Canada. Beaver Skull, adult male, aa dead on Fortymile banks. Plaster Casts and Moulds Nose and mouth of female caribou. Mountain Sheep lamb, female, anterior part of head including orbital regions. Mountain Sheep, lamb, male, side of nose and mouth. Moose, calf, female, side of head, showing part mi head from. ear to nose, serious'y damaged in transit. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 65 yes Track of cow caribou, right front foot. 1. Track of mountain sheep ewe, right front foot. Miscellaneous Alcoholic Specimens from Alaska Chiton, probably Mapalia mucosa (Gld.), Afognak Island; common. : Seulpin, Seward, Alaska. Black Clam, Mytillis edulis one with valve removed, other entire, but encrusted with acorn barnacles; both in a bottle for _ exhibition. Nemertian, or beak thrower, Pavlof Bay, only one found. Nereis, Pavlof Bay, Species unindentified, fairly common. Eels (Sp?) ; Pavlof Bay. Anemonae, (Sp-); Pavlof Bay. Common Star. ine Siralic: (Unidentified). Hermit crabs, (Unidentified). Ox Warble, larva, from back of caribou. Acorn Barnacles. Parasitic nematodes from porpoise. 2 Miscellaneous No. ® 1. Pair of mucklucks, (Eskimo moccasins). t _ 264. Folders, about 1500 specimens, of flowering plants. Several un- identified insects, including bumble bees, ants, mosquitos, beetles, : grasshopper and other familiar forms. 327. Kodak negatives. _ This Makes a Total of 70. Bird skins. 47. Mammal skins to be mounted whole; 30 of which are big-game specimens, including 8 moose, 8 caribou, 6 mountain. Beas and 8 beats. : 5. Kinds of unusual histological material. ll.’ Vials of cytological material. Sl. Moliuscan shells. 8. Skeletal specimens. 6. Plaster casts which pertain to big-game. 21. Alcoholics or specitnens preserved entire. 327. Kodak negatives. 1. Pair of Eskimo mucklucks. ) 264, Folders of flowering plants. ‘ Two-thirds of the big-game specimens have already been sent to a taxidermic firm in Colorado to be mounted, while the other third is being tanned and prepared for mounting. \ 66 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA XXVIII. A NOTE ON THE ECONOMIC STATUS OF THE BALD EAGLE IN ALASKA Ed. D. Crabb From the Zoological Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. Contribution No. 23, Second Series. During the last two to three years the voices of eminent wild life conservators in the eastern states have been lifted in vain against a bounty which was placed on the heads of eagles of Alaska, in 1918. Among these Dr. W. T. Hornaday has probably been the most active in pleading for “Old Baldy.” He points out that the bald eagle is being unjustly exterminated, notwithstanding the fact that this bird is primarily a fisherman, subsisting chiefly upon salmon which have spawned and died, as well as upon other fishes which it captures alive, and that it in no wise interfers with the activities of man. : On the other hand many residents of Alaska and sportsmen in the States are clamoring for the destruction of Alaska’s eagles. These men charge bald eagles with having devastated fox farms, destroyed salmon to the extent of injuring the business of canneries, killed lambs of mountain sheep. and destroyed ptarmigan to an alarming extent in Alaska. The writer, during the late spring, summer and early fall of 1921, observed bald eagles at different points along the Alaska coast from its southern extremity around the bay to near the west- ern end of the Alaska Peninsula. Although he saw scores of eagles in no instance did they appear other than as peaceful fisher-folk. The stomach contents of eagles, Hahaectus leucocebhalus alas- canus (C. H. Townsend), which I examined contained chiefly fish bones, as follows: A female taken at Uyak Bay, on Kodiak Island, May 5, was empty. E Another female taken near King Cove, May 25, contained the feet of a ptarmigan and a quantity of fish bones. The stomach of a specimen collected at PavlofsBay, May 11, contained only fish bones. Remains of fish were conspicuous at every nest that I visited, which contained or recently had contained young birds. One nest in particular, which contained two eaglets and was built on the rocky headland west of Ruby’s Lagoon, at Pavlof Bay, showed no evidence of food other than fish having ever been eaten by this family. A major portion of seven dollie varden trout, ranging in length while alive from twelve to eighteen or twenty inches and still fresh, were lving on the edge of the nest. Other fish bones were OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 67 plentiful; they were, I supposed, for the most part of this species, for they were comparable in size as well-as in general form, and too, salmon the usual source of food had not yet begun running’ No remains of either bird or mammal were found, although varying hare, ptarmigan, many kinds of waterfowl, including flocks of Aleutian sandpipers, which are rivaled in size only by our flocks of blackbirds and crows, were abundant and could easily have been caught by the parents. After leaving the coast the writer went north from Cordova to the mouth of the Tanana river and up the Yukon to Dawson and from there back to and up the Fortymile river; spending three weeks in the Jack Wade and Fortymile country, during July, with- out seeing a single eagle! He then went on up the Yukon to old Fort Selkirk, from whence he pushed some 465 miles up the Peiley and Macmillan rivers into the South Fork of the Macmillan river, in the Yukon Territory, spending 29 days in this vicinity. After returning to Fort Selkirk he took passage up the Yukon to Whitehorse, and embarked at Skaguay, October 12, without having seen a dozen eagles since leaving Cordova, June 20. This leads him to believe that eagles are not sufficiently numerous in the interior of Alaska to do any appreciable damage to the few settlers and the game of that part of the Territory. It is, however, probable that — eagles are more numerous in the interior during the winter and early spring, but why they would leave the open water of the coast for the frozen interior requires an explanation. A ‘correspondent who has had unusual opportunities to make extensive observations on the eagles in. Alaska, writes that he has observed these birds eating rabbits, ptarmigan, grouse, martin, fish, shell fish, and on one occasion, May, 1913, he saw an eagle kill a pet fawn, of the Alaska deer, by striking it in the small of the back. He states that Mr. Henry Carsteeins of Healaly, Alaska, Super- visor of the Mount McKinley Park, is convinced that eagles there kill the young of mountain sheep. This correspondent watched eagles to find their nests, in the spring and summer of 1919, locat- ing over thirty and killing the young. “There were in most every one (of these 30 nests) duck and bird feathers. In one I found a partly eaten young fox, and tail of martin in another * * * JI never have examined their stomach as they are so unsanitary I hate to touch one.” The territorial government o fAlaska enacted an unrestricted law, in 1918, offering a bounty of fifty cents a head for eagles, either the golden or the bald-headed species. In this way Alaska + 68 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA lost 5060 eagles up to January 1, 1920. (W. T. Hornaday, Natural History, Vol. XX, No. 2, pp. 117-120), for which she paid $2530.00 in bounties. I dare say that more than 1200 eagles were killed during the last calendar year. Bounties, however, are not collected on all of the eagles that are killed, for most all the sea-faring folk seem to take keen delight in shooting the birds from boats and usually leave the dead or wounded where they fall. The cor- respondent, above mentioned, wrote that he killed 182 eagles in 1919 and 327 in 1921 for the bounty, fifty cents each. He is con- vineed that he is really doing humanity a favor by killing as many eagles as possibie. I believe, however, that the sum total of the annual damage done to Alaskans and to their interests by eagles would not cover the annual total of bounties collected for killing these birds. : Furthermore, since I found eagles common only along the coasts I can see no reason for placing a bounty on them throughout the entire territory. Granting that damage by eagles is actually as ereat as isolated observers have noted and as general as the bounty law would suggest, it occures to me that a strip of country 50 miles wide along the coasts would be sufficient territory in which to apply a bounty law. XXIX. THE POISONOUS SUBSTANCE IN COTTONSEED Paul Menaul From the Oklahoma Agricultural Experiment Station, Stillwater. There have been various suggestions as to the cause of poisoning and death from the feeding of cotton seed meal. It has been vari- ously ascribed to the lint, the oil, the high protein content, to a toxic protein or toxic alkaloid, to cholin and betain, to resin preseni in the meal, to decomposition products, and to a salt of pyro- phosphoric acid. In 1915 Rammel & Veeder of the U. S. Bureau of Animal Husbandry suggested that poisioning by cotton seed is similar to beri-beri, and is caused by deficient diets. Richardson and Green of the University of Texas, concluded that cottonseed caused injury by being deficient in mineral salts and vitamines. The Occurence and Properties of Gossypol If a cross section of a cottonseed kernel is examined with a lens, many small yellowish brown spots may be seen; these are se- cretion cavities filled with a compound called gossypol, first isolated in 1899, from by products in the manufacture of cottonseed oil. Gossypol is a yellow colored substance having the chemical proper- ties of phenol (carbolic acid) and of tannic acid. It is insoluabie 1 water but soluable in alkalies, the solution at first being yellow, then OREAMOMA A CADENA OR: SCHENGE , 69 changing to a violet, then black, the changes being due to oxidation. Experimental Work with Gossypol Ether will extract the gossypol from cottonseed meal, the ex-— tracted mea! is not toxic to rabbits; the ether extract after the re- moval of the ether is toxic and consists of crude gossypol. One- tenth of a gram of gossypol fed to rabbits each day with their ration, results in their death, in from eight to twenty-five days, even if the gossypol is put in their ration for only three or four days. In some cases a rabbit which had been given only one-tenth of 1 gram died fourteen days afterwards. One-tenth of a gram given 11 a single dose seems to be the smallest amount that will cause death in a rabbit. A peculiar feature about the effects of gossypol or cottonseed, is that the animals may eat these substances for several days without seeming affected, then they may suddenly cease eating, waste away and finally die. -Five-hundreths of a gram of gossypol injected into the blood vessel of a-rabbit caused death in about four minutes. The animal acted as* though suffocated, leaped high in the air and gasping during this interval. On post mortem examination, the blood was found to be black in color as though death was due to suffocation. One-half this amount was given in the same manner, the’ animal became aparently paralyzed, and lay on the floor, unable to move its limbs. The animal recovered the use of its limbs after an hour and sat up, but died sixteen hours later. These experiments indicate that gossypol affects the oxygen carrying power of blood, so experiments to determinte the oxygen carrying power of blod treated with gossypol were made. Sheep’s blood saturated with oxygen, arterial was used, and the “oxygen capacity” i. e., the amount of oxygen that a definite volume of blood would liberate was determined. Two hundredths of a gram of gossypol in two c. c. of blood, i. e., with 1% gossypol, the blood eave off only 45.6% of the oxygen that the same amount of blood without the gossypol, would liberate. Two thousandths of a gram of gossypol added to two c. c. of blood i. e., with 1% gossypol, the blood gave off only 64% of the oxygen liberated by the arterial blood. Venous blood will liberate 75% of the amount of oxygen that arterial blood will liberate. It is evident that gossypol prevents the liberation of oxygen from the blood, and this property is very marked even when very small quantities of gossypol are present,— one-tenth of one per cent of gsossypol. These results are in accordance with the symptoms observed after feeding cottonseed’ to animals, noticeably, a shortness of breath. 70 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA . Hemolytic Action Gossypol dissolves in alkaline solutions, thereby neutralizing them. If stich a solution of gossypol is shaken a thick foam is formed, resembling the property of saponins. Saponins are charac- terised by their power to hemolyse red blood cells. ; The hemolytic power of gossypol was determined and found that one-hundredth of one per cent (.01%) gossypol causes hemolysis. A solution of gossypol at a dilution of 1:100,000 will kill fish. Our experiments on the toxicity of cottonseed products indicate that the toxicity varies with the conditions of cooking the raw seed, raw kernels being the most highly toxic,—the dark colored, cotton- seed meal which had been cooked at a high temperature the least toxic. Gossypol is destroyed under favorable conditions at high temperatures due to oxidation. At Dr. Dowell’s suggestion we carried out an experiment in which one pen of pigs (28 pounds each) was fed on a weil balanced ration containing commercial cottonseed meal. Another pen was fed the same amount of cotton- seed meal which had been moistened, cooked at 15 pounds*pressure. for 15 minutes and then dried. At the end of three weeks no difference in the two lots was noticeable, neither in condition or gain in body weight, but from then on the pigs fed on commercial cottonseed meal were notice- ably inferior to the pigs fed on the autoclaved product. At the end of 73 days the pigs fed the autoclaved cottonseed had gained 9.5 pounds more than those fed the commercial cottonseed meal. Gain of each pig fed fed cottonseed meal 23.5 pounds. Gain of each pig fed autoclaved cottonseed meal 33.0 pounds. The gain in weight of each pig fed commercial cottonseed meal was /1% of the gain of those fed autoclaved cottonseed meal. All hogs fed the commercial cottonseed meal died the foilowing week. All showed the same post mortem appearances. The post mortem examination showed serous fluid in the pericardial sac ard in the thoracic and abdominal cavities. The heart was enlarged and - the cardiac muscle congested. The lungs were decidedly edmatows ~ and mottled with a number of small subpleural hemorrhages. The liver and many glands, the stomach and small intestines were con- gested. The blood is very black and does not clot after death. The pigs fed autoclaved cottonseed meal were then turned in with the college hogs and have shown normal growth. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 7\ XXX. THE CHEMISTRY OF THE PECAN W. G. Friedemann, Assistan Chemist Oklahoma Agricultural Experiment Station The pecan contains 40% to 60% kernals. An average of 14 analyses of the pecan kernel is water 3.20% ash 1.57%, protein (Nx 6.34) 11.00%, crude fiber 2.20%, nitrogen-free extract 10.04%, fat 71.99%. The carbohydrates of the pecan were investigated by W. G. Friedemann and found to be sucrose 9.03%, invert sugars 21.90%, araban 14.82%, methylpentosans 1.68%, cellulose (crude fiber) — 14.29%, amyloid 4.54%, tannins 2.57%, other hemicelluloses etc., 31.17%. The protein of the pecan kernel was found to be a globulin by Cajori. Dowell and Menaul obtained the same nitrogen distri- bution in the 2-10% NaOH solution soluble protein. The nitrogen distribution of pecan globulin is amide nitrogen 98%, humin nitrogen 3.6%, arginine nitrogen 23.0%, histidine ni- trogen 3.7%, cystine nitrogen 0.8%, lysine nitrogen 5.9%, mono- amino nitrogen 52.0%, and non-amino nitrogen 0.8%. Pecan oil was analyzed by Deiller and Fraps and had a specific gravity at 15° of 0.9184, saponification value 189.0, iodine value 106.0, Reichert-Meissl value 2.2, and insoluble fatty acids and unsaponifi- able matter 93.4%. XXXI. MULTIPLE MILIARY EDENOMATA OF THE KIDNEY CORTEX WITH SPECIAL REFERENCE TO HISTOGENESIS Mrs. Julia Steele Eley From the Department of Pathology of the University of Oklahoma. Recent interest in recasting our knowledge of the kidney has included among other things a study of tumors of the kidney and special attention has been given to the histogenesis of renal neo- plasms. The medical literature was reviewed and various articles were found in which suggested classifications and origins of these growths were offered but so far no uniformity of opinion has been reached. The purpose of this paper is to report a tumor which falls in the general classification of tumors of the cortex but the origin appears different from those reported in literature on this subject. In the study of this tumor an attempt was made to answer, if possible, the following questions: (1). How do these tumors arise, from tubules which are con- tinued from them or from glomeruli? — (2). Do they represent 72 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA _foreign formation unconnected with the other constituents? (3). How extensive are these tumors throughout the kidney? Are there miliary and sub-miliary foci in which the initial stages can be seen? (4). Is this to be interpreted as hyperplasia? The usual histological method of serial sections, stained with — eosin and hematoxylin was used in carrying out these investigations. Conclusions 1. These tumors apparently arise from glomeruli. The points of similarity between these tumors and glomeruli are as follows: (a) the general shape and appearance is that of a glomerulus; (b) the tumors consist of branching and ataomosing capillaries as seen in a normal glomerulus; (c) there is a definite capsule around the structure; (d) in some cases there are atypical tubules proceeding from the structure which is representative of the proxi- mal convoluted tubule as it leaves a normal glomerulus. The chief points of difference are the following: (a). the capillaries instead of breaking up and anastomosing when they first enter the sub-capsu- lar space in some instances follow up the papilla-like structures of connective tissue; (b) the epithelium of the capsule and also the epithelium of the capillaries of the glomerular-like tuft is cuboidal and even cylinderical columnar epithelium instead of simple squamous; (c) the tubules which leave the tumor are atypical in structure. However, this would be expected in the case of tumors. 2. These tumors do not arise from tubular epithelium as is shown by the fact that there is no arrangement of cells into tubules and also the structure of the cells is unlike that of tubular epithelium. 3. That these tumors do not arise from foreign “cell rests” of adrenal or other foreign tissue but arise from kidney substance it- self is shown by the following facts: (1) the cells found here are different from those seen in adrenal tissue; (2) the arrangement of the cells differs from that of other foreign tissue; (3) the cells and arrangement of this tumor differ from cells of tumors reported in the literature studied; (4) the large number present would indicate that these are not cell “rests,” as it is hardly probably that hundreds of these cell inclusions would be present in one or both kidneys as was true in this case. 4, The structure and appearance of these growths proye defi- nitely that they are tumors and not hyperplasia. ease GEOLOGY (Paper No. 32 was presented at the meeting of 1921. Papers No. 33 to 39, 44 and 45 were presented in 1922. Papers no. 32, 33, 34, 35, 37, 38, 39, 40, 41, 42, represent the result of special in- vestigations being carried on in various parts of the state by the Oklahoma Geological Survey, and are published with the permission of the director of the Oklahoma Geological Survey.) XXXII. EVIDENCE OF GLACIATION IN THE ARBUCKLE REGION (1) Samuel Weidman From the Oklahoma Geological Survey and the Department of Geology of the University of Oklahoma. The deposits that are believed to have been formed either directly or indirectly, because of glacial conditions during Pennsy- lvanian-Permian time include what has been referred to as the Franks Conglomerate and other conglomerates of the same type. The Franks Conglomerate at Franks, the type locality, located on the northeastern slope of the Arbuckle Mountains, consists of several distinct beds of conglomerate each 100 to 350 feet in thick- ness, interstratified with limestone, shale and sandstone. The lowest conglomerate bed at Franks, about 150 feet in thickness, is at the base of the Pennsylvanian of the locality and unconformably overlies the eroded edges of the pre-Pennsylvanian formations. The beds of higher horizons, 100 to 350 feet in thick- ness, are conformable with associated limestone and shale beds and have the characteristics of intra-formational conglomerates within the Pennsylvanian. The Franks conglomerate, therefore really forms a series of conglomerate beds reaching from the base up to higher horizons of the Pennsylvanian and probably into the basal Permian. Whatever the correlation of these conglomerates, however, it is their character and their probable origin to which attention is (1)Read at meetings of the Geological Society of America, Chicago, December, 1921. See abstract of Bulletin G.S.A. Vol. 32, Deo ks Read at the Tulsa meeting of American Association of Petro- ~ leum Geologists, March 17, 1921. 74 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA. called. The glacial origin of the conglomerates is believed to be indicated by the following characteristics : 1. The heterogeneous character of the conglomerates, as indi- cated by the range in source of rock material and the great varia- tion in size of the constitutents in local deposits. 2. The non-residuary and unweathered character of the con- stituents of the conglomerates. 3. The great thickness of the conglomerate beds. 4. The occurrence of polished and striated surfaces of the rock floor upon which the conglomerate rests. dy 5. The occurrence of polished, striated, and grooved pebbles and boulders in the conglomerate. 6. The occurrence of boulders in the conglomerate transported in a direction conforming to the direction of striae on the rock floor of the conglomerate. ; The phenomena described under. the first three of these head- ings refers to characteristics which are general and everywhere exhibited by the conglomerate, while the features described under the latter three headings which are the distinctive evidence of glacia- tion, are not everywhere developed or preserved in the conglomerate. In addition to the distinctive evidence, of glacial origin furnished by the constituents of the conglomerate and the striated rock floors, there are U-shaped valleys of the Arbuckle Mountains formed be- fore and during the period of deposition of the conglomerate which possesses the characteristic outlines of glacial eroded valleys. One of these U-shaped valleys, that of Honey Creek, has a polished and striated rock floor upon which the typical glacial conglomerate rests. XXXIII PHYSIOGRAPHIC HISTORY OF THE ARBUCKLE MOUNTAINS Samuel Weidman * From the Oklahoma Geological Survey and the Department of Geology of the University of Oklahoma. The Arbuckle Mountains consist of a low dissected plateau pitching gently to the southeast, from 1300 feet in the west to 750 feet in the southeast. The plateau is somewhat triangular in shape and has an extent of some 600 to 800 square miles. Only the western section of this plateau, namely its highest part west of the Washita River, mainly in southern Murray County, is usually referred to as the Arbuckle Mountains by the residents of the region. Geologists, however, include the much larger plateau area extending some 30 miles east of the Washita River as the Arbuckle Mountains because this larger piateau area is a unit in mountain 4 ate OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 75 structure, in geologic age, and in physiographic history. The rocks of the Arbuckle plateau range in age, beginning with the oldest, from pre-Cambrian granite and porphyries to the Mississippi limestone, and include some 10,000 feet of sediments of Paleozoic formations distributed among the Cambrian, Ordovician, Silurian, Devonian and Mississippian systems, the thickest of these formations being the Arbuckle limestone, of 5000 to 6000 feet. Surrounding the older rocks of the Arbuckle plateau are younger formations of Pennsylvanian age mainly, with some Permian at the western border, which usually lie at a level of 100 to 200 feet lower than the older rocks of the plateau area immediately adjacent. The geologic history of the Arbuckle plateau region involves the pro- cesses of sedimentation which resulted in the formation of the stratified rocks of the plateau area, the uplift and folding of these formations mto mountains, and the erosion of: these mountains to a low plateau. There was essentially continuous deposition of sedi- ments in the Arbuckle plateau area from the Cambrian to the close of the Mississippian as indicated by the general conformation of all the strata of these systems. At the close of the Mississippian, however, this long period of essentially conformable deposition ceased, and the rocks of the Arbuckle plateau were uplifted and folded into mountains, and these mountains were subjected to erosion. The material eroded from the mountains was deposited in the low lands and seas sur- rounding the uplifted area and forms the Pennsylvanian and Per- mian sediments that now make-up the usually lower lands that surround the plateau. There is essential agreement among geologists who have worked in the Arbuckle region, concerning the geologic history of the area, so far as it concerns the deposition of the pre-Mississippian rocks of the plateau and their uplift into mountains in post-Mississippian time. There is, however, good reason for a difference of opinion concerning the physiographic history of the region after the moun- tains were formed, especially in regard to the age of the develop- ment of the Arbuckle plateau, and it is to this feature of the geology that attention is called. Tafft(1), who was the first, in 1904, to present a geologic ac- count of the Arbuckle region, ascribed the development of the Arbuckle plateau to a Cretaceous period of degradation. He further supposed that the Cretaceous sea not only covered the entire pla- teau afea but also extended farther to the north and that Cretaceous (1) Prof. Paper 31, U. S. Geol. Sur. 58 70 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA sediments were spread over the entire region. : Subsequent'y, during a post-Cretaceous uplift these Cretace- ous sediments were removed and the streams started in the Cretace- ous beds overlaying the plateau were imposed, after erosion of the Cretaceous, upon the underlying folded plateau formations, and thus the valleys now intrenched in the plateau were described by Taff as typical superimposed valleys. The writer’s interpretation of the physiographic history of the Arbuckles differs from Taff’s in ascribing a much earlier date to the degradation of the mountain area to the low relief of a plateau. It is the writer’s interpretation that the Arbuckle Moun- tains were reduced to the low features of a plateau during the Car- bonifereous period of degradation which closed with the deposition of the Permian redbed sediments rather than at the much later Cretaceous period of degradation. The writer’s interpretation is based upon a more extended study of the character and distribu- tion of the Carbonifereous conglomerates than Taff was able fo make. While it ts difficult to understand fully the reasons for Taff’s views, it seems that Taff thought that the erosion of the 10,000 feet of folded Paleozoic sediments of the Arbuckle area at the close of the Carboniferous period of degradation had reached down onty to the Arbuckle limestone. This view may have been based upon his belief, as indicated by his description of the Franks Conglomer- ate of Carboniferous age, as containing pebbles and boulders not older than the Arbuckle limestone formation; or at least he does not mention the occurence of pre-Cambrian pebbles and boulders | in the Carboniferous conglomerates of the Arbuckle region. With reference to the relief of the area Taff speaks of the Arbuckle Mountains as having been worn down to mountains of moderate relief at the close of the Carboniferous, and a moderate mountain relief, (say an elevation of 3000 to 4000 feet) woud seem a reasonable assumption concerning the conditions of degrada- tion when the Paleozoic covering the pre-Cambrian had been eroded only some distance into the Arbuckle limestone formation. It has been found, however, by a more intensive study of the conglomerate that the later Permo-Carboniferous conglomerates contain abundant pre-Cambrian pebbles and boulders. Thus the constituents of the late Carboniferous sediments clearly indicate that the erosion of the rocks of the Arbuckle Mountains had not only reached entirely through the Arbuckle limestone formation but the erosion had also extended some distance down into the unéer- lying pre-Cambrian as early as the beginning of the deposition of OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 77 -the Permian redbeds series. Furthermore, the latest of these beds of Permo-Carbonifer us conglomerate containing the pre-Cambrian pebbles and boulders lie in the valleys within the plateau area and have such gentle slopes extending up to the low summit of the plateau as to indicate ‘that degradation of the mountains to a low plateau had already been acquired when these valleys were formed. It is the interpretation of the writer, therefore, that not only had the low plateau features of the Arbuckle Mountains been acquired, but that the plateau itself was deeply intrenched by valleys, much as it appears today, by the close of the Permo-Carboniferous period of degradation. Aithough Cretaceous sediments overlie the lowest slopes of the southeastern part of the Arbuckle Mountain area there are no outlying remnants of the Cretaceous far beyond the border and it is the belief of the writer that the Cretaceous never extended more than a few miles beyond the present exposed boundary of the for- mation as shown on maps. The Arbuckle area and the surrounding region, where the Per- mian occurs seems to have been a land of low altitude most of the time since the close of the Permian as indicated by the relatively low reliefs, of only a few hundred feet which have been sculptured out of the Permian sediments, adjacents to the Arbuckle Mountain area. y The Arbuckle uplift with other similar uplifts in the surround- ing region were the source of abundant sediments that were laid down in basins surrounding the uplifted areas in Permo-Carboni- ferous times. Many of the uplifted areas were later buried by Permian sediments in the general degradation of the region and are now found as buried hiils by the drilling of wells. It is quite probable that the large Arbuckle Mountain area and likewise the large Wichita Mountain area were never completely covered either by Permian or by Cretaceous sediments. XXXIV. SOME OBSERVATION ON EROSION AND TRANSPORTATION IN THE WICHITA MOUNTAIN AREA Oren F. Evans From the Oklahoma Geological Survey and the Department of Geology of the University of Oklahoma. In the Wichita Mountain area the processes of disintegration and decomposition are working faster than erosion and transporta- tion. The igneous mountains usually have steep, even slopes with 78 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA some soil except near the top where they are covered by a mass of granite or gabbro. The lighter rains sink into this soil and the water gradually works its way downward into the crevices of the rock and does little or no carrying of materials. During the heavier rains a process of sheet erosion occurs in many places; the water” running down the side of the mountain as rain runs off a roof. As this sheet of water is shallow its carrying power is small and it picks up only the finer material. This is carried downward with increasing velocity until it reaches the bottom. As the water rushes out over the surrounding plains its velocity is checked and the load of finer materials is deposited. This material slopes away from the foot of the mountain at an angle of usually about 2° or 3° and extends outward to distances of from 500 feet to one-half mile. It is mingled more or less with the surrounding Redbeds material at the contact but can readily be distinguished from it by means of a hand-glass as the true Redbeds material is much finer. The surface material from the greater part of the igneous area of the Wichita Mountains is being carried by the streams into the Red River and the North Fork of the Red. These streams rur, as a rule, in narrow channels from 10 feet to 40 feet deep. During the ereater part of the year the volume of water in them is.so small that only the finer sediments are carried down, but at times of high water the channels are filled and often overflow. At sucn times the streams have great cutting and carrying power and the finer material that has accumulated during the low water is rushed out to the Red River and the North Fork of the Red River. These heavy rises last usually only a short time so that only a relatively small amount of coarse material has time to find its way to the main streams after the finer material has been disposed of. These floods are often local and so when a tributary dumps its load into the main stream there is usually not sufficient volume to carry it and this results in the local filling up of the bed of the main stream. This keeps the main drainage channels in an overloaded condition and gives them the appearance of aggrading streams while in reality the whole area of the watershed is being rather evenly degraded. A part of the material in the main channels is rushed down stream with each period of high water and is again deposited as the water goes down. During these periods of high water the river cuts through its sand bed in many places to the rocks from 30 feet to 50 feet below and abrades them to some extent. As the flood goes down these holes are again gradually filled as the stream deposits its load. Thus the sand and silt of he river bed is carried in successive stages toward the mouth of the stream. ok 2 Aa = a a eR ihc SS SRS ee = ¥ ; OKLAHOMA, ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 79 In this way it may-be possible for a stream to appear to be aggrading its bed and yet the sum total of its work to result in the degrading of its bed while the entire area of the water shed is being worn down gradually and evenly. ® KXXV. AN OKLAHOMA METEORITE A. C. Shead From the Oklahoma Geo‘ogical Survey. In spr.ng of 1921 a few fragments of a meteorite were sent to the chemistry department of the Oklahoma Geological Survey by John Harpending of Smithville, Oklahoma. The meteorite as found is said to have weighed 16 pounds and was picked up in sec. 1, T. 1S. R 20E. The fragment of the meteorite sent to the Survey was rough, jagged, and deeply pitted on the surface. It was very irregular in outline, dull rusty red in color, of a high specific gravity, of great tenacity and hardness, strongly magnetic, and dis- tinctly malleable. These physical properties place the meteorite in the class of metallic iron. After the meteorite had been around the laboratory sometime, some blood red drops appeared scattered over its surface. These, when tested chemically, gave strong reactions for chlorine and iron. In the preliminary chemical tests it was found that no single acid attacked the meteorite rapidly. However, after certain acids had been used for a short time the surface oxide was dissolved, exposing a beautiful silver-white metallic surface. The following is an analysis of the meteorite made by the writer in the laboratory of the Oklahoma Geological Survey: Analysis of Meteorite Per Cent SSIS CEOS << esa 2X peal eo Ce ANC ec Vy Ma ey Trace GAGNON CPEESENtiTas Sraphite’)), = wee ee Ne elt Not determined JRUSE CEXGY HRNCE TETSU ie em Uo eT a Nor a er a inewmumcrallicmnmcicel se geveen Cae EAN Eo ee 7:23 Hang peta Etec AG pe ON ll tne eesti eI A aOR US latin eel Trace FOS PMG Spee ees se mee as Shs OS ee oe 0.234 ( VMs et Sc EN A Et el et le ee Rn a 0.220 STROBE = PME Se ISS RU el I SAD ae eee 99.285 The minerals present besides the five metals are most prohably Schreibersite, the phosphide of iron, Lawrencite, ferrous chloride, and graphite. The presence of Schreibersite is merely conjectural, but the two other minerals are pretty definitely proved present by their sensible - properties. eMiah 80 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA XXXVI. SUBSURFACE STUDIES Rk. D. Reed From the Department of Geology of the University of Oklahoma. The practice of using weil records to supplement the informa- tion that may be gained from surface studies is probably as old as the science of geology. In a good many instances unfortunately the work has been rather carelessly and uncritically done. In the last few years, however, the phenomenal rise of subsurface work in the oil fields of the Mid-Continent has directed attention as never before to this source of information. “Subsurface geologists” now have a place on the ordinary oil company geological staffs. Courses in “subsurface geology” are given more or less adequately in the colleges. So much attention to the subject has naturally developed the technique of extracting information from well records. At the same time, the average standard of well records is probably higher than ever before. These facts, combined with the ever-increasing number of well records available, make it probable that there is now on hand more definite information in regard to the actual stratigraphic reiations of the formations encountered in drilling in Kansas and Oklahoma than about any area of similar size and structure in the world, Whether or not this information will ever be made available to the general geologist is doubtful. Some general studies of note, and a ‘few detailed studies of small area have already been published. ‘The vast majority of the data is still gathering dust in the archives of the oil companies and of the Geological Surveys. In the belief that these data have much value to the stratigrapher and to the general geologist, this paper is submitted as a study of we'll records and their possibilities. The deficiencies of well records, as compared with well-made columnar sections, are innumerable. Some of the records are hope- lessly bad,—made, in some cases, for the purpose of misleading the curious. Others fail to discriminate between such tolerably dissimi- lar rocks as sandstone and limestone. In some of them, measure- ments of depths and thicknesses, particularly of the non-petrolifer- ous beds, are very inaccurately given. In the best of them there is a lack of fine discrimination that is very annoying. The most dis- similar types of sandstone are all lumped together as “sand. The more than two and seventy types of limestone are all “lime.” Shales, which as a matter of fact are commonly not examined at all by the driller, are subdivided more commonly, but not much more usefully. © In spite of these and other deficiencies, the most far-reaching decisions as te drilling, care of wells, and so forth, are habitually ri Ne b i Ag rare: - Ate: Title OG ee OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 81 made by the large oil companies on the advice of geologists and engineers who study well records. If the records are good enough to decide such expensive matters, they ought also to be worth con- sidering for the stratigraphic data they may furnish. As a matter of fact, even in comparison with well made columnar sections, well records have some adyantages. The depths and thicknesses are often more accurately given than is possible from surface studies. There are no gaps due to lack of exposures. And the records are in many districts numerous and easily obtained. : The-value of a well record depends, of course, upon the inter- ____ pretative ability of the man who is to use it. The record, if honestly made, gives the driller’s impression of the character of the rock a with which he was dealing. This fact ought to give the geologist a yaluable hint, at least, as to the character of the rock. It is impor- tant for the geologist to take as sympathetic an attitude as possible toward the driller and his work. If he does so, he will consider the driller, not as an ignoramus, but as a skilled workman whose whole life is spent in a struggle with various kinds of rocks. The driller knows no petrography, but he knows a great deal about how differ- ent rocks affect his drill, and that depends on their properties. He a considers rocks merely as obstacles to be overcome, but in overcom- a ing them he must learn many things about them very well. On the basis of these facts of his experience he makes his classification of rocks. If a rock drills slowly and abrades the bit, no examination of it is necessary to tell the driller that it is a “sand.” It may in some cases actually be a chert, of course, or some other hard rock, but it is usually a sandstone. If it drills slowly but does not “cut the bit,” it is a “lime,” which examination usually shows to be a lime- stone. Rocks that drill easily are the “shales” and “slates.” Con- ___ trary to established petrographic usage, however, the driller’s “slate” - is commonly the softer of the two varieties. If the rock breaks up into chips which are recognizable as such in the cuttings, it is a “shale ;” otherwise it is a “slate.” - Some other terms used as rock names in the logs from Kansas ak and Oklahoma are “cave,” “shell,” “break,” “chat,” “granite,” and “soapstone.” Most of these names are of rather obvious meaning. One or two are less obvious. “Shell,” for example, is a thin hard stratum that temporarily holds up drilling operations, and then allows the bit to break through; thin sandstones or limestones, or bands of ironstone, serve equally well. “Break,” on the other hand, is a thin shale stratum separating two harder layers. With all that can be done to get at the real meaning of the dete So THE, UNIVERSITY: OF OKLAHOMA ler’s words, however, it still remains advisablé to supplement the data from the ordinary logs with facts secured in other ways. In actual practice, three distinct methods may often be used for this purpose. These are, first, measurements across the outcrops; sec- ond, study of sample taken from the bailer during the drilling opera- tion; third, search for the exceptional driller who makes accurate discriminations of the kinds of-rocks in which he is drilling. In spite of the fact that in eastern Kansas a stratum one thousand feet deep outcrops twenty or thirty miles away, experi- ence demonstrates that studies of the outcrops are worth making. Study of cuttings, when they can be secured, is of such obvious im- portance that it need not be insisted upon here. The admirable investigations by Dr. Udden and others have made this sort of work well known. Careful study even of an occasional well record from the cuttings gives to subsurface work a degree of certainty and -accuracy that is possible in no other way. The recent success of | diamond drilling for oil in Mexico gives ground to hope that in the future even better samples may occasionally be available for study. The last method mentioned above, that of hunting for the exceptional driller, is in some cases much the easiest to apply, and often not inferior to the other methods in the value of its results. in most of the districts in which drilling has been carried on for a few years there can be found at least one man who is an artist in the making of logs. He is commonly a geologist who was denied the privilege of a geological education in his youth. With an in- terest in rocks, and an interest in setting down the facts as he finds them, he will furnish records that are sometimes not much worse than would be kept by a professional geologist. Such a man is likely to keep records of all the wells upon which he works, and to take an interest in showing them to anybody who appreciates them. He may be so extremely valuable to the geologist who wishes to be- come familiar with the underground conditions in an oil field that it seems surprising that he is so seldom searched for and so seldom recognized. 2 In order to show how these principles may be applied, and the sort of results that may be reached, let me give a summary of their application to the district within twenty miles of Independence, Kansas. The conditions in this area are very similar to those in much of Osage, Washington, and Nowata counties, Oklahoma. Like most areas, this one makes it necessary to use all the devices one can muster before it yields its geological secrets. It gave also the op- portunity to use all the methods enumerated above and a good many others in supplementing the ordinary logs. Fs. i? e ri a) POA SRP AS Sh SEES he es ie on OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 83 In this area there dre two or three drillers who are adepts in the art of making well logs. One man in particular put at my disposal the results of twenty-five years of experience as driller, contractor, and producer in the area. Repeated tests showed that his logs were quite as accurate as the average of the sections measured by a geologist. In the rather large area over which he had drilled, the data which I have are adequate for almost any sort of subsurface study that one could conceivably require. In spite of the large number of well logs available, some of them of unusually high quality, it was necessary, in order to understand subsurface conditions, to give very close attention to all the avail- able results of former field studies in and near the area. In the Independence district these field studies have been unusually numer- ous and valuable. Several of the bulletins of the Kansas Geological Survey give much generally accurate information about the distribu- tion and character of the formations which outcrop in and near the district. The Independence Folio, by F. C. Schrader, is likewise very well done. A rather intensive study of it, lasting several months, showed that its main conclusions will probably stand for a long time to come. In addition to the study of earlier field reports, which in this case were much more abundant than many people think necessary for the purpose of making a subsurface study, we found it advisable to make still further field studies. Some important correlations re- mained uncertain until we had actually measured and described sev- eral formations in the field. The moral is that for adequate interpre- tation of subsurface conditions, one can hardly know enough about the surface conditions. Conversely, the subsurface studies served to clear up a number of points that the numerous excellent field studies previously made had left uncertain. In attempting to get such an understanding of the Independence district as would enable us to decide the very practical matter as to the advisability of undertaking further operations there, it was necessary to work out a good many separate problems. Some of these were of a character that at first sight would seem eminently unpractical. We put in much time and effort, for example, in study- ing the exact thickness and character and variations of all the lime- stones in different parts of the area. The limestones do not carry much oil, it is true, but they are the markers. By correlating them with the utmost possible accuracy we were able to save ourselves a good many blunders we should otherwise have made in regard to the relations of the various sands. — It happens that the Independence district is located where many 8+ THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA of the prominent limestones of the Kansas Pennsylvanian section sive way to the shales and sandstones of northeastern Oklahoma. In regard to the details of this transition, the sections show a good many interesting facts which it would take too long to discuss. They make clear some correlations of Kansas and Oklahoma formations about which even the most recent publications express some doubt. In studying an oil field, a very important matter is the deter- mination of the character, as well as the correlation, of the sand bodies which contain the o/l and gas. To illustrate the results that were obtained, some notes will be given in regard to a few of the more important sands. The most unusual sand.in the Independence district is perhaps the Cherryvale gas sand. This sand body is about ten miles long, from a quarter to a half mile wide, and from nothing to one hundred feet thick. At a depth of about eight hundred feet, it extends from the vicinity of Cherryville to a point northeast of Neodesha. In practically every well which found this sand, commercial quantities - of gas were found. The parts which are in synclines seem to have Leen quite as productive as one part which is on a large anticline. The origin of a sand body of such character is an interesting prob!em. The fact that the base of this one appears to be flat, and that the upper surface is convex, appears to indicate that it may have been some sort of barrier beach in the old Pennsylvanian sea, rather than a river deposit. Some very similar deposits farther north, however, have the base convex downward, and are probably channel deposits. ; The Independence gas sand, extending about fifteen miles from Independence to Coffeyville, and ranging from a mile up to five or six miles in width, is about at the horizon of the Bartlesville sand, but is apparently a distinct body. Its thickness is commonly from, fifty to a hundred feet, and it produced gas in amounts up to thirty-five or forty million feet a day, from nearly every well in which it was found. The Bartlesville sand of the Independence district is not a continuous sand body, but a series of disconnected lenses in the lower half of the Cherokee shale. It is productive of oil and gas in some small pools, but is not, as it is farther south, the chief reliance of the district as a producing horizon. In regard to the several shallow sands that produce oil and gas west of Independence, in the old Bolton and Wayside fields and adjacent areas, our subsurface studies cleared up a number of points, but not so many as in the district farther east. The Wayside sand is found to lie immediately under the Coffeyville or Lenapah OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 85 limestone, which outcrops from Coffeyville south to Nowata. The Wiser sand, a hundred feet lower than the Wayside, lies under the Altamont limestone, which is the higher of the two limestone scarps near Wimer, Oklahoma. Both the Wayside and Wiser sands are ‘almost umbelievable in their range in thickness, the latter varying from more than sixty feet to nothing within a horizontal distance a of eight hundred feet in one instance. e: About a thousand feet below the top of the Mississippi lime the ~ q wells that have been drilled deep enough have all struck granite : without locating any deep oil or gas sands. In contrast to many _ neighboring areas, the Independence district appears to have in une a Mississippi lime a real farewell horizon. : Apart from their bearing on the oil possibilities of the region _ the studies in this district suggest a good many paleogeographic problems and give some data for their solution. They make it possible to form a fairly definite picture of the locally variable and ever changing conditions in this part of the old Pennsylvanian sea. They indicate, or so it is hoped, that well log studies, if carefully gq made, may help in solving many problems of general geologic H interest. XXXVII. ROBBERTSON OIL FIELD, GARVIN COUNTY, _ OKLAHOMA Re Leon English ee From the Oklahoma Geological Survey. Location e The Robberson oil field is located in the southwestern part of a Garvin County, Oklahoma, near the postoffice of Robberson, in T. a. IN.. R 3W. It is ten miles northwest of the old rocks of the ; Arbuckle uplift. The field is the only one of importance in the ‘eg territory which flanks the Arbuckle uplift on the north and north- a west, while the territory to the west, southwest, and south is produc- tive in the Fox, Loco, Wheeler, Healdton, and Hewitt fields. E 5 Discovery Well and Subsequent Development a The first well was drilled in June 9, 1920 in sec. 16, by the Mag- me nolia Petroleum Company and made 40 million cubic feet of gas. Since then a score of gas wells with a total capacity of over 350 million cubic feet have been drilled and over a thousand barrels of oil are being produced daily from twelve wells. The field has been extended, covering in addition to sec. 16, portions of secs. 9, 10, 11, 13, 14, 15, and 17.. The gas is very dry and the oil is of low gravity, averaging 24° Baume’. 86 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Surface Geology and Structure The surface rocks of the Robberson field are of Permian age, consisting of buff shales and mottled gray and red sandstones, grading towards conglomerates. In places these conglomerates are arkosic. Much float, quartzitic material is present. These forma- tions in a general way, can be traced to the Duncan field and form the surface rock there. The nature of the surface rock is such that structural work is accomplished with great difficulty. However, geologists have been in the area since 1917 and more or less satisfactory results have been obtained. The major structural features in the produc- ing field are a dome in sec. 16 and an anticline in secs. 24 and 13 and extending northward. Gas is found in the west structure and oil low on the flank of the cast structure; its apex is being tested! at the present time. Character of the Producing Sands Production is being obtained from various depths indicating numerous lenticular reservoirs. Two fairly constant producing oil horizons and a, gas sand can be traced. All are of the Permian age. These sands are found at 1,120 feet, 1,240 feet and 1,400 feet. The character of the producing sands varies erratically from fine sand- stones to loose coarse sands containing arkose material as large as peas. This is the first production known to come from arkose in Oklahoma. Probably Undeveloped Territory _ The present limits of the field are not definitely set on the west nor the east and it is probable that extension will be made in both directions. Secs. 13, 24, and perhaps 11 and 12 should prove productive. Additional pools may be opened in sec. 8, T. 1N., R. moNVee and’ sec, 24, aa ZN GR: 3W.., where separate structures have been mapped. ‘ XXXVIII. THE PERCENTAGE OF SQUARE MILE PRODUCTION IN OKLAHOMA Bess U. Mills From the Oklahoma Geological Survey. The paper constitutes a statistical guide to the quantity of oil recovered from the areas making up the oil producing territory of the state, and shows the relation of the number of square miles in the possible producing territory to the number of square miles actually having production. At present there are 4038 sections which are productive of oil or gas or both; 2227 sections are dry, abandoned or shut down OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 87 at insufficient depths for lack of funds or other reasons; 1131 sections are being drilled as “wildcat;” and 724 sections are active since January, 1920. This is a total of 6987 sections of land in the State under development. The total number of square miles in the productive areas is 15,660. The total number of square miles actually having pro- duction is 3857. Therefore, the percentage of square mile produc- tion for the producing areas of the State is 24 per cent. XXXIX. OKLAHOMA OIL RESOURCES C. W. Shannon From the Oklahoma Geological Survey. The discussion of Oklahoma’s oil resources gave a_ historical account of the oil and gas development in Oklahoma, the number of producing wells at the present time, and statistics on production from 1904 to 1922. Estimates were made as to the amount of oil which might be expected in future production in Oklahoma. The estimates as made by the Oklahoma Geological Survey were com- pared with those recently made by the U. S. Geological Survey and the result of both estimates is that there are sufficient oil reserves in Oklahoma to make Oklahoma an important oil produc- ing state for at least twenty years to come. A bulletin is being prepared for publication on this subject by the Oklahoma Geological Survey. XL. ARKOSE OF THE NORTHERN ARBUCKLE AREA George D. Morgan From the Oklahoma Geological Survey. In the western part of Pontotoc County and extending north- ward into Pottowatomie County and westward into McClain Coun- ty is a thick series of arkosic beds which bear an important time relation to the orogenetic movements of the Arbuckle area. The writer suggests that.these beds be known as the Pontotoc series. On passing downward through the stratigraphic column it has been observed that the arkose terminates suddenly along a very sharp contact line and that below this line no megascopic feldspar is to be found through a section of more than 1,000 feet. At a point in the southwestern part of the Allen oil field, in the eastern part of Pontotoc County there is a thin conglomerate sandstone which is also slightly arkosic. The character of this material, however, is quite different from that of the arkose to the west and it is therefore concluded that its source was nct the same as that which contributed the Pontotoc series. 88 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA With the exception just noted in the Allen field no arkosic beds have been found anywhere below the Pontotoc series in the entire © stratigraphic section lying along the northern flank of the Arbuckle Mountains. Included in the Pontotoc series there are several limestone conglomerates, and in these, pebbles have been found containing fossils which clearly indicate that the conglomerate materials were derived from the limestones of the Arbuckle Mountains which are only a few miles distant. This evidence is taken to indicate that the arkosic material of this series was likewise derived from the ‘ Arbuckle Mountains. A collection of plant fossils obtained from the central part of the series was sent to Dr. David White, who stated that the assemblage indicated an upper Pennsylvanian age for the associated strata. : It is the writer’s conclusion that the basal portion of the Pon- totoc series represents the time equivalent of the period at which the Arbuckle Mountains were first worn down to their igneous core. XLI. A SILURO-DEVONIAN OIL HORIZON IN SOUTHERN OKLAHOMA Geo. D. Morgan From the Oklahoma Geological Survey. Within the last few months a thick limestone formation has been rather unexpectedly encountered in four wells in southern Oklahoma. The locations of these wells and the depths at which the lime- stone was found in each are as follows: Name and location Depth at which of well limestone was found 1. Nance Syndicate well Sec! 4. 1. 4Ni, Ro SE: Poimtonexen (Gornrmays SOMME vais 2,305 feet 2. Transcontinental Well ‘ Sec. 14, T. 5N., R. 4E. : Rovairoores: (Gobainyas Olde ass se 2,660 feet 3. Doan Well. Sec. 20); Pe SNR. 4B, Pontotoc County, LO) ele ig ees sp Bees cp SNic ALA BP SUN cE me feet 4. Maud Oil and Gas Con Now Sera ound Ni ube oid: Pottowatomie County, CD) Fa ER CRN Se pk Sua ea hs HS lS 3,730 feet In the Nance and Maud wells the lime made a good showing of light oil and on being shot made commercial yields. The initial si OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 89 production ot the Maud well was about 400 barrels per day ‘and that of the Nance well was about 125 barrels per day. The correlation of the limestone in the several wells is based upon a similarity of the well logs and upon fossils secured from the fragments of the lime, ejected from the Maud:and Nance wells when they were shot. The fossils thus obtained led the writer to the conclusion that the limestone yielding the oil was equivalent of the Hunton limestone of the Arbuckle Mountains. This conclusion has been corroborated by Dr. J. J. Galloway of Columbia University, Dr. Charles Schuchert of Yale University, ~ to whom small collections of the fossils were sent. ' Nore: The complete paper of Mr. Morgan’s on the subjects above ; discussed is being published by the Oklahoma Geological Survey. ' XLII FORAKER LIMESTONE IN LINCOLN COUNTY : H. E. Lillibridge From the Oklahoma Geological Survey. A discussion of the Foraker limestone in Lincoln County was siven from the field work in progress showing the occurrence of this limestone across the eastern part of Lincoln County from north to south. The formation has been mapped entirely across ‘the county although in some placés it is very fragmentary and in ' the southern part of the county has a thickness of less than four a “inches. The horizon was followed chiefly by the fossil content and peculiar weathering characteristics of the formation, a XLII. A NEW VARIANT OF THE HIDDEN TREASURE af MYTH ~ Be : Chas. N. Gould, ahs Oklahoma City, Oklahoma m™ » ~The Hidden. Treasure ‘Myth is, everywhere on the Great Plains. -| have run across it as far south as the Rio’ Grande and as far north as the Black Hills. It flourishes both along the bluffs of the Mississippi, and among the granite peaks of the Rockies. The myth, however, seems to attain its most virulent form in the hill country of eastern Oklahoma and western Arkansas. Whether or not this is due to the general credulity of the inhabi- tants of these regions is a mooted question. It is my present opinion that although the habitat of the hidden treasure myth and ; ‘Thoburn’s Natural Mounds coincides very slovenly, there is not nec- essarily any connection between the two. ' It is safe to say that there is scarcely a county in any one 99 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA of the states of the plains where the hidden treasure myth is not known. One is so constantly encountering it that he soon begins to expect it, and is really disappointed if some native does not spting it the first few days he is working in a new country. Not infrequently a geologist will be followed for days by those who think he is hunting lost gold. The novelty wears off soon, however, and the scientist must sooner or later become bored with the ‘Vain repetition” and is interested chiefly in watching for variants — of the main stem of the story. The orthodox tradition is some- thing as follows: : Many years ago (time usually indefinite) a wagon train from Old Mexico loaded with treasure was attacked and the men mas- sacred by the Indians at the particular place where the story ‘s being told. The people who were with the train seeing that they were to be killed, succeeded in hiding the treasure and marking the spot; but two boys who happened to be away from the main ae party, escaped and made their way back to Mexico. Long years afterwards one of these boys, now an old man, returned to this neighborhood with a map, trying by means of mysterious marks and signs to locate the treasure, but failed. Trimmed to the bare skeleton, this is the hidden treasure myth. The variants, however, are legion, and many of them positively unique. A very few of the most common may be cited. Instead of a wagon train from Mexico, loaded with gold and silver, it is frequently a*government train from Washington carry- ing money to pay off soldiers at an army post, or sometimes a wagon load of gold which the 49ers sent back from California. One story designated a jennet load of Spanish doubloons. Once, it’ was a load of jewels sent by the Pope from Rome to a new cathedral in Mexico. The attacking parties are quite varied. Usually Hey are Indians, Cheyennes seeming to have the preference, although the crime has at various times been laid to the Comanches, Apaches, Arapahoes, Osages, and even to the Cherokees. Sometimes it is renegade sol- diers who had deeserted from an amry post. Frequently it 1s Mexican herders, and sometimes such notorious outlaws as Billy the Kid, Apache Kid, Cherokee Kid, or members of the Starr, Dal- ton or James gangs. The places chosen for hidding the treasure show wide range. Perhaps most frequently the money was hidden in an iron chest under a rock ledge, or in an iron pot in a spring. In many cases it was supposed to have been concealed under a flat rock, or — perhaps there were two flat rocks leaning together like the comb — OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 91 of a roof. Hollow trees also serve as hiding places, and not infre- quently it will be out on the flat prairie in direct line half way between two natural objects, such as a cottonwood tree and a ‘rock ledge. The marks of identification are varied. Usually there is a “map, with curious markings, letters and signs, showing the location of the treasure, but there are also marks on the trees and rocks that serve to guide the searcher. Three notches on an oak or an "arrow cut on a rock are common, but one also learns of five stones in a row pointing to a spring, and a bois d’arc peg driven in an oak tree. In one case prominent limbs on two oak trees grow- ing 100 yeards apart on the point of a hill pointed to the fatal spot half way down the slope. Usually the only people who escaped were two boys who hap- -pened to be off at a spring getting water, but often it was two hunters who had left the party to kill game. Once it was two Mexican girls who escaped and once a five year old child who was adopted by the Indians and grew to manhod with the tribe but who never forgot the experience and late in life left the Indians and set out to find the treasure. So it goes. Incidents and instances might be multiplied almost indefinitely, but all are variants of the main story. Recently I ran onto a variant which in may experience is absolutely new and I pass it on for what it is worth. While hunt- ing “structure” (not treasure) in Oklahoma a few weeks ago, | ran onto an old cattle man who came to that country from Arkansas 15 years ago. I had in my hand a U.S. G. S. topographic sheet of the region and noted that the map showed that on the next hill to the west there was a symbol indicating that surveyors had there built a tower such as are used in the preliminary steps in making contour maps. I asked the cattleman if he knew just were the tower was located, and he said there was no tower on that laill, and that none had been there since he came to the country. “But,” said he, “There was a mighty queer thing happened up there. We found a stone with some queer marks and letters on it, and some pieces of pine scantling and big spikes.” We climbed the hill and came out on the flat woods country. There we found where great piles of dirt and rock had been thrown out from an excavation that at one time might have held a small house My friend the ~ cattleman explained that the man who found the stone with the quer letters in it had been ‘digging there for hidden treasure. I » ad ed him to describe the stone. He said, “It was a flat stone ‘about 6 or 8 inches thick and I should judge about 14 or 16 92 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA inches square. At the top was a letter U, at the right the letter G, at the bottom the letter S, and at the left the letter S. In the middle was a cross or X. We did not know what it could mean. I studied and studied over the matter, and one night, I woke up and the thing came to me like a flash.’ Taking a stick he drew a diagram on the ground and pointing to the letters, spelled out this message :— “U—Go—South—Ten—Steps.” And they went south ten steps and that is where they dug the hole hunting for the hidden treasure. XLIV. THE WEBBERS FALLS “TRAP DYKE” AS A SOURCE OF MATERIAL FOR PRIMITIVE IMPLE- MENT MAKERS Joseph B. Thoburn Oklahoma City, Oklahoma When the first collection of prehistoric stone implements, toois and weapons was brought to the University of Oklahoma from Mus- Kogee County, in the latter part of 1913, there was included in it a number doub‘e-bitted hoes and celts which had been fashioned from a very hard rock, nearly black in color, which flaked like flint or chert, though much more coarsely and with a rough-surfaced fracture somewhat like that of limestone. In showing the collection to Dr. D. W. O’Hearn, then director of the Oklahoma Geological Survey, his curiosity was aroused and he asked to be permitted to examine one of the implements. Trying it with his knife blade and finding it very hard, he remarked that it seemed to be like trap rock and expressed surprise that rock of such a character should be so commonly used in such a quarter. Inasmuch as the collection above mentioned had been gathered in the vicinity of Webber Falls, the thought instantly occurred to me that possibly this material had been secured from the ledge which causes the riffle or rapid in the Arkansas River and which has long been known as Webber Falls. Subsequent inquiry and investigation revealed the fact that implements: and other artifacts made from this material were of more or less common occurrence over a wide scope of country, extending as far north as the Kansas-Oklahoma boundary line, as far south as Fort Smith, Arkansas, and as far west as Oklahoma City. The material seemed to be peculiarly adapted to the varied uses — of the stone age man as it readily lent itself to fashioning by any of the three methods—pecking, flaking and grinding or polishing. It is hard, though not so hard as chert. On the other hand it also OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 93 lacks the refractoriness of chert and seemed to be possessed of a \ measure of toughness that rendered it peculiarly adaptable for use in the form of implements of tillage and for heavy cutting tools, such as hoes, spades, turf cutters, axes, hatchets and celts. That it is softer than the silicious rocks is readily shown by the fact that the cutting edges of the implements of tillage are often found to be worn smooth. Also, implements and ornaments of this material, which are highly polished, are also found. These include celts and hatchets, or tomahawks, and beads, one-fourth to three-fourths of an inch in diameter and roughly sphereical in shape, neatly drilled through for stringing in the form of a necklace. Although I was at Webbers Falls or in that vicinity a number of times subsequently, the stage of water in the river was always such that it was impossible to examine the ledge which I suspected of being the source of this material so largely resorted to by the ancient implement makers. In October, 1921, I was so fortunate a; to visit the place where the river was at a low stage and found the ledge exposed for a distance of fully 100 feet from the eastern bark. It proved to be composed of the material that I had suspected hut not in the structural form that I had thought a trap dike should _hbe, for it occupied a nearly horizontal position with a slight inclina- tion toward the scuth by southwest. Its surface was channelled, erooved and pocketed by the erosive action of water and sand. It was apparent that, if it really was a trap formation, it must have been forced between two strata of sedimentary rock, which seemed searcely likely. Its lines of cleavage seemed well defined, and in three planes, one horizontal and two vertical, one of the latter inter- secting the other at an angle of approximately forty-five degrees. Inquiry revealed the fact that the formation thus exposed in the river channel extends eastward underneath the site of the neighbor- ing village of Gore and that it had been encountered in the digging of wels and cisterns, which necessitated drilling and blasting and that, locally, it was known as “black granite.” Shortly after 1 visited and examined the ledge, a representative of the Oklahoma Geological Survey also visited and investigated it. He succeeded in finding fossils in the formation, thus proving that, instead of being a trap dike, it is in fact a sedimentary rock. Analy- sis reveals the fact that it is an argillaceous limestone, containing a relatively large percentage of silica. In other words, it is a variety of argillite. Whether it occurs elsewhere in the state and whether this particular stratum outcrops at other points, remains to he learned. That the stone age man actually resorted to the ledge as it 94 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA by eutcrops in the channel of the river, rather than by quarrying or ~ mining it at some other point is abundantly proven by the fact that water-worn splinters and chunks with the grooves, channels — and pockets worn by-the erosive action of flowing water and sand may be picked up on village and shop sites which are many miles se distant from Webbers Falls. Whether implements of this material may be found in the remains of all prehistoric cultures of the region in question has not been determined. ar It would be interesting to know if rock of this suet can hee quarried in unfractured slabs, for, if so, it might have considerable — value in the manufacture of furniture and interior architectural finish. fae tt MAT EE NMATTCS _ — ~-XLV. THE REGULAR TETRAHEDRON IN RELATION : zt We : ‘ TO ITS CUBE AND OTHER SOLIDS i M Oscar Ingoid ‘ Medford, Oklahoma Abstracted by S. W. Reaves A regular tetrahedron may be made from a cube by cutting off four of its corners with planes, each of which passes through three vertices, the edge, area of base, and volume of the tetrahedron are ccmpared with like parts of the cube from which it is cut, and the radius of the circumscribed sphere is expressed in terms of the edge of the tetrahedron. Models of these solids were exhibited and printed copies of the paper were distributed. Vol Regifel = Aheova) kev yeWeevEMOSO? PHYSICS (Paper No. 46 was presented at the meeting of 1921. Paper No. 47 was presented at the 1922 meeting.) XLVI. A NEW TYPE OF NON-INDUCTIVE peer TANCE WINDING Homer L. Dodge From the Physics Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. A new type of non-inductive winding has been devised which iends itself to the commercial production of resistances in the form of current carrying rheostats for general laboratory use as well as precision standards of high ohmic resistance. The conductor is sup- ported on two parallel rods or cores which may be at any conven- ient distance from each other. It is in this respect that the new Winding is superior to the so-called Curtis coils which must be wound upon cores separated hy only a narrow slit. The winding follows the formula: . OXOXXOXOOXOXXOXOOKOXKOXO.. . >. in which “o” indicates that the conductor is carried from one sup- port to the other without crossing through the space between the — supports while “x” indicates that the conductor is carried across the space tg the supports when passed from one to the other. Any group of eight operations produces one “unit” of the winding. NA A rough sketch, made according to the formula, is useful in showing the characteristics of the winding. It will be found that every part of the conductor is closely adjacent to a similarly placed part carrying the current in the opposite direction. Thus a very — small coefficient is secured. The capacity is also small as there is but one layer of wire and the potential difference between adjacent strands is small. For the same reason it is possible to use oxide- covered wire for rheostats. XLVII. THE SIMPLE RIGIDITY OF A DRAWN TUNG- STEN WIRE AT INCANDESCENT . TEMPERATURES William Schriever ® From the Physics Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. The simple rigidity of a 10-mil drawn tungsten wire was de- termined at temperatures between 1000° and 2000°K. A _ static method was employed. By applying the same torque to both.a short tt. $ & y ‘4 5 iB, i eet. # OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE - 97 length and a long length of wire,—middle portions of both lengths at the same temperature—it was possible to get the angle of twist of a section of the wire, all of which was at a uniform temperature. The torque necessary to produce the twist in the heated wire was measured by the twist in a fine cold tungsten wire of known con- stants. The temperatures were measured by means of an optical pyrometer of the Morse type; corrections were made for the ASO tion of the evacuated glass tube which enclosed the wire. The modulus of simple rigidity for a equiaxed wire was found to be 21.7x1011 dynes per cm? at 1000°K and only 3.1x101! dynes per cm? at 2000°K. There was a relatively small decrease in the rigidity modulus between room temperatures and 1100°K. At a temperature (1600°K) where the rigidity of the tungsten was equal to that of steel at room temperature, the elastic limit of the tungsten was, relatively, very small. _ Jeffries’** work on the change of crystal structure of tungsten wire by heat-treatments at various temperatures makes it possible to draw the foilowing conclusions from the temperature-rigidity curves of the 10-mil tungsten wire. (1.) The rigidity of an equiaxed tungsten wire is greater than ey that of a freshly drawn wire, both measurements being made at the same temperature. i ' (2.) Heat treatment in the grain growth region causes an in- d ‘crease of rigidity at temperatures between 300° and 2000° Ke and probably at all temperatures. Increase in the grain size causes an in- crease in the rigidity modulus. Moduli of rigidity, as given in tables of phy sical constants, have, “in general, been obtained from angles of twist which were not. ereat enough to cause the elastic limit of the material to be passed. In the writer’s research, the angles of twist were less than 0.01 degree per centimeter length of wire, and yet, at the higher tem- peratures, this was considerably beyond the elastic limit. The read- ings of the angles of twist were made so quickly that the results calculated from them were very similar to those which would have © heen obtained if a torsion pendulum of very short period had been used. - It is suggested that the moduli of rigidity calculated from such observations be called moduli of “Instantaneous Rigidity.” *The Metallography of Tungsten, Trans. Am. Inst. Mining Eng. pp. 1037-1092, 191s: * ECONOMICS AND GOVERNMENT XLVIII. STABILITY OF FOREIGN EXCHANGE A. B. Adams From the Department of Economics of the University of Oklahoma. The constant fluctuation in the exchange value of foreign cur- rencies for the past three years has been a source of irritation to all those who are engaged in foreign trade, both in America and in Europe. This constant fluctuation has caused great losses to both buyers and sellers; it has degraded the foreign trade business from the plane of a conservative business undertaking to that of wild speculation. The professional speculator has been much condemned by the public through the press for causing this violent foreign ex- change fluctuation, and many have advocated the passage of na- tional laws prohibiting speculation in foreign exchange, while others have suggested that some scheme be devised whereby . foreign ex-— change rates would he “pegged” or stabilized at definite points. Whatever influence speculators might have had on the daily fluctuation in foreign exchange rates, it is admitted that they are not responsible for the great depreciation of foreign currencies in~ American markets. This depreciation is due primarily to the infla- — tion of European currencies and to the excess of European im- ports over exports. The accumulative process of inflation of their — currencies and the continued excessive buying by Europeans have been the two major causes for the constant decline of their currencies in the American markets. : There is little doubt that daily speculation in foreign exchange bills has produced many marked changes in daily foreign ex- change rates. American speculators who in 1919 bought German matks in great quantities held the “Mark” exchange rate at a much . So > ‘ higher level than would have been maintained if there had been no speculation in marks. But under present conditions if there were no speculation in any of the foreign currencies the exchange rates would nevertheless greatly fluctuate from day to day; and it is quite probable that the fluctuation in their ratios would be much more violent than it has been under the present condition of fever— ish speculation in foreign exchange bills. As a matter of fact the commercial demand and the commercial supply of foreign exchange bills in the American market vary greatly from day to day. This variation in demand and supply of Sh uF : ‘, OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 99 foreign bills would often cause greater daily fluctuations in ex- change rates than now prevails, if it were not for the fact that ‘speculators stand ever ready to buy or sell foreign exchange bills regardless of the immediate demand and supply of those bills. * Among the speculators in foreign exchange bills there are doubt- less many plungers who do not base their activities on intelligent knowledge of foreign exchange conditions. To the extent to which foreign exchange speculation is carried on by this class of specula- tors, speculation is a distrubing factor which causes wide fluctua- tions in the rates and consequent losses to the speculators. But taken as a whole foreign exchange speculation is carried on by men who have devoted the larger part of their lives to the business and who speculate on the basis of knowledge of the market. To the extent to which foreign exchange speculation is carried on by this class of spectilators, speculah on is a stabilizer of foreign ex- change rates. There are many people who believe that foreign exchange be- tween America and the various European countries can be stabilized as a result of an agreement betwen the American Government and the governments of Europe, and American bankers and foreign bankers. The advocates of exchange stabilization point out that the Engiish government stabilized the exchange value of the pound sterling in the American market throughout the duration of the war. So the English government did: but it did so at first by send- ing vast quantities of gold to the United States and by forcing Enel'sh citizens who had American securities to sell those securities in the American market in sufficient quantities to hold up the ex- change rate of the pound sterling. By the time Englishmen had ex- hausted their supply of American securities the Government of the United States made extensive loans to the Government of England, which loans were used by the English Government to support the price of the pound sterling in the American market. Today the European countries have little or no gold, neither have they any American securities to sell in the Amer:can market, nor have they European securities which are, under present condi- tions, acceptab’e to American investors, and, therefore, they can- not hold their exchange rates up by the shipment of gold or the sale of securities in America. Nor can the European governments borrow additional vast sums of money from the oGvernment of the United States to be used for this purpose. Consequently, so long as they buy an excess quantity of goods from America and other foreign countries and are unable to pay for these goods by the ship- ment of cold to America, or by the sale of long time securities in 100 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA: the American market, their currencies will remain below par in New York and will continue to fluctuate—and the fluctuation will a foliow the trend of changes in international trade, together with’ changes in the internal depreciation of their paper currencies. A mere agreement between the American government and Europan governments to stabilize foreign exchange rates would have no effect whatever upon the current prices of exchange bills unless these governments at the same time stood ready to purchase or sell foreign exchange bills at the agreed rate and assume the risk of such transactions. An agreement betwen international bank-— ers to bring about such stabilization would in its very nature nec- essitate the purchase or sale of foreign exchange bills at the agreed rates and would, under present conditions, result in the American banks-investing billions of dollars in European bills of exchange on which they would run the risk of losing heavily. Such a scheme would mean- that the American banks would make large loans to Europe to enable Europe to buy an excess quantity of American goods, and that they would have to run all the risk of repayment of those loans, as well as the risk of further deprecia- tion of European currencies. Professor Cassel of the University of Stockholm puts forth a scheme which he designates as the “purchasing power parity” theory. The principle points in his theory are as follows: That you will have a stable foreign exchange rate between two countries if you keep the general price level within each of the two -countries at a fixed relation to one another. : : That is to say, if all countries had currency systems with the ‘same degree of internal depreciation all foreign exchange rates between the different countries would be on a par basis. Further, the way to equalize the internal purchasing power of the money of one country with that of another would be by the change in the quantity of money in circulation in relation to the volume of trade. For example, if the internal purchasing power of the American - dollar was relatively greater than the internal purchasing power of the German mark, the purchasing power of the American dollar could be brought to the level of that of the German mark simply by sufficiently increasing the quantity of money in circulation in the United States. The serious defects in this theory of Professor Cassel’s are that it is neither true nor practical. If the theory were true, it would still be practically impossible to attain and maintain a relatively constant ratio of depreciation of the currencies of the various countries of the world. Such a plan would necessitate frequent = \ OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 101 change in the volume of money within the boundaries of. each country because of changes which were being made in the currencies of ‘other countries. Therefore, we would have a constant fluctua- tion in the internal price level in each country due to foreign causes. But it alls. currencies “had =the) “sanie*) deeree son ~.con- stant ratios of. internal depreciation the foreign exchange ratios between them would be neither on a _ par basis NOGEMLEMIAL tate aAtiyn tied LAOS su HANS eae Matter lOn tact foreign exchange rates were not on a par basis prior to the war when all currencies were redeemable in gold and the markets of the world were so free and open that practically the same price level was maintained in each of the countries. The balance of trade between the different countries constantly affected the foreign exchange ratio of their currencies and the only way they were kept near a par basis was by the shipment of gold from the countries of excess imports to the countries of excess exports. As has already been indicated, under present conditions, there are two fundamental factors which affect foreign exchange rates between America and the countries of Europe. They are (1) the lack of balance of trade between America and Europe, and (2) the depre- ciation of the European currencies below a gold basis while America’s currency system remained on a gold basis. Professor Cassel’s theory takes into consideration only the second factor, that of the de- preciation of the currencies of Europe, and to the extent to which this depreciation plays a part in depressing exchange rates be- tween Europe and «America the application of his theory would raise the exchange rate of those currencies in the American market. But if his scheme were put into full operation it would not bring those currencies to a parity basis in the United States so long as Europe continues to buy greater quantities of goods than she is able to pay for in goods, gold, or securities. ALIX. RESPONSIBILITY IN STATE GOVERNMENT. F. F. Blachly From the Department of Government, University of Oklahoma. ( Abstracted ) In every state of the United States, the government is organized with a two-house legislature, a governor elected by the people, and an independent judiciary. In many states, also, most of the im- portant administrative officers are subject to popular election. Theoretically, this system means control of the government by the people, and a system of checks and balances which will assure ma- ture SONS GTS OP of all measures, and will prevent any one de- aR luz THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA partment of government from encroaching upon the liberties of citizens. In practice it means that the people have no real control over the government, and it opens the way to every sort of fraud and trickery. How is it that a system so excellent in theory works so badly? The answer is brief—namely, that this system make it impossible to fix responsibility for mismanagement or fraud on anyone. Unless the people know definitely what person, or at least what political party, should be blamed when things go wrong, they lack the first prerequisite to making things go right. Under the Oklahoma system of state organization, the governor while called the ‘‘chief executive,” is really only one of many execu- tive and administrative officers, each of whom is elected by the people, with powers and cuties fixed by the state constitution. Since the governor cannot remove these officials, no matter how badly they may mismanage affairs, he lacks all real control over them; for, as Dr. Cleveland points out, ahiscebien of officers comes from the power to “hire and fire.” The relationship between the governor and the legislature is as unsatisfactory as that between the governor and the other execu- tive officers. Under the most favorable circumstances the governor has no way of compelling the legislature to pay any attention to his recommendations, nor has the legislature any way of compelling the governor to carry out its plans, except such influence as may arise from the need of “party harmony.” When, as frequently happens, the governor and one or both houses of the legislature are of different political parties, the state’s business must come to a standstill, as was the case in Oklahoma during the 1921 session of the legislature. What remedy could be applied to this situation? Pe writer believes that a reorganization of state government following busi- ness principles is needed. In any large business enterprise, the stockholders elect a board of directors, and the board of directors chooses an executive head of the business, who is given a free hand in selecting subordinates and managing the business, subject — to the approval of the directors. If the business is not managed ‘to suit the directors, they select a new manager ; if it is not managed to suit the stockholders they select a new board of directors. Such a system fixes responsibility, and makes rapid readjustments — possible. ; x Similarly, a one-house state legislature elected by the people should be entrusted with the selection of a governor. This would insure harmony between legislative and executive. The fear that — in OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 103 uch a system might be detrimental to liberty has no foundation, so long as the peop:e chose the legislature. On the other hand, this system has the great advantage of laying responsibility for good “government directly upon the majority party in the legislature. _ The governor should choose the heads of all executive and admin- _ istrative departments, and should remove them at will. This would a make him completely responsible for the carrying out of public _ policy and the management of public business; and any failure on his. part would be reflected by popular pressure upon the legislature to select a better chief executive. Such a system of reorganizing state government according to business principles would be very unpopular with professional politicans, who profit by. the present system which enables them to avoid responsibility; but it would place control over government actually, as well as nominally, in the hands of the people. | PSYCHOLOGY L. SELF-TAUGHT ARITHMETIC FROM THE AGE OF FIVE TO SEVEN AND A HALF Sophie Ravitch Altshiller Court Norman, Oklahoma (Abstracted ) This paper is an attempt to describe and to discuss the processes in the workshop of a child’s mind in the realm of arithmetical thought. The arithmetical equipment of the boy A. at the age of five years and one month, is given in “Numbers, Space and Time in the First Five Years of a Child’s Life,” by Sophie R. A. Court 3 ~ (Pedagogical Seminary, March, 1920). Two weeks later he suddenly began to count by fives, withont any provocation from the outside and without knowing, just what he was doing. He was fascinated by the rhythm and counted in a sing-s@éng up to twenty. A few hours later he discovered, by an in- tuitive process, that it was by fives that he was counting, and verified this discovery empirically by counting on his fingers. For several weeks he enjoyed counting by fives, gradually increasing his scale, until three weeks later he counted well till two hundred, and at the age of five years, nine months, could count by fives and | Pee: twos correctly and ‘rapidly ad infinitum, as it seemed—having — learned the counting by twos in the same spontaneous way. He - He also often counted by tens, and enjoyed the ‘ Oke of a tne after ninety, ‘tenty,” “eleventy,” “twelfty.” : He was less interested in computation, yet often did little addi- et tions—within ten or fifteen—mentally, on his blocks, on the type- _- writer, and, later, from the age of five and a half, in writing. Hearing that odd and even numbers of houses are on the dif-— ferent sides of the street, he became interested in recognizing, which one ‘numbers are odd and which are even. All the time under consideration, as before, he was greatly interested in measuring and used every opportunity to take linear measurements, to find out capacity of utensils, to weigh different objects, to measure depth of water in bathtub or basin, etc. ’ Also compared fractions on a measuring cup, and taught himself, 1-3, 1-8, 1-10. ~ He liked to tell time, and at five years two and a half months OKLAHOMA ACADEMY, OF SCIENCE. 105 ‘began to teach himself reading time in minutes and expressing it in “phrases used by adults. At the age of six he taught eagle to read the- She EMO nice. At the age of six and a half he was given a few music lessons, which were soon discontinued. A year later he received as a Prone music b-ocks. For several days they absorbed him entirely, but he played with them in one exclusive way; he practised on them | the different ways of making a measure of 4-4 out of notes of different values. At six years four months he became interested in geometric figures and for about three months was studying the circle, the triangle, the square, the rectangle in the same intense way, in which he studies everything that interests him. The arithmetical facts in his possession led him to much independent thinking of philosophical nature. Thus, he became greatly interested in the zero at the first acquaintance with it, at the age of four and a half, and, beginning with the age of five, amused himself often with jokes of his own invention ahout the zero. At five years, five months he wrote— ; x! O plus 0 equals 0, a “joke” of his own making. At six years, eight and one half months he came to thé con- clusion, that eight from two leaves “six below zero.” : : Yet, with all these abilities and interests, he is fot brilliant in arithmetic at school—there always have been others of far better standing. His strength lies in reasoning and in contemplative think- ing, and he, therefore, grasps every new stage in arithmetic with _ surprising ease and clearness. But he is not a natural computer. : and his accuracy comes only after some practice, and his speed is hardly ever above the average. Perhaps this is due to lack of practice, for school arithmetic never awakens in him the interest and, the inspiration that his own self-taught arithmetic arouses. Rai above facts shed some light on the question of systematic versus inspirational work; on the difficulties and importance of “proper balance between emphasis on nature and nurture; on the _lockstep method of class teaching; on the reasoning powers of children; on the role of intuition in discoveries. , 106 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA LI. FURTHER NOTES ON EIGHTEEN-MONTHS VOCABULARIES Miriam E. Oatman-Blachly Norman, Oklahoma A year ago I presented to this Academy at some length my reasons for studying the vocabularies of children at eighteen months. Among them are the following: At this age it is generally possible for even the untrained observer to make a fairly adequate record of a child’s vocabulary; which is not likely to be the case much earlier. At eighteen months speech is still so elementary that analysis reveals much of the actual workings of baby minds. Since modern psychology demonstrates the very great importance of the eartiest impressions, in fixing mental habits and attitudes that per- sist throughout life, it is the duty, of the educator to learn what these vocabularies have to tell in regard to the infant’s ideas and — interests. : Surprisingly little has been done along this line. A careful search of all available literature shows that sixteen vocabularies have been published of eighteen-months-old English-speaking chil- — dren. Some are given in full, while in other instances only the total number of words used is stated. Twelve of the published vocabu- laries are those of girls. One of the four boys’ yoraulasics is that ~ of my elder son. ii With the help of my friends I have collected twenty- -three ad- _ ; ditional cases, sixteen cases of boy’s vocabularies and seven of girl’s vocabularies. Most of those who have furnished this ma- terial are well-educated persons, but there are probably certain errors in the statistics, as there are undoubtedly discrepancies in the methods which have been used by various individuals in collect- ing and arranging the vocabularies which have been published hitherto. It is my hope to collect at least fifty cases, divided as eatially as possible between boys and girls, and to make a detailed study of these. At present I am prepared to give only a few very general results; which, as will be seen, are so inconclusive that it is impossi- ble to make deductions from them. Published Cases. Name Sex Source Total Words \ESaPAN cee iee tame idee AU Eta ea DEP Male Rel @ oe pl AN Ca ra salad MR a Spay eH a ee ge NS Male 7 60 ES reall oe) ais a ar HAN 32s eI pa Male 5 113 al Qatar rn=leievel lb ee Male nik 113 RSP INTE Hie eats eho et STN AL OR aN eS ___Female 10 0 se OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 107 “1G TNS Sas IES a rc a Female 10 Z 77 eal Ne? Ss I a ae ee SN Female 5 3 1k Geille Tb Sa 2 SST aC Og Female 135 SO Mr NVidtS Ons err ke ss Hoa) Su nc IGA Female 11 74 SIND) (GC sear GS SO Ts Female 6 107 AVL TRSTIIGTISs eS eR he Female 8 116 Re Deen aw eee UY Female + 144 PERS NIE (sey alts ee a GE Se NS Ne Female 9 145 NCAP SEN CriicuTT eae Cul eA CEN ay NST ei a Female 2 UNS iLSy> Sno ye IS Sea __Female 3 207 MomMiciaritndeln es Seceew st A Female 5 2384 Pier wots @ bce DOV Sr eine Syke ELOY ss aE tale ee 287 BN ayy TS yOity LA iioa r Nise ee cane Aa 208 FT ESS Ve 1260 Pov oudsvorrlo child meni ewes 8 JY oe See ae cei 1547 PA EAC WO ROS WOLD Osher ee Wy uae 55572 AL eT Ae. ACRES pnOuctaley One NZ” fenitsel hs asin, 0 5 es OP ae ee ea 105 _ Average words of 16 children _-___- hs Nae Nhe 97 Unpublished Cases Name Sex Total Words Ree Ninicen ke Mer oe OI ea Males 2a ZS ARR alls lt ANS ap ee eae OL ae RR Male 0 DHUORMINO NaN e Ree eae ue EN lad SG eae el Male 0 TAR TENT ees ri G78) irs SEI SS se pane aE Male 2 0 SS US GT aa oS SR ns A Ue a Male 3 Om lorse. (Gl me oe ea A ees Lo Nbale 4 171 TRRCGN OS yA gas Se NST ie i ee eae ne (Nea 7 SPRING Aye Signe cotinntad Aaya KSAT) gilt AAR os ON: Male 8 aS Onin koreans ete ar Nee en se eM aile 10 OR Gre Sse tyclicsaest CR Sy eS Ce ays a is Male AZ Hepa eiceiye Sear Oa ran Noe i Oly Male 36 WEN initio e enti wir OSA er Gel) Male 68 ULSs (reine a sa ge a Male 71 TLde STG ey ls pA ENG ac Abeta Nae se IR NY Male 71 15 Oatman-Blachly (2) seas GU) AMADOU ya Male Ted OMID alee nae aracoen cei Warr o Date ee Oh Deere uy ts Male 108 PN TOUSE SOL ices unum e aay a ASAI a Female 0 hereallwerin ton ite ee ae oe RUE MV Snacle A Female 2 BOM een (Gh) sos aetna Re Female 9 ZA ES aCOXO etsy ress pe Wes eae tes em Un Female 9 Moot SING ESS AS ISLE SIGS a OR a a EPR Female 9 TED NESSES (Si SEAR SES AY NA aig BPO Ee Female 25 i Avera Ne llineare lilt tee as Meee SS NN DINER Rak Female 228 Morale uO nd Sor kOe OVS «a AEE 6 UP ohh Ri see 477 PO onlin oper eM; staee kh 5 aE Ne SN a ea 282 Rota ROUSE oy Chin Gen peels een. w/o Awe nc anes 759 EMVCHATE RWORUSGOP WON DOYS, ees se NN ea a SR ee 30 ENV CRYO SMO day Oita Se Sic ie UL Tae Yen AS a 40 _ Average MDE Oe DORM EerIA: te ws WA 33 Summary of 39 Cases. Noten limO TAG Oona in oiyacie mane le SOUL EON ea MT a __ 764 pou Ores iat lO Moarely. cs iia ate a UN ee Bes Ne 1542 Ber tio ons on sOcchildrc nt es oy 2306 108 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA INWIET ACE wiOGUS Ole ZO lO ys eee ease cae a 38 Average Ody ie NO semiells: eee eS SU ios Se Average vocabulary of 39 Chull'direnn ae Sswaithe Ae ls Sten oer cata 50 : Raleconaes 1, Oatman, Miriam E.—1921. A Boy’s Development at Eight- een Months: Ped. Sem. Vo. XXVIII, pp. 52-59. Aly: 2. Bateman, W. G—1916. The Language Status of Three Children at the Same Age: Ped. Sem., Vol. XXII, pp. 211-240. 3. Bohn, Wm. E.—1914. First Steps in Verbal Expression: | a Ped. Sem., Vol. X XI; pp. 578-595. f 4. Dewey, John.—1894. The Psychology of Infant Language: Psych. Rev. Vol. ly pp. 63-66: f 5. Gale M. C. H—1900. The Vocabularies of Three Children. in one Family at Two and a Half Years of Age: Psychological Studzes, (No. 1.), pp. 70-177. 6. Grant, J. R—1915. A child’s Vocabulary and Its Growth: Ped. Sem., Vol. XXIL, pp. 183-203. hs WE Jegi, J—1°901. The Vocabulary of a Two-Year Old Child; Bi Child Study Mo., Vol. VI, pp. 241-2061. : 8. Miclvens) CC. We] 807, Vocabulary. Child Study Mo., Vol. Epp. 203-209: ‘ 9. Nice, M. M.—1915. The Development of a Child’s Vocabu- lary in Relation to Environment. ,Ped. Sem., Vol. XXII, pp.. 35-64. 10. Nice, M. M—1918. Ambidexterity and Delayed Speech De- velopment. Ped. Sem., Vol. XXV, pp. 141-162, ; : 11. Watson, Mary A.—1°01. Children’s Vocabularies. Paidol- ogy. Vol. I, pp. 227-237. Fo: LII. A CHILD THAT WOULD NOT TALK Margaret M. Nice Norman, Oklahoma Our third daughter presented a fascinating subject for study because of her unwillingness to try to talk in conventional fashion until after her third birthday. Our eldest daughter (3 and 4) showed a somewhat precocious speech development, saying her first — word at 13 months, having 145 words at 18 months, 1139 at 3 years and 1765 at 4 years. Our second daughter (5) started to talk late —at 20 months—and had only 45 words at 2 years, but she learned rapidly from then on, having a vocabulary of 856 words at 3 years and 1505 at 4 years. Our fourth daughter said her first word at 15 months; had 155 words at 2 years and 804 at 3 years. Our third child said her first two words—“er-er” meaning pig, (an imitation of the grunt) and “mamma” when 16 months old; these two words sufficed her for four months. At two years her vocabulary consisting of 5 words, the two already mentioned, “hot,” “Wawa” for dog, and “baba” which originally meant bunny, then yarious smal‘ animals and birds and at this age chiefly baby. Vacab- “OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 109 ularies of two year old children range as high as 1227 words, (2) At 3 ao this one had eeu 49 ends (it is difficult to know sometimes just what to call a “word” in her vocabulary); the _ smallest published vocabulary of this age contained 681 words (7) and the largest 2,055 (1); the average of 11 being 1338., (4) Her ag vocabulary will be summarized here: - NOUNS, 26—Mamma; Dadda; Ma (Grandma); Baba; Cug- gan (both sisters); er-er (fingers); er-er (toes); cocoa; nana (banana); baba (doll); coal; choochoo (any vehicle) ; choochoo (bed); boo (rifle); bah (sheep); cock-co (all fowls); c00-COO. (pigeon); da (deer); er-er (pig); ho’ (horse); hoo-hoo (owl); “mnow (cat); moo-moo (cow) ; oor (bear, lion, wolf, fox, tiger) ; _ wawa (dog) ; han (thing). . VERBS, 6—Ah-ah (cry); da (don’t); er-her (1 can’t say) ; ‘hurt; va (like); whoa (stop). } ; Pronoun, 1—Ah (J, me, my, mine). "= Adjectives, 5—Co’ (black, dirty, from coal); da (dear); ker * (cold, hence bare); va (good); ya (other). _ Adverbs, 5—Er (yes); ha (where) ; ker or ker-her (here) ; na (no); un- (not). : Prepositions, 2—Ker (near, by, with, to); on (meant also off, ~ from). \ Interjections, 3—Boo-ba (goodbye); hello; oh. -. Vhere were many essential words that is child did not use fat all: she had nothing for water or drink, no word for any ordinary) article of food, no name for her cousins, uncles or. aunts, “no generic word relating to people but “baba,” not a single word for any article of clothing, only one household object,—bed—and ’ that called by the all inclusive term of “choo-choo,” nothing for ' bird, rabbit, ball, black, gone, see, etc. f A few samples will give a clearer idea of what her sneer at 3 -yeats of age was like. ; “Wa baba va’—Other baby all right. “Er-er ker’—(Their) feet (literally “piggies”) (were) bare. “Wawa un ker mamma, wawa ker ah”—Dog (is) not by mamma, dog (is) by me. “Mamma on choo-choo, baba ah-ah”—(If) mamma (goes) automobile, baby (will). cry. “As will be seen she was talking what amounted practically to a foreign tongue; no one spoke to her in her language and almost _-mo one understood her. Yet she got along very well indeed, she ae “was a favorite with her cousins and a leader among her small 110 THE UNIVERSIDY OF OKLAHOMA playmates. It was not until she was 40 months old and her imagina- tion began to be active that she found her means of communication inadequate. So long as she staid on a material basis she could make herself understood with her meager stock of words helped out by gesture, tone of voice and the intelligence of adults, but when she wished to share intellectual experience she found herself seriously hampered. As to the origin of her Peete 22 of the 41 entirely dif- ferent words are clearly imitations of English (although half of them have a baby pronunciation) and four are probably derived ‘from English (the two “va’s,” the preposition “ker,’ and “‘ha.”). Eleven words are imitations of sounds, most of them learned from her parents and not from the respective animals. Four terms may be original expressions, i. e., “er,’ “un,” “er-her” and “han,” the two latter perhaps being crystallizations of baby expressions that were originally meaningless but happened so often to be used in certain situations that they came to function as words for her. Three more of these original expressions took on definite meanings during her 37th month. In her 38th month she at last became willing to talk like other people. From her 33rd to 36th month she added but 2 words a month to.her vocabulary, in her 38th month she added 27; the next, 44, the next, 128, and in her 41st month 257 or 8 a day; this, 1 believe, is the record for rapid learning so far as published cases* go. At four she had a vocabulary of 1135 words; twenty-five times ~ the size of her three year vocabulary; a month before this she used 10511 words in one day (6). A few of her queer expressions lasted until her 47th month but most of them had disappeared by her 42nd_ month. There are two conclusions which may be drawn from a study of this child’s retarded speech development. 1, Most children learn through imitation to talk earlier than Ae they need to. 2. With this child speech was not primarily for communica- tion but largely a matter of self-expression. Bibliography 1. Beyer, T. P. 1916. The Vocabulary ot «Phree years... Bd Rev., Dec., pp. 478-489. : 2. Jegi, J. 1, 1901. The Vocabulary of a Two-Year-Old Child. | Child Study Mo. VIL., pp. 241-261. 3. Nice, M. M. 1915. The Development of a Child’s Vocabu- lary in Relation to Environment. Ped. Sem., XXII, pp. 35-64. tay an ait A ra Bh : : ‘OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE — 11 1917.) Phe Speech. Development jaf a From Eighteen Months to’Six Years. Ped. Sem., XXIV, pp. 9. ——_—, ———.. 1918. Ambidexterity and Delayed Speech opment. Ped. Sem., XXV, pp. 141-162. i. Sem, XXVIL, pp. 166-177. chy Pelsma, J. 1910. A Child’s Vocabulary and Its Develop- oe Sem., XVII, pp. 328-369. 1920. Concerning All Day Conversations, . MISCELLEANOUS 9 | LUI. A KAY COUNTY VILLAGE SITE Joseph B. Thoburn © Oklahoma City, Oklahoma Situated on the low bluff which forms the western bank of the Arkansas River and immediately south of a small affluent called Deer Creek, five miles east and a mile and a half north from New- — kirk, Kay County, Oklahoma, is an Indian village site which covers about twenty acres of land. Scattered over this village site are the ruins of sixty-five timber-framed, dome-shaped, earth-covered domi- ciles, forty of which are in the form of low circular mounds, while the remainder show depressions in the center, indicating that there had been an excavation of the interior or floor circle. The mound — ruins are identical with those which are so numerous in eastern Oklahoma. A few of the larger mounds are in a field that is in cultivation and the rest are in a pasture and have not been disturbed —_ as yet. A very fine spring-of water falls into Deer Creek from the south bank, a few rods above the village site. Mery a Scattered over this village site may be found | aapleneme ie and weapons, pieces of glass, copper, brass and other items which are suggestive of the presence of white traders. Whe design of the small clay tobacco pipes, the shape of the grain grinder (mor- tar Or metate) and of the double-bitted stone hoe all bear evidence of the kinship or descent of this culture from that of the earth- house” j people who lived in eastern Oklahoma and adjacent states some four or five centuries earlier. The potsherds and ceramic frag- “ments are so much crider, however, that one is forced to the con-— clusion that the culture had undergone a very marked deterioration | in the intervening period. . ae One surprising feature is the unusually large number of “turtle- hack’ or “snub-nose” skin-dressinge picks or scrapers which may be found on this village site. And yet the reason is apparent; a horse- shoe-shaped trench, approximately 250 feet in diameter, near one extremity of the village site, is. believed to mark the site. of ja) \) French trading outpost, dating frem the first: half of the 18 — century. These traders seem to have induced a band of Pawnee — or one of Wichita, or, what seems more likely, a small band of - the people of both tribes, to settle there for a time, the men to kill buffalo and the women to dress the skins and finish them as OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 113 robes. The wide, bayou-like mouth of Deer Creek afforded a safe and convenient mooring place for bateaux and canoes and could even be used for the launching of a small raft. Historically, much remains to be worked out in regard to this village and trading post site and it is not impossible that documents in the French National Library might throw considerable light upon the subject from that angle. From a scientific viewpoint, aside from the amount and variety of the implements, tools and weapons to be found scattered over the village site, its chief interest lies in the fact that it serves as a link to connect the earth-house culture of - eastern Oklahoma and adjacent states with the Caddoan culture of more recent times. It is also of interest as presenting an instructive instance of the primary contact between European culture and that of a primitive people on the edge of the Great Plains. LIV. SOME NOTES ON THE BOIS FORT CHIPPEWA ae OF MINNESOTA 3 | ae Albert B. Reagan . ae Kayenta, Ariz. Abstracted by Margaret M. Nice 5 A ; The Bois Fort Chippewas live in northern Minnesota around : = Lake Nett in a region partly swamp and partly timbered. The coun- " try is practically in the virgin state and is “a paradise for wild fowl and fur-bearing animals.” The indians do much hunting and trapping; they gather wild rice and make maple sugar “when the first crow appears.” They live in wigwams covered with birch bark or mats of cat- tail flag, or in bark camps, birch bark houses, or, sometimes in summer, in “wickeups” which are posts covered with flat roofs of brush. They make mats from rushes, cedar bark and cat-tail flags, and thread, twine and rope from basswood fiber. Many utensils are made of birch bark—rice baskets, sap baskets, trays and winnowing dishes; in some cases these are made water-tight by sealing the seams with pitch. Bead work is used on moccassins, other clothing and “fire bags.” The Ojibwa canoe “is undoubtedly the most beautiful and light model of all water crafts ever invented. X The frame work is made of white cedar or some other light, durable Be, i wood,” while the birch bark is “put on it so ingeniously and so ai _ well sewed together and the seams so well closed with pitch thai the finished canoe is water tight and rides on the water like a cork.” The writer describes in great detail nine different games of these Indians comparing some of them with similar games of the 4 ’ 114 . THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Apaches, Quillayutes and Go-Ship-Shoshones. Two are gambling games: the Pay-Gay-Say or Bowl game and the Moccasin or Bullet — game on which so much money was squandered that it was stopped by the government. Three games are played with sticks in the snow, one by men, called the Snow Snake Game and the others by children. Lacrosse was played in the old times on the ice and -Shinny was formerly played by young boys and women. Push-Kah- Wan or Double Ball is entirely a woman’s game; “in 1909 they played it aimost every day at Nett Lake throughout the entire sum- mer’ with as many as forty women on a side. Sha-Mah-Ke-Way- Be-Ne-Koh-Nung is a children’s dice game played with painted sticks. ; The “Squaw Dance” is mainly “a social affair, though at times it is ued to get the Indians to assemble so the chief can harrangue > them on the problems of the day. At other times iti s held to cure the sick or as a part of the death ceremonies. In all its sessions both sexes take part. Each person chooses partners as she or he wishes, giving the one chosen a present each time.” When this dance is given in honor of some one who has died, the accompany- ing feast is provided by the deceased person’s relatives, who give away all of their possessions to the guests. i PARLE OF CONTENTS ’ Officers of the Oklahoma Academy of Science_____---_------____---_-__ 2 Membership wofthemAcadem y= = ees yi i ye ee a a ae ‘4 ERosnammoneanmiual wNliceting: of (1O22e sus Yes Te eae 7, ‘Papers: BIOLOGY I. Handedness and Speech. By Margaret M. Nice____________________ 10 II. A Note on the Relation of Heat and Moisture to the Behavior of Peter mexasimeand Sua. By) hd IDs. Crabbs a so) 6 vee eee 10 III. Observations on the Behavior of a Male Dickcissel, Spiza Ameri- cans, During the Nesting Period. By Ed. D. Crabbe 0 Raa Uta 11 [V. A Preliminary Note on the Number of Tines in the Antlers of ine White-Tail Deer as Correlated with Age. By Ed. D. Crabb ___________ Zz Y. The Genetic Evidence of a Multiple (Triple) Allelomorph Seen in Bruchus and Its Relation to Sex-Limited Inheritance. By J. K Bieter By Sg SRN a IN Re ES 11 VI. The Migration Path of the Germ Cells in Fundulus. By A. Teeneloneipealiy: yrmcel olsun Cy ABS Vap rat oveyoy ote ae eae an A PSN eee 115) VII. The Nutritional Values of the Grain Sorghums. By Paul iy EM mafearu eects Ras ae Ake ine ac NL PSE Boe eet COUN 2 be i Lege 16 VIII. Identification of Anthoceros in the Oklahoma Cryptogamic : TEP) BBs: ANY SAM CE BN YAY odo eg Wl ee Ae a a eT DE SE 19 IX. Notes on the Migration of Macrochelys Lacertina. By M. M. "So VAURVAUCG Ee oe SPS a pe Ad a 2 a en lI mIRC TACO 20 X. Further Notes on Migration of Terrapene Carolina in Oklahoma. Bt y cee VT eT Sea ix lc ca rs ee AE ns ENS Ee Oe 22 XI. Identification of Fresh Water Sponges in the Oklahoma Fauna. BES sy ge Vena es Weer cs hn irr oe ek aE pT EI Eee ee ene 23 XII. Red and White Corpuscles and Catalase in the Blood of Com- plement Deficient Guinea Pigs. By L. B. Nice, A. J. Neill and PETES 9 VIL 0 tee eee Sa eS AN eS 8 ON ae 25 XIII. The Egg-laying Habits and Early Development of Haminea WaGescen'sia (Sy) abaya Aeachand Sa sss nein NE aie aE assis 26 XIV. The Acceleration of the Cleavage Rate of Haminea Virescens Siby) ees Aes Rac hair d Seo See ae Se ea 27 XV. A Third Christmas Bird Census. By Margaret M. Nice_________)__.. 31 XVI. Fate of Leucocytes in the Placental Circulation. I. What Prevents Leucocytes of the Maternal Circulation from ' Migrating into the Fetal Circulation? Il. The Role of the Syncytial Layer of the Chorionic Villi. III. Importance of this Investigation Relative to Inheritance of Disease or Immunity from Disease. By Jos. M. Thuringer_______ 33 XVII. A new Dilferential Staining Method for Connective deste Combined with the Ordinary Hematoxylin-eosin Stain. By Jos. UV anna rg A ge es ee See a ae IY EN 2S TR Ly EA Sa Sg aC 33 XVIII. Effect of Lime and Organic Matter on the Root Development and the Yield of Alfalfa on the So-called Hardpan Subsoils of Oklahomas: {Bye Ma A Beeson 2s: 20 ou Pe Oe ae 34 XIX. Notes on the Parasite Fauna of Oklahoma. By John > CCRT EEN Pa tS aN A AEN oA PIE GN PUM TB 36 XX. A Preliminary Report on the Optic Tract of Eyeless Flies. By Mildred H. Richards and Esther Y. Furrow__________________-_____-_ 41 XXI. Mitotic Index of the Chick. By Audrey Flitch Schultz___-________ 45 XXII. Somatic Mutations and Elytral Mosaics in Bruchus. By J. K. PB peite milly] Che rps ce EEN Dea EN Al 438 XXIII. A Preliminary Report on the Genetics of a Red-Spotted Sex Limited Mutation in Bruchus. By C. Lee Furrow__--________________ 49 XXIV. A Preliminary Note on the Chromosome Number in the Sper- matocytes of Bruchus. By Frank G. Brooks_---___-__________________ Pe XXV. The Grand Period of Growth of Root-hairs. By R. E. Jeffs________ XXVI. Continuous Culture of Oats Versus Rotation. By H. ‘s. Murphy___ 3 XXVII. Sykes alaskan Expedition of the University of Oklahoma of OZIE By tide Di Crabb ss ks Se ees Nee EN ee -~ 68 XXVIII. A Note De the Economic Status of the Bald Eagle in Mlaskale) Byo bd sD Crabbisk esi ee oo a es 66 XXIX. The Pojsonous siecnce in Cotton Seed. By Paul Menaul_______ 68 XXX. The Chemistry of the Pecan. By W. G. Friedemann______________ 71 XXXI. Multiple Miliary Adenomata of the Kidney corte with Spe- - cial Reference to Histogenesis. By Mrs. Julia S. Eley_-_.__._________. 71 ahi | GEOLOGY XXXII. Evidence on the Pennsylavnia Glaciation in the Arbuckle INfopseaumzbbatsmong mone WW kertobootsbaVye ee XXXIII. Physiographic: History of the AGhacet Mountain. By S. WV set ch rea PIES se SE TL EE SS MAE gap eA slope ee a LE XXXIV. Some Observations of Erosion and Transportation in the Wichita, Mountain Area. Oren) FP) Bvans222 220222) eee XXXWV. An Oklahoma Meteorite. By A. C. Shead KOM NVAL Subsurface Studies! ) By, (Re) Dy Reedt 223222 ee eee XXXVII. Robberson Oil Field. By Leon English________________________ XXXVIII. Percentage of Square Mile of Oil Production in Oklahoma. A EASGd0 BY eXctoWO Oana BU) Keser eater ie bye ee gees Ay Spe AERIS Alea appe eR Us Ne a XXXIX. Oklahoma Oil Resources. By C. W. Shannon__________________ XL. Arkose of the Northern Arbuckle Area. By Geo. D. Morgan_____--~ XLI. A Siluro-Devonian Oil Horizon in Southern Oklahoma. By Geo er AID No ee ary ee EL LG AS ea aa ep XL. The Foraker Lime Stone in Taneaia County. By H. E. MDDS er ey ASE se EI EA NE I ES A ee eee ee A New Variant of the Hidden Treasure Myth. By C. W. MATHEMATICS XLV. The Regular Tetrahdron in Relation to its Cube and other Solids! “By Oscar ng olds ae SE A ee es ee eee, PHYSICS XLVI. A New Type of Non-Inductive Resistance Winding. By TE Wrap ost 2s ued Ogee D Yoyo imbue ancy a Ye AW a a as XUVIT. The Sais Rigidity of a Drawn Tungsten Wire at Incan- descent Temperature. By Wm. Schriever__-+---~--_---__===-- ECONOMICS AND GOVERNMENT ~~ XLVIII. Stabilization of Foreign Exchange. A. B. Adams_---_--------_ Ee ee a ERS et = sri Sa XLIX. Responsibility in State Government. By F. F. Blachly____________ 101 si PSYCHOLOGY L. Self-taught Arithmetic from the Age of Five to Seven and a half. Sores Te WANS (Choybia es ee 104 LI. Further Notes on Eighteen-months Vocabularies. By Miriam ‘ @artrmna re Bo eae aay eS iS IT PO SNS oa 106 ‘Lit. A A Child That Would Not Talk. By Margaret M. Nice.-__------__ 108 MISCELLANEOUS LIII. A Kay County Village Site. By Joseph B. Thoburn_-__--________ 112 LIV. Some Notes on the Bois Fort ung of Minnesota. By Albert B. Reagan__-.. (eon nana 5-5 55 5-5 = - = - - 5 = = = = === 113 “the: ae oF reports, papers, es we cu ERSITY OF OKLAHOMA BULLETIN Issued Semi-Monthly By THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA ae Norman, Oklahoma _—~ ‘ew Series No. 271. Bhs University Studies No, 16. ieee October 1, 1923, PROCEEDINGS OSD EE Or VOM A ACADEMY OF SCIENCE AFFILIATED WITH THE VRAIN ASSOCIATION FOR THE LID BUN CIB IMUBINGE Ole SG uainEls, iE ion In, SS <<“ Deas e iS ue pens ale \ — vA SF or 1923 VOLUME III NORMAN, OKLAHOMA Published by the University of Oklahoma in Co-operation with the Oklahoma Academy of Science. OFFICERS FOR 1922-23 IR, ©, WABUNINSINIOIN, Stillwater 222 President So \WAZIIDIMUAIN, INoranem 23-45 First Vice-President W. G. FRIEDEMANN, Stillwater ___..____ Second Vice-President EB CONTE AWN Ormiati/ Sves 5 ei Oise MA cee trier eens Secretary ED CER OIE INV tte ea ta 20 aes a eee Treasurer I RVe DVIS UICC VRID), INO ras we Curator OFFICERS FOR 1923-24 So \WWIEIUDIMUAIN,, INOmi@e@m =. eee ese President JOISONT 13, GAUIBIBIRILINE, Stiller 2 First Vice-President FRANK G. BROOKS, Oklahoma City ____ Second Vice-President a Be INGE CES ING werent 2 Se a ee Secretary Ue IXS RISC S IN GIS CSUN IN@meeyal so Treasurer INRIED)> JSUILILVAU RID) INO ee Curator PUBLICATION COMMITTEE WILLIAM SCHRIEVER CHAS. E. DECKER A. RICHARDS, Chairman. TABLE OF CONTENTS Officers of the Oklahoma Academy of Science. Membership of the Academy. Program of Annual Meeting of 1923. Papers :. CENTENNIAL CELEBRATION OF THE BIRTH OF LOUIS PASTEUR AND GREGOR MENDEL. I. Pasteur’s Contribution to Bacteriology and Medicine. By Gayfree Ellison. If. Louis Pasteur—The Man, By L. B. Nice. Ill. Gregor Mendel’s Life and Achievements, By A. Richards BIOLOGY IV. Responses of Bruchus to Modified Environments. By J. K. Breitenbecher. V. Some Birds of the Oklahoma Panhandle. By R. C. Tate. VI. Present Day Objectives in Zoology. By A. Richards. VII. Unilateral Inheritance in Bruchus. By J. K. Breiten- becher. VIII. The Effect of Hydroxides on the Fission Rate of Paramoecium. By Dixie Young. IX. Nesting Records from 1920 to 1922 from Norman, Okla. By Margaret M. Nice. X. Indentification, and Ecology of Polypodium Incanum (Sw.) An Epiphytic Fern Included in the Oklahoma Cryptogamic Flora. By M. M. Wickham. XI. Parasites of Dogs and Cats of Oklahoma. By John E. Guberlet. XII. Experiments on Egg Production in Bruchus. By Alfred Brauer. XII. Fall ‘Grasses of (Cleveland ;County, Oklahoma. By Gare innters GEOLOGY (Papers numbered XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, NXI, XXII, XXVI, are from the Oklahoma Geological Survey and are published by permission of the Director.) XIV. Notes on the Paleontology of the Comanchean of Love County, Oklahoma. By Fred M. Bullard. XV. Preliminary Notes on a New Geolagic Map of the Arbuckle Mountains of Oklahoma. By C. E. Decker. XXIV. XXV. XORW AL SOXV I. SOQW JUN, XXIX. XXX. XXXL. XXXII XXXII. XXXIV. AMSNS, WIN WIGISIIE SS (Ole QUSILAISHOUMOA A study of Some Conglomerates near the Eastern Limits of the Red Beds of Oklahoma. By O. F. Evans. Notes on the Area Lying Between the Northwestern Edge of the Arbuckle Mountains and the Wildhorse Sandstone. By E. R. Brockway and H. J. Owen. Phosphate Rocks in Oklahoma. By A. C. Shead. Notes on a Barite in Oklahoma with Chemical Analyses of Sand Barite Rosettes. By A. C. Shead. “Drillite’ and its Sienivirance to tue Geologist. By Me (€, Slaeaak Notes on the Black Mesa Basalt. Ry A. C. Shead. Building Materials of Oklahoma. By M. C. Oakes. A Preliminary Interpretation of Certain Pecularities of the North and South Canadian River Basins in the Red Beds Plains Area of Oklahoma. By C. J. Bollinger. Some Observations on the South Canadian River near Norman. By O. F. Evans. Buried Mountain Ranges in Oklahoma. By Charles N. Gould. Indian Pictographs in the Wichita Mountains. By S. Weidman. PENISIES Present Day Objectives in Physics. By Homer L. Dodge. The Cause of the Optimum Angle in a Receiving Conical Horn. By Victor A. Hoersch. An Electrometer for Measuring the Radioactivity of Gases from Oil and Gas Wells. By F. K. Harris. Sources of Direct Current in High School Laboratories. By B. C. Brouse. IPS WV CBIOILOGW A Boy’s Vocabulary at Eighteen Months. By George F, Miller, Margaret D. Miller and Margaret M. Nice. An Experiment in Automatic Spetiing. By Herbert Patterson. The Magnetism of the Map. By Sophie Ravitch Altshil- ler Court. A Comparison of the Sizes of the Vocabularies of Fifty Children of the Same Age. By Miriam E. Oat- man-Blachly. 5 OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Joypequeyleig “sy [ shoy D H aspoq uoWITYy MA woyoyYy MA ouey - oueT oue’y oueT souof ‘T° souof ‘T° souof ‘[ * “7D © 1: aoa Tel H H H ‘Tel H H H ‘H cal tl JOMseory, IN “A I IN “dT SIN ‘dT IN “dT SIN “dT QIN “AT uojurys JIWAY * JIPOY AJasy ° (ac) (ea) fay fe, SB (oy fae fey ed ed IG AJOsy ° Appsy “q A3249199S syooig “5 ‘¥W uURWUOpIOI “5 U0} USITY A i@ Joyte) “+ Joye “9 IY “A SIN “a UOSUIA “5) SIMey] “T] SUD IOg uyung “q iM “dl iL we “AI “7 TW al ‘SaIg-/A puos9S pptoqny “yf URUIpIaM “§ SUMAN Se) uingoyL “ad [ 19} 9y al NY Ay PHEUEIRIIN “INC CIMT Ps@aiest OD) TL ‘WV ueWls] yy “INA. 5) Ppynoh NO ulLyUunG a “a uloques “yO ‘SOIG-201A SIN UeUIPIO MS uoWeHYyM “O A uinqgoyy, ‘d ‘[ IY “AV Wey “IW “IW propyiey “DT if POS) IN °D) uouueys “MM “D uouueyS “WM OD soAeay “MS uryO “M ‘Gd ouryT “H H juoprIsoig HONAIOS JO ANUGCVOV VNOHVIAO AHL AO SHHOIWAO vcol-€c6l ec6l-cc6l ccol 1261 161-0261 OC6I-ZT61 ZI6T- 9161 O16T-ST6r: CTOL-€16l CT51-cl6l CIOL 1161 Tt6T-O16l 0161-6061 SIed q 6 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA MEMBERSHIP Fellows icapretiny EG iio aaa Pe a lan a sa Ponca City Breitenbecher, Jie RS I SE eee A eee Norman Court Ns Altshillers {22h ees eee eee Daal eos, hat Norman Dodge,,Homer: Tie). tes yes sare Be DS ee Sea Norman Freidemann. Wim iG) esl oe Se ee se ae eee Stillwater Gould, GAgN Gs 0 Ser ih ea eee eee Oklahoma City Guberletn Olin ii samen 2 pees Pea eee ee aie eee Seattle, Wash. Hasemiany: WG Pca ee eee ee Oklahoma City Jooress: EA, Vy 2 ose os 2 yet 6 ay I pet ted Stillwater UBEaYs Oe ca th et are Coen Rm, WN near NE AS ee EMA le Lawrence, Kan. Neal Aseria 2 oe es a ae acl a Ve Norman ING) Toe Bite 2 wir 2 eS A ENN 1s i 2 Le Norman Nicely Mareamety Nic SMeka eMac BNE a soap OO Cell eel Norman O)nverera fee D a tee ee ee apm epee Ui enn ee Acc ew ox ve Oklahoma City TR aN Ti sc UMM Te Ces 0 EG eM crn tee Iowa City, Iowa PRETEEN IA IE ROE sera cease SI a ie oe (Shame aula re EEN East Enid Riela ands, Airy ce iene en Ne ree Sect SE Ly Se eee leet Norman Ret bavegi CUS sca NM Ula ee GEE eg ya eee Norman Seurtalby © sere GUNES ene SE orca Aa Er Stillwater AS nenvaitey tay AC Se Sc ee Norman Siniders Tee Cee Sa Ai Ne lee tne lee eee Bartlesville A BBNCO ob 0 mel We sealer eee ek ree Rei ES NT Oklahoma City NW Meeaicdinrncaray SS fp SS ak ae es hy ry erage Re Norman DVS ela ge Wire Rana cl Ie Neen ce ere SN a os Norman Honorary Members BOOKS eS) DD) 20M AO Nc Re EI a ea Columbia, Mo. SELBY sib i pee oll aCe apRU MAN UM e Urns alinau Miele yee al Cache idiom, eyo karay PAs et ea re iN ry ee ete Austin, Tex. ASO asked ce cbs @ betaaiaens te oe ee Ria a So a Washington, D. C. Active Members irene, ASS ter INE, Cee Ne a aes eee ee Se PA eo Guthrie NVexaiider. sks tel lice at see ee ashe sea ee Pena as gs 2 eee aed Hobart ABS OTe, i Be Ne Oe ye Sam eis, US SNS Rae ee tee ee OES Stillwater BGs Oise ie WAU Sista Be 1 Ts Sette eae = Renee Lire eee Stillwater Benda Ui cA rye aie esas SNe ee iS ie ills ee one DeLand, Fla. Blachilyn Eig ie meses a Chae Se ees ee ca a Norman ick Wiha I, Ohwmeyne 4 ee Se Norman Broo kesay E rretralkc Grae ee ae Sa ees eee ee Oklahoma City Bollinger Cy Pye eee ec on NG eS A ea Norman caldera’ re chin ic eae aa ae ees ac Wg Norman OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 7 PTC eA eee ie = oe ee St. Louis, Mo. Carrier, el Cord 2 es 6 ee eee ae a eee ee ae ae ie A Pe Alva Ginarm bers Clhaswn@s \ ses se oo bos 2 ie oh ee ee Stillwater occ ele = se 8 ee ee 2 ee eS tillwater IOS OPC mIN re Nuke sats eeperita i OS oe Norman CARN NDS EEC I ne ON reper Milwaukee, Wis. IDyeeieeies, | CMa N SD BB, ce i ee Norman TD amPnate: (CUTS, EN San ea Wheaton, II. tls onamemstrcarnta Cp Ge prepended be Norman Achaea LCeley eat emem eee ene el Oklahoma? City PENS OT TRaR Gray site Cheyne iam a Ee ee Norman Je, We Ial S22. ee se sb Pittsburg, Pa. FES eTNG ge @) TG Tet Fy een tee mele a eee See OS Norman Teller US ai a ea a Norman (CRIMI ARN RBIS 6 a Ba i Norman Giineretiayers IDB UNES) etm ce so eo ee a Kingfisher Guincdlenso1ee Gate enn eee eee De eS Stillwater feesslein a @ tee ee ee ee CEU eee , Norman HesTreartolne ten Eel yet te eter ites ee nee Tishominga Irate S See Crm Vere ees os tee ee ES a eee es Norman slatted supe ners © ire eattean levee neem ony sre TS East Enid ineoldhm@Scata oe = aos wee ee ee ae Medford Veer aig 2 TR LE a a Se en eae Norman NensenaeClinistianmees ase ee eee ee oe ee Stillwater TR SMUD ea. TERS fe Ce SR re Graham IS Girrfoyy,, TRS sae eset os A eran iglesia iginacane Nea TL AVODIURCCONEE, SB = pe ae ae pee een Oklahoma City Wooo Daw GinVinn a ne 5 Oe Renee Se Ea eee Okmulgee Wile Nictiiteren Gre ON lunch ss ee ee ee eet es Loe Chickasha TMTGIN TRIS ES LRTI Ria a eee Chickasha Nitya Geo bees = ewe ss ee eS Norman INOOne we ngs) Nueces See Se. eee Normaa Hea takes aN V fa eee carer se Be eae hs eo Be Stillwater FEFANeUe TES @ Mnipe tl ceapy ke pepe aan ee ah a aie ne en Stillwater Nair valealV lise ear a Are ass te ee Re Missoula, Moni. TRS SaT aI RRe PE Dea a i Palo Alto, Calif. INeaoanine liberty ne sate we Soke ee Cornfields, Ganado, Ariz. TEN Cis hime Nora lca agar re ene Le ay ee DL Ye ES a Oilton INO ny Seabed ie Ciena oe ee ea eke ue eS Norman SBR A ae NY ae i is I a nee ee Drumright SCI LeVie THN VIII ates eet eee ee Norman Seomtralarnentsm kya epee a ee Stillwater SUMATITT One lain ameemenet ries wen EU A ey a ae Norman 8 ANEUS, WIN NWI Old OUCILAIEIO WUE Shepherd, : J. W.. 2-2 322. ee eee ee eS Se eee Norman shirley, J.C) 0212 _520 5522 ae See East Enid Shoemaker,’ FH. Au) cie os ae eR re a ere ae a Norman ‘Shultzs sAvadiney: slit chi eae Norman Snowder ‘Leona, =2222 Se ee ee eee East Enid Somerville: ciRA pe Ces See a ae ae Norman Stet Ee Orgel Ae ally gE ee a A ee a ee nS Lawton Stevenson Jin Cy. So ee eae ee Norman ST easy po ena Gy hee cs ae Norman Tpla vie it ce 173 enh WB oS ee oe ee Norman Uinplebys ose pla Bey ose ae a et a Norman Van Der Gracht, Waterschoot, VW. A. Mo 2222222 St. Louis, Mo. Vio Flavese NBG ey yea Sa ak es ee eevee Stillwater Weve We Seating ice = atest Te ae ee et ore Tulsa aN ita stale Sei lfpep LOD cabs tov e SP cL ce ep ne Stratford AVVAatre es oh Oval 1 eesal D ep wee eee eae eS Stillwater AVG eran gee Ny fs a Sk a ea Be gic Norman NN Varliiraurasts i Grtny Ne ops ca ee eae are ee Norman AV VST KO oT 6) rs ee cs ee eg EI eee a) ee Stillwater WrintéerNules "Bi 2eances Shae ee eee ee era Dallas, Texas \Warotollenwettels JANGENity Soa se ee as Fort Worth, Texas AVVO MING MIO eer eee ea he ee Norman OKEAHOMAVAGCADE NEY (OLS ClEINEE 9 PROGRAM OF THE ELEVENTH ANNUAL MEETING OF THE OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Oklahoma City, February 9th, 1923 State University, Norman, February 10th, 1923 February i0 University of Oklahoma, Norman ; (Rplinayee OE TERE OY SSG) ee ae OriS ease nit Wrnacheontmaty themmMecpecs Sa = ae Se ee IZAlS) io, aoe Centennial Celebration of the Birth of Louis Pasteur and Gregor Mendel. ; Pasteur’s Contributions to Chemistry, C. L. Nickolls, A.& M. College Pasteur’s Contribuiions to Bacteriology and Patin@logy 2a oos Gayfree Ellison, University of Oklahoma Louis Pasteur—The Man ____ L. B. Nice, University of Oklahoma Gregor Migm@lel 22-2 J A. Richards, University of Oklahoma February 9th Responses of Bruchus to Modified Environments ____J. K. Breitenbecher, University of Oklahoma _The Isleta Indians____Albert B. Regan, Cornfields, Ganado, Ariz. Some Binds ot the Oklakoma Panhandle-2---— Rex wate) Kenton Additional Evidence on the Possibility of the Redemption of the Great Plains from its Semiarid Condition____._--_--- wos Ee eS ey AN eet ea J. B. Thoburn, State Capitol The Possible Contribution of the Motion Picture in the Effec- tive Teaching of History J. W. Shepherd, Uni. of Okla. Present Day Objectives in Physics__Homer L. Dodge, Uni. of Okla. Present Day Objectives in Zoology__A. Richards, Uni. of Okla. Observations on the Removal of the Semi-circular Canals from Baloy Ci@ kee ss ea Nicerand Glens Fanconi miro Okla: Bice Moninigin IRemees ma Olan eee oe NEE ee a ei hs ee Charles N. Gould, Oklahoma City Saturday, February 10, 9:15 a. m. Zoology Lecture Room, Chemistry Building, State University Biology Secticn in innenestine me roplenmpent. bind Sticys === = ie Pn IR as SPAM Wh ape eB! Se R. O. Whitenton, A. & M. College Nesting Records for 1920 to 1922 at Norman, Okla. --_-___- NE Manske pS Ro a Ee tea Margaret M. Nice, Norman The Identification and Ecology of an Epiphytic Fern, Included ia tae Olkelncsana Cisorocenmeiic Veen oe ee, MU Ls eed aR ES CES SA oe M. M. Wickliam,—Uni. of Okla. 10 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Wuilateral’ Inheritance ins Briel cseee ee eee 3 ON EE a J. K. Breitenbecher, Uni. of Okla. The Acceleration of Fission Rate in Varamoecium ~2--__..----- sa SS 2 aN tea cea ipa Dixie Young, Uni. of Okla. Concentric Corpuscles of the Palatine Tonsils ___-_____________ al so 2) A 2 A SE J. M. Thuringer, Uni. of Okla. AT INOKS Or WAS Wikeraniom or IWiirepock, 123 PR HAL Ast Raabe la IR A i OR J; Me Lhurnger «Onis ot) Olsdar ihe Parasitesvor Dogs and ats ink @kahoma === Le ii els SRS ics bene ee John E. Guberlet, A. & M.- College Observations on the Egg Laying of the Cow Pea Weevil____ Alfred Brauer, Introduced by J. K. Breitenbecher, Uni. of Okla. The Skeletal Development of a 23-year-old Elephant Compared Win Woes On Wien Ed Crabb, Uni. of Okla. hem Hall Grassestnons Clevelantday Conta tsyse meena eee oh i ee EAS eRe I ote aetna Ce We Pier Unie omeOkias Notes on the Effect of Urea on the Diffusibility of MgSO era Oi et al Rae ea a ae es ee ee Alma J. Neill, Uni. of Okla. Notes on Biological Survey_-_-_C. W. Shannon, Okla. Geol. Survey Saturday, February 10, 9:15 a. m. Room 308, Geology Building Geology Section A New Geologic Map of the Arbuckle Mountains of Okla- AN OTT eee a a pa cae Ur ea CE. Decker, Uni of Oka A Study of Some Conglomerates near the Eastern Limits of the Redbeds of Oklahoma__F. O. Evans, Okla. Geol. Survey Some Phases of the Permian Between the Arbuckle and Wich- ita Mountains, Oklahoma____E. R. Brockway, Okla. Geol. Sur. Phosphate Rock in Oklahoma-.--A. ‘°. Shead, Okla. Geol. Survey Chemical Composition of Oklahoma Sand Barite AROSE tlie Sie as au Cd pte een snes A. C. Shead, Okla. Geol. Survey An Analysis of Drillite and Its Bearing on the Possible Forma- tion of Igneous Rocks from Pre-existing Sedimentaries__ SSI CNC NU Ne LAL SE A. C. Shead, Okla. Geol. Survey Onemrcall Composition Or doe Belk Wess, 2. Ui eee Ae a eM eed cS A. C. Shead, Okla. Geol. Survey BuildineMatertals: one Okialtorn age oe seen ee ae eee eee EN NP oS BE ST TLE M. C. Oakes, Okla. Geol. Survey An Interpretation of Certain Peculiarities of the Canadian hee Begin or WWeoeon Okino, Lo Pe oh Vg aero ny ae Ue See C. F. Bollinger, Uni. of Okla. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 11 Evidence of Permo-Pennsylvanian Glaciation in the Wichita IMiouimiaing: Loe eee ee ees S. Weidman, Uni. of Okla. Outline of the Structural Geology of the Ouachita Mountains OmOktatomeal S223 222 228 * C. W. Honess, Okla. Geol. Survey Notes on the Paleontology of the Comanchean of Love County, @Okilaghomay sts ees es F. M. Bullard, Okla. Geol. Survey Summarized Data on the Structural History of Oklahoma____ 1s A A B. U. Mills, Okla. Geol. Survey Some Observations on the South Canadian River Near Nor- FATE es See Ne ec ee (O), 12, IByenas Wier, cr Ovklla. The Osburn Fault of Northern Idaho__J. B. Umpleby, Uni. of Okla. General Session, 1:45 p. m., Saturday, February 10 An Example of an fovdhenn Picture Writing in the Wichita MLO TIMING “2255 ee S. Wiedman, Uni. of Okla. Present Status of Science Work in Oklahoma____________-_ ee ee a SE ee ae 1 Se C..W. Shannon, Okla. Geol. Survey Distinction of Taxes in Oklahoma__--F. F. Blachly, Uni. of Okla. The Simple Rigidity of a Drawn Tungsten Wire at Incandes- cent Temperatures —_..-__- William Schrievyer, Uni. of Okla. The Cause of the Optimum Angle in a Receiving Conical “UB [hich oo ee es es We ee Victor A. Hoersch, Uni. of Okla An Electrometer for Measuring the Radioactivity of Gases nom OvmandyGasg WVells= sss = Forrest K. Harris, Uni. of Okla. Psychology and Education A Boy's Woralbullaimy ar liclweem MWiomilns 222) 222 Geo. 1. Miller,. Margaret D. Miller and Marearet M. Nice, Norman An Expermmen: an Aiionene Sypyellilnne 222-2. to rene See aetoe sone ldlerbert PRatiersom, JN, Ge IML College The Maenetism of the Map___-Sophie Altshiller Court, Norman Some Peoples itm Wocdinalksy Iessiie Gok oe eee [8 SERS Be ei leh Se cae aa tees Geo. F. Miller, Uni. of Okla. A Comparison of the Sizes of the Vocabularies of Fifty Child- HeMOk tile) Samer NCes ee Mariam Oatman-Blachly, Norman CENTENNIAL) CELEBRATION ol BIRTH_On LOUS PASTHUR ENDS GREGOR MENDEL I. PASTEUR’S CONTRIBUTION TO BACTERIOLOGY AND MEDICINE Gayfree Ellison Department of Bacteriology, University of Oklahoma. Thomas Carlyle has well said, “Universal history, the history of what man has accomplished in the world is, at bottom, the history of the great men who have worked here.” In medicine the achievements of certain individuals have added greatly to the wisdom and happiness of the world. Among the outstanding figures the name of Louis Pasteur is perhaps the greatest. Pasteur made a dozen discoveries any one of which would have secured his fame for all time. The late Nicholas Senn says, “The discovery of the microbic cause and real nature of inflammation was the first great triumph of scientific medicine, and has contributed more to the prolonga- tion of human life, and the mitigation of human suifering than all previous medical knowledge which has accumulated from the tine niedicine was first practiced and taught. We owe this dis- covery to two men, Pasteur and Lister, who have conferred a ereater benefit upon the human race than any two mortals since the world began.” Pasteur has been called the “father of bacteriology.” He did not discover bacteria but he tock the somewhat philosophical, haphazard speculations concerning bacteria that had been carried on for two hundred years previously, and in a few years estab- lished a new science, a science that has had many brilliant achieve- ments. He put biology upon a stable basis by settling and setting aside once and for all the dispute over spontaneous generation. The works of Pasteur constitute one unbroken chain of triumph. He was in his day pre-eminent in chemistry. In his studies as to the cause of chemical changes during fermentation he became convinced that certain living mirco-organisms, bacteria and veasts. were the true catse —that these changes, the products of fermentation, were caused by living substances; that the different kinds of £ ay) acter and the others give twice as many females as the red-black females and 3 non-spotted males again: The 2:1 ratio is obtained from the addition of a 1:1 and a 3:1 ratio because as before the males may be either heterozygous or homozygous. The nearest result is that we have two separate recessive genes for red-black and black-red located in separate chromosome pairs. Different pairs of homologous chromosomes would act as duplicate genes. If these reversals should prove to be a result of crossing over it would be approximately 33 1-3 percent. Another method is that of incomplete dominance. Here the dextral and sinistral unilateral traits would appear according to 1:1 ratio, instead of 2:1 ratio. Incomplete dominance would of nec- essity occur only when the organism is heterozygous for red spots and black spots. VIII. THE EFFECT OF HYDROXIDES ON THE FISSION RATE OF PARAMOECIUM Dixie Young From the Zoological Laberatory of the University of Oklahoma, Ccntr:bution No. 34, Second Series. Comparatively little is known of the factors which under- lie growth as expressed by the reproduction of cells, but the more we know of the methods by which it can be modified, the nearer we shall be to the so-ution of the problem. Paramoecium lends itself favorably to a study of division rate since it consists of a single cell. In a single celled animal are eliminated some of the complica- tions which must be dealt with in higher forms, where effects may vary with varying tissues, and where the complexity of the animal renders the results more difficult of interpretation. The usually short interval between generations, and the ease with which “pedigree” lines may be established also make the protozoon well adapted for experimental work. The investigations of such workers as Calkins and Woodruff have established the value of the*rate of cell divsiion in infusoria as an indication of the general physiological condition, and this is ordinarily accepted as a basis on which to determine the metabolic acitvity. The present study was undertaken with the object of extending some of the observa- tions made by Richards on the effects of certain hydroxides on the rate of division in the eggs of Haminea virescens. It appeared of value to the problem to determine the results when the hydrox- ides are used to stimulate different protoplasm. All of the experimental lines used in this work were started from a single paramoecium which was taken from a mass culture 60 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA in the laboratory and allowed to divide, the resulting cells being iso- lated on depression slides. In this way all of the lines used had a common parentage, representing parts or continuations of the same protoplasm. A control slide was run with each experimental slide, the two being p‘aced side by side in the moist chamber in order that any external conditions which might affect one would also affect the other. New experiments were started from the controls, and in the large majority of cases no more than four individuals were present at the time of transference, thus insuring cells of practically the same physiological condition. A 0.2% solution of malted milk, neutralized and sterile, was used as basic medium. Counts of indi- viduals present on control and experimental slides were made daily and the conclusions were based on averages obtained from these results. The first experiments were with potassium hydroxide, the range of concentration favorable to acceleration of division being found to lie between 0.002% and 0.004%. The lower percentage of concentration appeared to produce the more marked increase in rate of growth. The increase produced by the higher concentration though comparatively slight, was constant. A concentration higher than 0.0048% caused the death of the cells, indicating that there is a certain range within which potassium hydroxide tends to accel- erate growth, while too great a concentration seems to have an inhibitory effect. In considering the effects of ammonium hydroxide attention is called to the fact that this hydroxide is very unstable, and that due to the rapidity with which it evaporates, the investigator cannot always be sure of the concentrations. The results in this experiment are somewhat more irregu'ar than in the preceding one, but the average number of individuals present in each case in- dicates a slight tendency toward acceleration when concentrations of 0.002%, 0.0032% and 0.004% are used. The use of sodium hydroxide in the medium also gave inter- esting results. It appears from the data obtained that the addition of this hydroxide in weaker concentrations (0.002% and 0.0032%) shows a decided tendency to accelerate division, while the stronger concentration has an inhibitory effect. Barium hydroxide in the concentration of 0.002% and strontium hydroxide in the concentrations of 0.002%, 0.0032%, and 0004% were used. In considering the effects, the data at hand would seem to warrant the conclusion that these hydroxides have no effect on the rate of growth. The result from the use of calcium hydroxide in 0.002% and 0.003% solutions are so irregular as to render inter- OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 61 pretation difficult. On the whole, however, the data seems to justify the conclusion that no effect is produced. Briefly, the experiments indicate that potassium hydroxide, ammonium hydroxide and sodium hydroxide in weaker concentra- tions show a tendency to accelerate fission rate in Paramoecium, while these hydroxides in higher concentrations have an inhibitory effect. Barium hydroxide, strontium hydroxide, and calcium hyd- roxide show no effect, neither accelerating nor inhibiting reproduc- tion. These results, while not so far reaching as might be wished, agree with the observations of Richards on Haminca eggs. It is suggested that those hydroxides which hasten division rate, do so because of their ability to hasten the oxidative processes of the cell. It is of significance that the hydroxides which were found to accelerate the rate of cleavage in the eggs have produced the same results in Paramoecium, while those which had no effect on Ham- mea also showed no variation in the protozoon. IX. NESTING RECORDS FROM 1920 TO 1922 FROM NORMAN, OKLAHOMA Margaret M. Nice The extensive planting of trees in the town of Norman and on the University campus has made this region an unusually attractive nesting place for some species of birds. Mourning doves, grackles, mocking birds, brown thrashers and robins have been especially responsive to the opportunities offered them, and their nests may be found here in great abundance. The numbers of nests of native birds found by my daughier Constance and myself in this vicinity from 1920 to 1922 follow: Year No. of Species No. of Nests Successes Failures 1970 27 219 38 62 1921 19 205 41 48 1922 Z4 -187 39 40 Total 3 612 118 150 In 3 cases (field sparrow, blue grosbeak and sycamore warb- ler), the nests could not be found, but the parents were seen with food in their bills. The total number of nests should be a little larger for we failed to record all the grackle nests seen. As to the successes and fai‘ures, most of the nests were not visited often enough to determine their outcome, so it is only in the case of mourning doves of which we made a special study that the figures fer successful and non-successful nests are at all representative. 62 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Twenty-four species have been found nesting on the University campus, while 70 per cent (440) of the nests were located there. Annotated List (Species marked with an asterisk (*) have been found nest- ing on the University campus.) ’ *Bobwhite (Colinus virginianus). One nest with 6 eggs found north of town June 17, 1922, evidently deserted. (Mr. Chester Hughes found a nest of this bird on the campus in 1919.) *Western Mourning Dove (Zenaidura macroura marginella). One hundred and thirty-five nests were found in 1920, 131 in 1921 and 92 in 1922, 358 in the 3 years. Sixty-five of these were known to have succeeded and 90 to have failed. The earliest nest found had its full set of eggs, March 22, 1921; two nests were found the last of March in 1920 but none until April in 1922. In 1920 and 1921 no young were in the nest later than September 17 and 27 respective-y, but in 1919 3 broods were still in their nests on October 1, and in 1922 the last young bird left its nest October 6. No nests were found on the ground during these 3 years, the aver- age height of 240 nests being 13 to 14 feet. Seventeen young doves left the nest of their own accord when 12 to 15 days old, the aver- age age being 13.4 days. One stunted squab in 1922 did not leave until 17 days old.* *For a detailed study of the nesting of these birds on the campus of the University of Oklahoma, see Nice, M. M. Auk, XXXIX, 4, 1922. pp. 457-474, and XL 1 1923. pp. 37-58. Swainson Hawk (Buteo swainsoni).. A nest was found near the Canadian river in 1922; in process of construction, April 26; 3 downy young on June 11; young all feathered July 9. On June 11 and 25, the parent bird flew away at our approach and was not again seen during our stay, but on July 9, one parent flew about continually, calling and swooping down towards the people climb- ing the tree, whi-e after we had gone some distance away the other parent joined its mate. The beneficial nature of these hawks was evidenced by the remains of a ground squirrel and a rabbit in the nest and by the fact that a pair of Baltimore orioles were nesting in the same cottonwood. Florida Barred Owl (Strix varia allem). One nest found in 1920 in a cottonwood near a creek east of town; it contained 2 eggs April 23 and 2 young May 8; the young were still in the nest June 6. This hole has not been nested in since then by the owls. *Vellow-billed Cuckoo (Coccysus americanus americanus). One nest containing 3 eggs was found on the campus June 16, 1920. *Hairy Woodpecker (Dryobates villosus). A nest was found on the campus April 3, 1920; the young left soon after April Z1. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 63 Downy Woodpecker (Dryobates pubescens). A pair were seen excavating a hole in a dead tree by a small creek March 17, 1921; 2 days later the tree was cut down. *Red-headed Woodpecker (Melanerpes erythrocephalus). One pair were seen enlarging an old woodpecker hole May 12, 1920; one of the birds was seen to leave the nest on June 17. . *Scissor-tailed Flycatcher (Muscivora forficata). A nest was seen June 17, 1922 at which the parents were feeding the young. Kingbird (Tyrannus tyrannus). A nest was found June 17, 1920. Crested Flycatcher (Myiarchus crinitus). A nest was found in 1922 in an old flicker hole in a telegraph pole 5 feet from the ground on a busy strect. May 25, the nest was in process of con- struction; Tune 8 there were 5 eggs which began to hatch June 18; the 4 young left June 30. *Biue Jay (Cyanocitta cristata cristata). Seven nests found; the earliest record was a nest in process of construction found April 30, 1921; it contained 6 eggs on May 9. June 13 a young bird was found that had recently left the nest. Crow (Corvus brachyrhynchos brachyrhynchos). A nest has been found each year by a creek west of town, all the nests being in elms rather near each other. In 1920 4 downy young were in the nest on March 28; on April 24 they had left but 3 were nearby and were not vet expert at flying.. The 1921 nest contained one egg on March 9; on March 20 there were 6 eggs; April 4 there were 5 naked, blind young which were well feathered 10 days later. The 1922 nest contained 4 eggs on March 18, but on the 28th was found deserted. One other nest was seen near the Canadian on May 13, a parent bird leaving at our approach. *Cowhird (Molothrius ater ater). The birds found parasitized by the cowbird in the last 3 years have been as follows: go!dfinch, 1; cardinal, 1; dickcissel, 1; Bell vireo, 3; yellow warbler, 3; and bluebird, 3. In all but 2 cases there was but one cowbird egg in the nest; in one Bell vireo’s nest there were 2 cowbird eggs and no vireo eggs, and in the goldfinch’s nest there were 2 eggs of the host and 2 of the parasite. One yellow warbler nest was found to have a cowbird’s egg imbedded in its floor, in another nest a young cowbird was found on top of 3 smal warblers, while the third pair of yellow warblers were feeding a young cowbird recently out of the nest July 11, 1922. A pair of Bell vireos were dcing the same thing on the same date, one of their own offspring being found crushed in the bottom of their nest; the other 2 Bell vireo nests containing cowbird eggs have been found deserted. When- 64 THE UNIVE RST YOR OK EASON EN ever cowbird eggs or young have been found by us in nests they have been removed. The earliest date on which an egg has been found is April 26, 1921 and the latest July 22 in a goldfinch’s nest. Red-winged Blackbird (Agelaius phoeniceus phoeniceus). Three nests seen in 1920, the first being in process of construction on May 11. (In 1919 we found a nest with three small young on July 23.) *Orchard Oriole (Icterus spurius). One nest seen May 23, later found destroyed. Young recently out of the nest were seen June 22, 1920 and June 23, 1922. *Baltimore Oriole (Icterus galbula). Four nests seen in 1922, the first on May 24; June 17 two apparently grown young were being fed by a female. *Bronzed Grackle (Quiscalus quiscula aeneus). A common summer resident but we have kept few notes on the nests found. Birds have been seen gathering material for their nests April 25, 1921. On May 13, 1922 a nest was found containing cne egg and five young, ene of which was frightened ovt of the nest 8 days later. (May 24, 1917 the contents of 7 grackle nests were as fcl- lows: one nest had one egg, two nests had 4 eggs each, three nests had 4 young each, while the !ast nest contained 3 dead young.) American Goldfinch (Astragalinus tristis tristis). A nest con- tained on July 22, 1920 two goldfinch and two cowbird eggs. One young bird hatched July 24, but died three days later, due appar- ently to neglect by its parents; the male was never seen while the female was so excedingly timid that, although she had built her nest by the sidewalk, she flew away whenever anyone passed. *Enelish Sparrow (Passer domesticus). An abundant resident. The earliest nest found contained young about a week old on March 20, 1920. April, May and June are the height of the nesting season; by the middle of July there are few birds still nesting and very few in August. My daughter Constance destroyed in Nor- man in J922, 480 eggs and young of this pest. *Western Lark Sparrow (Choi-dcstes.grammacus strigatus). Two nests in small pine trees, each containing three eggs, were seen June 16 and 30, 1922; both were later found destroyed. Field Sparrow (Spizella pusilla). A pair were feeding young in the nest May 15, 1921. *Cardinal (Cardinalis cardinalis cardinalis). Six nests were found in 1920, one each in 1921 and 1922. The earliest was in process of construction April 13, 1921, contained one egg, April 21; and one young and one egg on May 5. The latest broods seen were one bob-tai‘ed young bird just out of the nest on August 22, OKIE NE ONAN CAD Vii OLS Cle N Gs: 65 1920 and another brood of fully grown young that were still begging from their father on September 2, 1920. Blue Grosbeak (Guiraca caerulea caerulea). Females have been seen with food in their bills on July 17, 1922 and August 22, 1920. *Dickcissel (Spisa americana). A nest found May 15, 1921 contained two dickcissel eggs and one cowbird’s; this was later found deserted. Purple Martin (Progne subis subis). In 1920 the martin box on our grounds housed 4 pairs, in 1921 only one, while in 1922 none favored us by nesting there. In 1920 one pair began to bui‘d April 16, but 3 pairs of young birds that arrived May 1, began to build May 8; their young left July 27. In 1921 the martins began to build April 7. *White-rumped Shrike (Lamius Iudovicianus excubitorides). One nest has been found each year; June 4, 1920 a nest contained two young nearly ready to leave while two others had already left; May 15, 1921 parents were feeding young in the nest; April 2, 1922, a nest was found finished but empty, on May 2 it contained 5 blind, newly hatched young and one egg, and on May 22, 3 young were seen near the empty nest. *Bell Vireo (Vireo belli belli). Seven nests were found, 5 of which were failures, 3 on account of cowbirds, the other two nests being found destroyed. The earliest dates each year were: bird seen with building material May 12, 1920; nest with one egg May 29, 1921 and a partly built nest May 14, 1922. Tht latest date on which birds have been seen building was June 11, 1922. *Yellow Warbler (Dendroica aestiva aestiva). Two nests found; June 19, 1920, 3 young left their nest which had a cowbird egg and warbler egg imbedded in its floor; June 30, 1922 a nest contained 3 sma‘l warblers and a cowbird twice as big. A young warbler recently out of the nest was seen June 19, 1922 and another July 17, and a pair of warblers were observed feeding a young cowbird July 11. 1922. Sycamore Warbler (Dendroica dominica albilora). A parent bird was seen near the Canadian with insects in its bill July 8, 1922. *Western Mockingbird (Mimus polyglottos leucopterus). Eigh- teen nests were found. The earliest dates were: nest in process of construction, April 16, 1920; nest with 2 eggs, April 24, 1920; nest with complete set of 4 eggs May 2, 1922. Late dates were: nest with one egg, July 14, 1922; 4 young just hatched August 1, 1920 and another brood that had left the nest but were being fed by their parents August 20, 1920. 66 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA *Catbird (Dumetella carolinensis). A nest with one egg was found June 6, 1922; on June 21 it contained 3 newly hatched young and one egg. One young bird recently out of the nest was seen August 22, 1920. *Brown Thrasher (Toxostoma rufum). Nineteen nests were found in 1920, 23 in 1921 and 16 in 1922; of the 58 only one was placed on the ground, the others being buit at heights varying from 2 to 20 feet. The earliest nests with complete sets of eges were found as follows: April 25, 1920, 3 eggs; April 15, 1921, 4 eggs; April 20, 1922, 3 eggs. The latest nests contained 2 and 3 young on July 7 and 11, 1922. The majority of sets have consisted of 3 or 4 eggs; in 2 cases we have found 5 eggs and once 6 eggs— May 15, 1921. Carolina Wren (Thryothorus ludovicianus Iudovicianus). A wren was seen building its nest April 6, 1921; the nest with one. egg was later found deserted. *Texas Bewick Wren (Thryomanes bewicki cryptus). Four nests has been found, 3 of which are known to have succeeded. These wrens usually build their first nests about the middle of March, bringing off their young in early May. In 1921 a pair built their nest in February but no eggs were laid until the last of March; these hatched April 16; some of the 7 young left April 30 and the rest May 1; the parents coralled their fami‘y into an old mockingbird’s nest for the night of May 2 and into a woodpile May 4; they were still feeding them on May 9. May 15, there were 4 eggs in the same nest. *Plunipeous Chicadee (Penthestes carolinensis aailis). Four nests have been found, one in a wren box on our grounds. A parent was seen building its nest March 30, 1920 and carrying food to young April 17. May 1, May 6 and May 24 are other dates when young have been found in nests. *Robin (Planesticus migratorius migratorius). Nine nests were found in 1920, 25 in 1921 and 15 in 1922. The earliest dates were: in 1920 a robin building on March 18, a nest with 2 newly hatched young and one egg found April 18, one young bird out of the nest May 1; in 1921 a nest with 4 eggs was found March 23, the 2 young leaving April 23, while a young bird from another nest left as early as April 21. In 1921 we found 9 nests with complete sets of eggs in March, but in 1922 the first nest seen was in process of construction on April 8. Late dates were: a nest in process of con- struction June 17, 1920; 2 newly hatched young and one egg on June 30, 1922, and a brood that had left their nest being fed by OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCLENCE 67 parents July 24, 1922. Robins have markedly increased here of late years as breeding birds. *Bluebird (Sialia sialis sialis). Twenty nests have been found in the 3 years; 8 of these are known to have succeeded and 2 to have failed. The first broods are started in late March or early April and the second broods from the middle of May till early June. The earliest egg found was on March 24, 1921; the latest brood were still in the nest on June 29, 1922. Two broods left the nest when 16 days old, two when 17 and one when 18 and 19 (there were 6 young in this brood). In one case the young of the first brood helped feed the young of the second. X. IDENTIFICATION. AND ECOLOGY OF POLYPOD- IUM (fw) AN EPIPHYTIC FERN TNCLUDED IN THE OKLAHOMA CRYPTOGAMIC FLORA M. M. Wickham From tke Dert. of Pathology, University of Oklahoma. Pol\podium incanum (Sw.) is one of the rare, if not the only epiphytic fern, recorded in the Oklahoma crytogamic flora. In March, 1914, while conducting a party in field biology at Blue Falls, Armstrong, Bryan county, Oklahoma, the writer observed a peculiar orowth on the hich and arched branches of a bur-oak tree (Quercus macrocarpa) which resemb'ed a coarse and scurfy moss, or lichen growth. Closer inspection revealed this to be a perching fern. Among its common names are: “hoary polypody,” “scaly poly- pody,” “tree fern,” and “resurrection fern.” “Tree fern,” is from its habit of growing in the tree tops, and “resurrection,” refers to its habit of revival after drought. The growth began about ten feet from the ground, and as- cended on the north side of the trunk to a height of some twenty- five feet, passing out on the north sides of the major branches, as well. The running rhizomes were branched and embedded in a substratum of moss which found a symbiotic protection beneath the fronds of the fern The fronds were thick, scurfy, and about three to six inches in length. Where exposed, they were rolled inward in the desiccated condition, and where shadowed the fronds were practically expanded exposing a mossy green upper surface. Ecology Polypodium incanum (Sw.) “the little gray polypody,” may be termed a ‘strageler’ into our territory (Clute) ranging from a warmer region. It is most abundant in the tropics, where it grows by 68 THE UNIVERSIZY OF OKEAHOMA on rocks and trees, wa:ls, and even roofs of houses. In the north- ern part of its range it is usually found on rocks and about the roots of trees, although in the Gulf states it may be found high up on the trunks and branches of trees. In appearance, it is nearly an exact duplicate of the common polypodium, with the same creep- ing, scaly rootstocks and leathery pinnatifid or pinnate fronds. It is, however, rather smaller, and further distinguished by having the stipe and under surface of the blade thickly covered with gray, or brownish, peltate scales with darker centers. The upper sur- face may be slightly scaly, or smooth. The sori are of medium size, and borne near the margins of the pinnules, but are seldom noticeab.e, owing to the scales by which they are surrounded. Usually they are so deeply sunk in the blade as to form little bosses on the upper surface. Since this species grows in situations where moisture is a very uncertain quantity, it has acquired the habit of curling up its fronds when drought comes, and remaining in a comatose con- dition until the next rain, when it again unrolls them, and the vegetative functions proceed as before. During a drouth, fronds have been known to uncurl in a heavy dew. Apparently dead speci- mens, after weeks of desiccation, have been revived and unfolded in a few hours when placed under warm and moist bell jars in laboratories at the University of Oklahoma. Range This species is found as far north as Virginia, Illinois, and Missouri; but it is not common except in the guf states. More exactly, the range is confined to the Austro-riparian (eastern area,) Lower Austral, and Tropical Zones of eastern and southern United States. The northern limit of this species may be said to parallel the northern limits of the Austro-riparian zone, which may be char- acterized as follows: On the north, by the south shores of the Chesapeake Bay, pass- ing thence in an almost southwesterly direction along the Piedmont belt to Macon, Georgia; turning westward to Columbus, Georgia; thence to Florence, Alabama; northward through Tennessee to Henderson, Kentucky; Evansville, and Shawneetown, Ilinois; across the southern tip of that state to the Mississippi river; thence southwestward to Little Rock, Arkansas; northwestward to Ga‘ena, Kansas; thence westward to Arkansas City, Kansas. The line then describes a backward curve through Oklahoma, passing through Guthrie, Oklahoma City, and Lawton, extending westward to Amarillo, Texas; thence southward on meridian 101° W. to the OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 69 Pecos river valley, with an up-stream excursion as far as Roswell, New Mexico; and to the Rio Grande, with a like excursion as far as El Paso, and Sacorro. Pelyvodium Incanvm (Sw.) in Oklahoma Three instances of the finding of this fern in Oklahoma, are cited in this paper. First: Bryan county, March, 1914, forming an extensive growth on the north sides of a bur-oak tree. Second: Pitt-burg county, April 23, 1921, found perching on a huge granite boulder, (“Bel’e Starr” Cave Expedition, Proceedings of the Okla- homa Academy of Science, University of Oklahoma Bulletin, New Series No. 247, University Studies, No. 15, October 1, 1922). Third: MeCurtain county, December, 1922, found extensively along the bot- toms of Norwood creek, near its confluence with Red river. The first instance, located by the writer, was subjected to care- ful annual study for eight years, transported specimens being _ studied under a variety of conditions established in the laboratory; chief attention being given to the habit behavior of the field cul- ture. In 1917, a damaging tornado visiting this region and playing havoc in the timberlands along Blue river, swept away the crown of the bur-oak tree, the hole and Jower branches dying comonleteiy the following summer. The epiphytic fern escaped unscathed and continued to flourish upon the dead oak, and sloughing bark. This culture was visited December 2, 1922, by Prof. M. P. Hatchett, biol- ogist, East Central State Teachers’ College, and the writer, who found it in a flourishing condition, comparable to its condition in 1914. Specimens of the culture were collected for presentation be- fore the Academy of Science, February 10, 1923. A pen sketch of a habit study is submitted herewith by the author. Figure No. 1. The second instance, located by the writer, afforded specimens which were collected and vegetated under bell jars for comparison with the Bryan county specimens. The third instance, was located by Dean L. A. Turley, of the Medical School of the University, while on a hunting expedition near Bokhoma, McCurtain county. Dr. Turley states that along Norwood Creek the forest trees reach huge proportions, and that he found this fern extensively mantling the trunks and branches of the trees as high as sixty and seventy feet from the ground. These three locations of P. incanum (Sw.) in Oklahoma, (Bryan county, 1914; Pittsburg county, 1921; McCurtain county, 1922; and the continuous study of the Bryan county culture from 1914 to 1922, indicate that this species should be listed in the Okla- homa cryptogamic flora, and that its presence in Oklahoma is to 70 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA be considered as a marginal limit of its northern range in the Austro-riparian zone (eastern area,) crossing, and confined to, the extreme southeastern counties of the state in its Deciduous Forest, and Transition Forest belts. GU aI Figure 1 An epiphytic fern, originally identified in the Ok!ahoma crypto- gamic flora March, 1914, Blue Falls, Bryan county. The pen study is from specimens of this culture taken after eight years observa- tion, December 2, 1922, and shows fully expanded, and partially desiccated fronds, branching root-stocks, and mossy sub-stratum superposed upon the bark of the bur-oak (Quercus macrocarpa). OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 71 XI. PARASITES OF DOGS AND CATS OF OKLAHOMA Jchn E. Guberlet Parasitologist, Oklahoma Agricultural Experiment Station, Stillwater. Dogs and cats are used extensively in our laboratories as sub- jects for dissection and for various kinds of experimentation. The dog especially serves as an admirable experimental animal because it responds so readily to various kinds of stimuli and treatment. Its responses, in many cases, are so simi‘ar to those of human beings that the results of such experimentation can often be utilized in closely allied conditions in man. As pets, cats and dogs possess admirable quatities that make them very desirable. Much has been said and written concerning the canine as a friend, as a companion, as a hunter, as a guide, and as playmate for children. Nearly as much can be said of the feline in the capacity of a playmate for children and as an object for be- stowing and receiving caresses. On the other hand, a great deal can be said against these animals in that they are capable of carry- ing parasites and spreading diseases to man and his domesticated animals. Ordinarily, and in due respect, these objections are not warranted against the restricted and wel cared for dog or cat, but against the vagrant, ownerless, or unrestricted animal that goes about whenever and wherever he chooses. Such should be regarded with suspicion, in fact he should be regarded as a public nuisance, as it is very adequately shown in discussions by Hall (1915, 1917). Both canines and felines are highly subject to parasitic infesta- tion of various kinds. Whether we have these animals as house- hold pets or for domestic use, or whether we use them for labora- tory purposes, cases of parasitic infestation frequently come under our observation and we are desirous of knowing the kind and na- ture of the parasitism. The object of this paper is to give some idea of the prevalence of parasitism in these animals in Oklahoma. Heretofore, no records have been available in regard to the extent of parasitism or the kinds of parasites infesting our cats and dogs. The writer has autopsied and made parasitic examinations of fifty doygs and thirty cats in Oklahoma. While this is not a large num- ber of parasitological studies it serves to point out, to a degree, the extent and the nature of parasitism prevalent here. The results of the studies showed 90% of the dogs and 85% of the cats to be infested with worms of one or more species. The vagrant, or ownerless, dog or cat usually harbours more parasites than do the pet house animals. However, this is not always the case, as frequently the reasonably well cared-for animal is as heavily 72 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA infested as the street cur. Some of the examinations referred to here were made on subjects used in the laboratory for dissection. The most of these animals, however, were taken at random from the streets. Many of the autopsies were performed on animals sent to the laboratory from various parts of the state as rabies suspects. This class of dogs is fairly cosmopolian as far as caste is con- cerned. The symptoms of worm infection, as a rule, are not marked unless the worms are numerous. Then they may be noted from emaciation, anemic and toxic conditions and frequently a diarrhoea, especially when hookworms are present. Segments of tapeworms and eggs can be found upon examination of the feces. Young dogs often have “fits’ and may sometimes show slight indications of chorea, especially from hookworm infestation. External Parasites The external parasites of our dogs and cats are numerous. [ is an unusual occurrence to find a dog, which has been allowed ordinary liberties, to be free from fleas and lice. Cats, as a rule, are not as heavily infested. Ctenocephalus canis, the dog flea, and Ctenocephalus fetis, the cat flea, are closely related, in fact are considered as identical by some writers. These fleas are commonly found on the dogs and cats ot this country. Jt is not uncommon to find these parasitic insects upon man as they are so cosmupoli- tan in their habitat that they are not limited entirely to one particu- lar host. Pulex irritans, the human flea, is commonly found on dogs and cats of Oklahoma. Aside from the irritation and annoy- ance caused by these parasites, they are also capable of transmitting the dog tapeworm, Dipylidiium caninum, and also in the parts of the world where bubonic plague is prevalent, they may be carriers. We very often find the chicken “sticktight” flea, Echidnophaga galli- nacea, on the dogs and sometimes on cats of this locality. They are usually found on the underparts of the abdomen not heavily covered with hair. Oklahoma dogs are commonly infested with the biting louse, Trichodestes latus, and occasionlly with the sucking louse, Lino- gnathus (Haematopinus) piliferus. Cats aparently harbour only one species, Trichodectes subrostratus, a biting louse. Frequently cases of mange come under our observation from our canine and feline population. Sarcoptic mange, caused by varieties of Sarcoptes scabiei, is the common type in our cats and dogs. Occasionaly, among our dogs, we find a subject showing the follicular type which is caused by Demode-x folliculorum canis, OILMEtOW A ACADIBIMOZ Ol SCMsINCls 73 and auricular mange, produced by Otedectes cynotis, is not un- known te both cats and dogs. Several species of ticks are known to dwell upon the bodies of cats and dogs. The common dog tick, Dermacentor variabilis (elec- ius), is the species most frequently found upon our canines and, occasionally, on our felines. This species may also attack man. Ixodes ricinis, the castor bean tick, and Ixedes hexagonus, the Eu- ropean dog tick, are occasionally met with in our domesticated carnivores. Margaropus annulatus, the Texas-fever tick, Ornithod- orus megnint, the ear tick of catt:e, and Amblyomma americanum, the lone star tick, have been taken from dogs and as these ticks are found upon some of our domesticated animals we might expect to find them at times upon our dogs. We have no record of Dermacentor venustus, the spotted-fever tick, from Oklahoma but this parasite has been known to live upon dogs. This tick is per- haps the most dangerous of any that have been mentioned. They often produce a form of paralysis in man and animals and many cases of its occurrence are found in literature. This tick may be found in western Oklahoma as it occurs in Colorado and New Mexico. Protozoa The Protozoa of dogs and cats are only slightly known from the United States. Neuroryctes hydrophobiae, the name applied to the supposed protozoan organism which is the cause of, or at any rate, associated with rabies, is very common in some localities and we find it much too often in dogs, and occasionally in cats, of Ok- lahoma. This disease should be and can be prevented by simply muzzing dogs for a sufficient period for it to die out. England has eradicated rabies by muzzling its dogs. Rabies has been prac- tically stamped out of Norway, Sweden, and Denmark by legisla- tive muzzling of dogs. Hall (1918) reported the occurence of the coccidian, Diplo- spore bigemina in 7.5% of 200 dogs from Michigan. This indicates that the disease may be more common than we anticipate. It is important that medical zootogicts consider this problem because this parasite is one of the species that-eccyrs in man. Coccidiosis in man, caused by this species, is relatively Common in some parts of the world. This disease has been recorded from Doth man ‘and .dogs in California. Ne cases have been reported from Oklatema but it would not be surprising to find it here. Trypanosoma equiperdum was reported in an imported “dog and T. cvansi has been recorded in a case of experimental infection. These, with the exception of one of two less clearly defined cases, 74 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA comprise the list of protozoa from the cats and dogs of this country. Trematodes Trematodes are rare in dogs and cats for we have but very few records of their occurrence in the United States. No records of these parasites have been made from Oklahoma dogs. Hall and Wigdor (1918), and Wigdor (1918), reported three species of tre- matodes from Michigan dogs. One species reported by Ward and Hirsch (1915), a report by Ransom (1920), and one from the cat by Riley (1922), comprise the only other records for this group of parasites from dogs and cats in the United States. Tapeworms Of the dogs examined for parasites €4% have been infested with at least one species of tapeworm. The species most commonly found are Taenia pisiformis (serrata), Dipylidiwm caninum and Multiceps serialis, with their frequency in the order named. Taenia pisiformis was found in 53% of the dogs harbouring cestodes. 40% harboured Dipylidium caninum while Multiceps serialis infested 13%. Some of the dogs were parasitized by more than one species of tapeworm. Descriptions of the tapeworms from dogs and cats, with keys for identification, may be found in Hall, 1919. Tacma fisiformis occurred in numbers of from one to ten in the autopsies performed by the writer. The intermediate stage of this cestode is in the rabbit, usually the ccttontail (Sylvilagus flori- danus similies). Cysticerus tisiformis, or larval stage of this tape- worm lives as a rule free in the body cavity or may be attached to the mesentery or liver. This tapeworm has also been reported from the cat. Ackert and Grant (1917:94) infested kittens by feeding Cysticercus pisiforimis. Dipylidivm caninum was found in numbers ranging from 2 to 50 in the dogs examined. This cestode is transmitted through fleas and lice. The cat may also be infested with this cestode, although the writer has not met with it in cats in Oklahoma. This species has frequently been reported from man, esnecially from children. Dr. E¥ison, in discussing a paper of the present writer (Guberlet, 1922:193), reported a case from Okla- homa City where seven Dipylidium caninwm were taken from one child. Multiceps serialis usually occurs in rather large numbers when an infestation is found. The smallest number found was 30 speci- mens from one dog while the largest number taken was 355 from a young bull dog. This dog was killed, a suspect of rabies, which was negative. An examination of the alimentary tract revealed OKEAH OMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 75 the stomach filled with straw and small stones and the large number of cestodes in the smal] intestine. The intermediate stage of this tapeworm is also in the rabbit, usually the jack rabbit (Lepus texi- anus). The larval stage, Coenurus serialis, is usually found in the coniective tissues, muscles and subcutaneous tissues, of the rab- bit, often forming prominent tumors beneath the skin. Other tapeworms undoubtedly occur in Oklahoma dogs but as yet the writer has not met with any in the autopsies that he has performed. However, some intermediate stages of other species have been found. Cysticercus tenwcollis, the larval stage of Taenia hvdatigena (margimata), has been found a number of times in the livers and mesenteries of sheep. This larval form may also occur in hogs and cattle. Taenia hydatigena is one of the largest of the dog tapeworms and may reach a length of 15 or more feet. Multiceps multiceps no doubt occurs in our dogs from time to time but up to the present it has not been found here. Cocnurus cerebralis, the larval stage of this worm and the cause of gid in sheep, is found occasionally in our sheep. Taema ovis may occur in our dogs a:though we have no records of it at the present time. Sheep are often imported from regions of the west where this worm is prevalent. The larval stage, Cysti- cercus ovis, occurs in the muscles of sheep in Colorado, Wyoming. Montana and Idaho. Echinococcus granulesus (Taenia echinococ- cus) occurs in our dogs occasionally. The larval stage, or hydatid, occurs in man, cattle, sheep, horses or hogs, in such tissues as the liver, kidney, muscles, brain, or lungs. A large number of cases of hydatid disease in man have been recorded from the United States. In recent years there has been a large increase of hydatid disease among the domestic animals that have been slaughtered at the abat- toirs. There has been an alarming increase in this state and the prevalence of this disease in our domestic animals gives us an idea to what extent man is exposed. The fact that it is present in sufficient proof for the suppression of the dog nuisance. The cats examined for parasites showed a very high percentage (85%) of infestation with tapeworms. The common and _ only species found in cats that were studied was Tuenia taeniaeformis (crassicollis). The larval stage, Cysticercus fasciolaris, 18 vom- monly found in rats, mice, and other rodents. Cats may also harbour Dipylidiwm caninum and Taenia pisiformis as mentioned above. Roundworms Roundworms infesting dogs and cats are primarily of two species, hookworms and ascarids. Sixty-eight per cent of the dogs 76 AVES, WIKI WIDIRS IIE Ol OVROL AVS) MOA examined harboured roundworms. Of these 88% were infested with hookworms, Ancylostoma caninum. In other words about 60% of all dogs examined were parasitized with hookworms. The asca- rid, Be’ascaris marginata, (Ascaris marginata), showed an infesta- tion of 35% with an average of 4 worm per dog. To-vascaris lim- laia, another ascarid from the dog has not been found in Okla- hora. We have records of both of these ascarids being reported from man. The «ercentage of ascarid infestation in our dovs is rethe- low compared with the percentage of Hall and Wigdor (1918 :739) for Michigan dogs. They feund 53% of 300 dogs in- fe ted with Belascaris marginata, with an average of 25 worms per dog. Hall and Wigdor (1918:737) report infestation with the whip- worm, Trichuris depressiuscu/a, from 39% of 300 Michigan dogs. This worm undoubtedly occurs occasionally in the dogs of Okla- homa but as yet we have not found a single record of its occur- rence. Dirofi’aria immitis, a nematode found in the blood vessels or the heart of dogs, is fairly common in some parts of the couth but at present we have no record of its occurrence in this state. Sp'rocera (Spiroptera) sanguinolenta, a nematode occurring in nodules or tumors in the oesophagus of dogs, has been reported a number of times from the southern states. We have one record of its occurrence from Stillwater, Oklahoma. Duoctophyme renalz has not been reported from Oklahoma although it is found occasion- aly in the kidney and abdominal cavity of dogs of the United States. ats in this part of the country seem to have a slightly higher percentage of infestation with roundworms tha ndo our dogs. Of the cuts examined €0% also harhoured the ascarid, Belascaris mys- tax. Cats are rarely afected with other species of nematodes. Conclucicns The above does not record by any means the entire list of parasites that have been found in dogs. it merely gives those that have been found, or that might reasonably be expected to be found, in the canines 2d Telines of Oklahoma. It is rather difficult to draw conclusions from such a small number of autopsies, but nevertheless, it does give us some idea of the nature and prevalence of parasitism in these animals. The foregoing gives us some conception of the necessity for controlling the dog nuisance. The stray, ownerless cur shou'd be destroyed. Owners of dogs should control their activities by not auowing them too much ireedom and by supervising their diet .o OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 77 see that they eat none of the larval stages of the various tape- worms. In this respect it must be stated that the livestock owners shou'd not allow the offal from slaughtered or dead animals to be eaten by dogs, unless cooked. These things must be carried out in the interests of public health as well as for the health of our domestic animals. In this connection it is advisable to bear in mind that the free- dom allowed certain of the cogs and cats should be restricted and at the same time their unwarranted associations and familiarities with their master’s family, especially children, should by all means be curtailed. The fact must not be overlooked that dogs and cats are not persons. Consequently, restrictions upon their liberties not ony safeguards their welfare in regard to parasitic infestations and infectious diseases, but also protects their master’s families and indirectly safeguards the health of the public as well as that of the domestic animals. Litezature C ted Ackert, J. E. and Grant, A. A., 1917. Another Cestode from the Young Cat. Trans. Amer. Mic. Soc., 34 :93-96. Guberlet. John E., 1922. Some Facts Concerning Human Parasites in Oklahor-a. Okla. State Med. Jour., 15:187-193. Hall, M. C., 1915. The Dog as a Carricr of Parasites and Disease. U. S. Dept. Agr. Bulletin 260. I OVpeebe aston atie Doo ml Michigan Jour Aim Wet, Med: Assoc., 51 :383-396. 1919. The Adult Taenioid Cestodes of Dogs and Cats, and of Related Carnivores in North America. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 55:1-94. Hall, M. C. and Wiegdor, M., 1918. Canine Coccidiosis, with a Note Regarding Other Protozoan Parasites from the Dog. Jour. Am Vet. Med. Assoc., 53 :€4-76. 1918. Two New Flukes from the Dog. Jour. Amer. Vet. Med. Assoc., 53 :616-626. 1918. A Physa optera from the Dog, with a Note on the Nematode Parasites of the Dog in North America. Jour. Am. Vet. Med. Ascoc., 53 :733-744. Ransom, B. H., 1920. Synepsis of the Trematode Family tctarg- pryidae, With Descriptions of a New Genus and Five New Species. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., BY) 27/5V7/3). Riley, W. A., 1922. Alaria Americana from the Gat) Joumebarasite 9 :35-49. Ward, H. B. and Hirsch, E. F., 1915. The Species of Paragonimus 78 THE WNIVE RSI YS Obs ORS ® NEN and Their Differentiation. Ann. Trop. Med. & Parasit., 9 :109-162. Wigdor, Meyer, 1918. A New Fluke from the Dog. Jour. Am. Vet. Med. Assoc., 54:254-257. XIl. EXPER™MENTS ON EGG PRODUCTION IN BRUCHUS Alfred Brauer From the Zoology Department, University of Oklahoma. Contribution No. 36, Second Series The following observations of Bruchus quadramaculatus were made at the University of Oklahoma betwene June 1 and August 1, 1922, The work was preliminary to a study of the embryology of the weevil and was primarily concerned in determining the optimum temperature at which the weevils deposit their eggs. The humidity in each experiment was kept at as near a point of saturation as it was possible to do so. The weevils used were from the stock of Dr. J. K. Breitenbecher. In the first test twelve females were mated and placed into test tubes with cowpeas. They were kept at a temperature of 37° C. saturated humidity. This test fasted over a period of five days. The number of eggs layed by the weevils ranged trom 0 to 87. Thirty-eight was the average. Twenty-nine was the largest number of eggs produced by a female in a twenty-four hour period. This occurred twice by the female which laid the 87 eggs. On the fourth day of the test five of the females had died. On the following day all of the remainder were dead. The day after this experiment was started, eight other pair were mated in the same way. Here the average number of eggs laid was.39, although three pair failed to produce any eggs. Ninety- seven was the largest number laid by a female. An observation was made at this time on the distribution of the eggs over the peas in the bottle. In most cases there was but one egg on a pea. This also is true of the first lot. Only in two or three cases were there more ttlan two eggs on a pea, while most frequently where tess than twenty eggs were laid in one day ‘they were distributed so that there was seldom more than on egg Ton a pea. On June 19 twenty-five matings were made and run at the same ‘temperature. This was stock that had been in-bred for several] generations. Here the largest number produced by any female for the entire time was 22. Seven had laid only one egg during the entire period. These were active vigorous weevils. Part of them Sa OKREATIONEA VACA DEMS @ HSC lanier 79 were virgin and emerged females while the other part were virgins which had been removed from the pea. Whenever this was done care was taken to secure only those which were active and ready to emerge. Later two other attempts were made with the same stock and gave similar results at 33° C. The results of this experiment would indicate that in-breeding tends to produce sterility or at least greatly reduced fertiity. Twenty-two pair were mated and run at 27° C. This tempera- ture was maintained by submerging them in a fruit jar under running water. At this temperature the average length of life was 10 days. The mean number of eggs was 49. The average number produced by all females was 41. The largest number produced by any female was 83. Only one female failed to lay. The next matings were at 34° C. Seven days was the average length of life. All had died by the eighth day. The larg- est number of eggs produced by a female was 98 while a second gave 91. Four pair out of 22 failed to yie'd any eggs. The aver- age number was 56. Forty-three was the largést number in one day laid by a female. This female produced 43 the first day, 21 the second, 10 the third, 4 the fourth, and: six the fifth, a total of 73. On the sixth day she had none, and on the following day was dead. A second female gave 39 eggs in a single day. Simultaneously with these another lot was run at a tempera- ture of 38° C. This was also virgin hybrid stock obtained from the same lot of the previous experiment. The mean production was 57. Fifty-three was the average number. In this lot egg produc- tion was more uniform than in any preceeding lot. No pair failed to produce. The smallest number produced by any was seven, the largest 76. Eight pair produced from 50 to 60. The average length of life at this temperature was two days shorter than at 34° C. Four pair had died by the fifth day, and eight pair lived one day longer, leaving only one pair to survive seven days. Only three pair produced eggs after the fifth day. The average number of this lot was therefore 2 5-7 more than that at 34° C. At this tem- perature the weevils are very active «nd show fight. Metabolism seems to be hastened in every way. j Nineteen pair were run at 44° C, which is near their tnermas death point. Length of life was from 1 to 2 days. The largest number produced was 4 by one female. One had 3, and 4 had 2. The remainder had none. This was the highest temperature at which the experiment was conducted. The final experiment was run at a temperature of 15°°° €. “<9 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Eight females were taken from peas and mated. These showed ‘widely varying results. One produced 3 eggs, one 14 eggs, one 22 eggs, one 16 eggs, one 44 eggs, and one 66. The average was 20 eggs per fema‘e. Death took place between the twentieth and thirtieth day. Average was 26. In order to get vigorous active females eleven pair of emerged weavils were mated and run at 15° C. Results were as follows: Mean number, 43. Average 37. Length of life 26 days. A number of virgin females were also put into tubes and their egg laying watched. In one female at 15° C. 1 egg was obtained. In another 44 eggs were layed. Probably however this female had emerged and been fertilized and had gone back into a hole. None of the other seven females produced eggs at this temperature. At other temperatures isolated females likewise fai'ed to lay eggs except at 34° C. where one female produced 1 egg Largest number of eggs was obtained at 37° C. at this tempera- ture the weevils appear most active. The leneth of life is seven days. Very few eggs are-produced if the temperature goes above 40° C., and life is short. The presence of a male is a stimu‘us to egg laying. Few eggs are layed in the absence of a male. Although there is a fairly good distribution of eggs when sufficient peas are present, this is not always the case. Some females regularily deposited the largest number of their eggs on the side of the tube. It seems to depend mostly on the activity of the female during the laying perica. At each temperature a number of isclated virgin females were run with uniform results namely, no production with the two excep- tions already given. Fertilized isolated females produced as many eggs as those that were paired. This was also observed in those tubes in which the male died shortly after being put into the tube. This indicates that a single fertilization is all that is necessary to start the egg laying. At the lowest temperature the weevils in generel were quite inactive. In some instances when the tues were turned in counting. the weevils would drop fre! the peas. Closer examination would EVGA. inommsss<=— ule they were not dead. The ege production at uns’ temperature however does not show so aie a falling off. Fourteen was the largest number produced in one day, and this was done only on one occasion. The egg production is spread out over the entire period and the final number of eggs is not far 2 short.of numbers produced at the temperature at w hich the weevils J show greater ettivity: OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 81 BA cn: Pair Days 1 2 3 4 5 6 7/ 8 Total 1 5 30 21 12 5 2 0 d 75 2 23 3 18 0 0 0 d 44 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 Od 0 4 13 13 17 10 5 0 Od 58 5 9 25 Bil 18 6 0 Od 78 6 0 3 Om 0 1 0 Od 4 7 2 20 22 10 DZ, 0 Od 56 8 3 39 18 13. 3 1 Od 77 9 0 30 12 12 3 0 Od 57 10 IW 19 12 18 4 0 Od 65 11 14 16 10 9 4 1 0 3d 54 12 43 21 10 4 6 0 Od 84 133 20 32 28 13 4 ] 0 d 98 14 0 0 0 Od 0 15 22 30 18 7 2 0 79 16 0 Od 0 17 0 0 0 19 6 8 0 Od 33 18 33 24 1 1 Od 60 19 24 22 15 13 0 0 0 Od 74 20 0 0 0 0 0 0 Od 0 21 0 19 14 4 0 0 0 Od 37 22 0 0 0 0 0 0 Od 0 23 0 19 14 -4 0 0 0 Od 24 1 1 1 2 4 4 0 Od 13 25 35 30 14 i 1 0 Od 91 Mean 56 Av. 57 38° C Pair Days 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Total 1 1 20 23 16 0 0 Od 59 2 9 25 19 6 0 Od 59 3 30 19 Ts) 2 Od 58 4 1 12 26 2 0) Od 4] 5 0 16 19 0 1 2d 48 6 0) 14 27 2 3 4 0 na 259) 7 0 20 20 2 0 Od 52 8 19 25 14 7 0) Od 65 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA 82 9 0 10 6 11 48 12 9 13 19 14 0 Mean 57 Pait ] 1 0 2 0 3 3 4 0 5 0 6 16 7 1 8 0 9 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 17 16 11 17 18 18 2 19 13 20 2 21 0 22 0 Mean 49 Pair 1 1 0 2 9 3 15 4 6 0 22 22 25 21 20 bo — — = Np Cwoenoartr CARNHFHKY TOCCOA WMNOCS — — — — — NAFWO SOA uc & Go a NO OD 5 21 5 13 12 22 2 Od 8 Od 0 1 d 2 0 1 5 Od 16 1 Od Av. 53 Za? (Ge Days Ey Oe Sey craven, ho) On a OM OF tee EST ag ties bei cohe a 74 GR Zia Zea () 12 Cae alee eGo) Ay tee ioe alia ta 1S ea 2 Orsakd Ager OSL Chaes etsy 0) Site A ie sO eel a2 Ie ath featrig tase aia) Le ooiget See ero eee) ical shen eG) Oye 1S) OEP ociaten() Be Oke One Oe BeNOR 2 Oe iad GS) 2 © Wal Ie) SO Wel 3 @ © Ocal OO ora 1S Zeon led val Od : Seale Oe Oia Od Av. 41 S/n: Days 4 5 14 Od 5 2d Od 0 il oA. 1d Od OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 83 5 1 1 1 Od 3 6 1 1 1 0 Od 3 ii 0 0 0 0 d 0 8 12 14 14 0 d 40 9 19 19 24 Od 62 10 2a 29 29 2 6 87 11 22 25 26 Od 73 12 0 4 0 d 4 Mean 40 Av. 38 XIII. FALL GRASSES OF CLEVELAND COUNTY, OKLAHOMA C. W. Prier From Department of Botany, University of Oklahoma. Grasses are very widely distributed over the earth’s surface. The species are most numerous in the tropical regions, although the plants are scattered and do not form such vast areas as is their habit in the moist temperature regions. In regions of insufficient moisture grasses form bunches which are more or less scattered. The family is called Poaceae by some authors but Britton and Brown use the nme Gramineae which term is used throughout this paper. A very large number of the Gramineae are cosmopolitan. There are upwards of 3,500 species, thus ranking fifth in point of numbers among flowering pants, and are exceeded only by the Orchidaceae among the Monocotyledons. The paramount import- ance of the family is their great economical value in that they fur- nish so many plants of commercial use to man. The separation of the family into subdivisions is a matter of exceptional difficulty. In Gramineae more thn in any other family the student is compelled to rely upon combinations of characters rather than upon certain peculiar characters. No agrostologist, as yet, has succeeded in establishing a more natural or more definite division than Brown’s original primary one into the two great groups, Panicaceae and Poaceae, although many attempts have been made. In “Genera Plantarum” by Bentham and Hooker the genera oi Poaceae are recorded as 289; the species as 3200. ~The number of genera now known is not far from 400 and the number of species more than 3,500. Recent botanists are inclined to increase the number of both genera and species. In the whole of North America there are about 150 native genera comprising about 1300 species of which over 100 species have been introduced, and among them are found some of our 84 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA worst pests. The whole number of genera, both native and intro- duced is about 170 comprising 1400 or more species. Doubtless there are a few species yet to be discovered, especially in the south. The grasses listed below were collected during the period from Sptember 15, 1°22, until frost put a stop to the work. The list comprises 28 genera and 62 species. Doubtless others will be found later. The territory covered includes that part of Cleveland county lying within a radius of ten mies of Norman. Cleveland county due to its warm climate and variety of soils is rich in her number of grasses. The following is a brief description of the genera found. Andropogon. This is a polymorphous genus. It was found widely dispersed. Five species are included in this list. Antheropogon. Only one species found. Aristida. Tufted grasses with narrow leaves. Found in all dry, sandy places. Wherever the virgin soil is disturbed some form of this grass is almost sure to be found. Five species in the list. Bouieloua oligostachyva locally known as mesquite grass. A grass of the warm dry uplands. Only one species. Chaetochlca glauca. The yellow Foxtail is common in waste places. ; Capriola dactylon. The Bermuda grass is a native of Europe. It is the lawn grass for the south. Cinna latifolia Not common in the fall. Chloris verticillata. It forms a tumbe-grass. The genus is named after Chloris, the godess of flowers. It is very common in dry soil. Diplachne fascicularis. Very local. Eragrostis. A large genus widely spread over the county. Why called love-grass is more than I can tel!. Ten species were found. Echinochloa Crus-galli. One of the most casmopo‘itan of grasses. Found in wet and dry soils. Often a purple color. Eleusine indica. A coarse grass.. Common. Homalocenchrus. Two species found. Common in moist shady places. Leptochloa attenuata. A heavtitui grass. Eriochlea punctata. The Dotted Miilet is common in waste places. Muhlenbergia. This genus centers in the arid regions. The species are very variable. Even in the same panicle variations in the spikelets are found. Three species were col:ected. OKLAHOMA\ ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 85 Paspalum. A large tropical and subtropical genus. The species vary much in habit, though\most of them grow in sandy soil. Four species found. Pappophorum apertum. his species is not found in the works of Britton and Brown. Only ore specimen was collected. Phragiutes phragnutes. This is the great corn-like grass, with the beautiful plume-like panicles, found in river bottoms. Its stolons exceed 20 feet in length. Panicum. A very large genus.\ The species cover the county. They furnish most of the “tickle grasses.” Six species were col- lected. Syntherisma. This is the well-known crab-grass. Very com- mon. Three species in the collection. Sorghastrum nutans. A grass with many synonyms. Very common along roads and in sandy (flats. Schisachyrium scoparium. Very common in sandy soils. Known as Blue-stem. Spartina Michauxiana. Very tall marsh grass. Sporobolus. Widey distributed perennials. Five species were collected. Tridens. Flava is a beautiful species common along road sides. Stricta is another species which has spike-like inflorescence. Uniola tatifolia is common in woods. Its nodding, very flat spikelets and its very broad leaves are very noticeable. SYSTEMATIC LIST OF THE GRASSES COLLECTED NEAR NORMAN IN THE FALL OF 1922 By C. W. Prier Andropogon glomeratus (Walt.) B. S. P, Bush Beard- grass. 2. Andropogon virginicus L. Virginia Beard-grass. 3. Andropogon ternarius Michx. Silvery Beard-grass. 4. Andrepogon furcatus Muhl. Forked Beard-grass. 5. Andropogon chrysocomus Nash. Yellow-haired Beard- grass. : 6. Antheropogon curtipendulus, Fourn. Fall Gramma Grass. 7. Aristida gracilis Ell. Slender Triple-awned Grass, 8. Aristida oligantha Michx. Few flowered Aristida. 9. Aristida Curtissii, (A. Gray.) Nash. Curtiss’s Triple- awned Grass. ; 10. Aristida Wrightii Nash. Wright’s Triple-awned Grass. 11. Aristida fasciculata Torr. Triple-awned Beard-grass. 12. Bouteloua oligostachya (Nutt.) Torr. Mesquite grass. — 86 28. ~) t Go W tw WwW (SS) DH © WW & ie) ARASH SS ay) Sy KOR THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Chaetochloa glauca (L.) Scribn. Yellow Foxtail. Capriola dactylon (L.) Kuntze, Bermuda-grass. Cinna latifolia (Trev.) Griseb. Slender Wood Reed-grass. - Chloris verticillata Nutt. Windmill Grass. Diplachne fascicularis (lLam.) Beauv. Clustered Love-grass. Eragrostis secundiflora Presl. Clustered Love Grass. Eragrostis Frankii Steud. Frank’s Love-grass. Eragrostis Weigltiaria (Reicheub.) Bush. Hairy Creeping Love-grass. Eragrostis Purshii Schrad. Pursh’s Love-grass. Eragrostis major Host. Strong-scented Love-grass. Eragrostis capillaris (L.)- Nees. Tiny Love-grass. Eragrostis pectinacea (Michx.) Steud. Purple Love-grass. Eragrostis curtipedicellata Buckly. Short-stalked love-grass. Eragrostis pilosa (L.) Beauv. Hairy Love-grass. Echinochloa Crus-galli (L.) Beauv, Cockspur-grass. Eriochloa punctata (L.) W. Hamilton, Dotted Millet. Eleusine indica (L.) Gaertn. Yard grass. Homalocenchrus virginicus (Willd.) Britton, White Grass. Homalocenchrus oryzoides (L. Poll.) Rice Cut-grass. Leptochloa attenuata Nutt. Sharp-scaled Leptochloa. Muhlenbergia sobolifera (Muhl.) Trin. Rock-Dropseed. Muhlenbergia mexicana (L.) Trin. Wood Grass. Muhtenbergia Schreberi Gmel. Nimble Will. Paspalum seiaceum Michx. Slender Paspalum. Paspalum laeve. Michx. Field Paspa‘um. Paspalum floridanum Michx. Florida Paspalum. Paspalum laeviglume Scribn. Smooth-scaled Paspalum. Pappopheruim apertum Munro. Phragmites phragmites (L.) Karst. Common Reed-grass. Panicum anceps Michx. Beaked Panic-grass. Panicum virgatum (L.) Switch-grass. Panicum angustifolium (Ell.) Narrow-leaved Panic-grass. Panicum dichotomiflorum Michx. Spreading Witch-grass. Panicum condensum Nash. Dense Panic-grass. Panicum obtusum H. B. K. Blunt Panic-grass. Syntherisma sanguinale (L.) Dulac. Large Crab-grass. Syntherisma marginatum (Link) Nash. Fringed Crab- grass. Syntherisma villosum Walt. Southern Slender Finger-grass. Sorgastrum nutans (L.) Nash. Bush Blue-stem. Schizachyrium scoparium (Michx.) Nash. Broom Bear4- grass. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 87 53. Spartina Michauxiana Hitche. Fall Marsh Grass. 54. Sporobolus vagiaeflorus Torr. Sheathed Rush-grass. 55. Sporovolus virginicus (L.) Kunth. Sea-shore Rush-grass. 56. Sporobolus !ongifolius (Torr.) -Wood. Long-leaved Rush- grass. 57. Sporobolus asper (Michx.) Kunth. Rough-seeded Dropseed. 58. Sporobolus cryptandrus (Torr.) Gray. Sand Dropseed. 59. Tridens flava (L.) Hitch. Fall Red-top. 60. Tidens stricta (Nutt.) Nash. Narrow three-toothed Grass. 61. Uniola latifolia Michx. Broad-leaved Spike Grass. Mounted specimens of all the above are in the Herbarium of the Botany Department of the University of Oklahoma. CEOL@CN (Papers XIV, XV, XVI, XVII, XVIII, XIX, XX, XXI, XXIV, and XXVI are frcm the Oklahoma Geological Survey and are publisked by permission of the Director.) XIV. NOTES ON THE PALEONTOLOGY OF THE COMANCHEAN OF LOVE COUNTY, OKLAHOMA.* Fred M. Bullard Norman, Oklahoma The importance of paieontology in stratigraphic work needs no emphasis. Some of the outstanding facts regarding the paleon- tology of the Comanchean rocks of Love county that the writer has found helpful in his field work will be given in hopes that others working in the area or similar areas wilt find them of assistance. . It scems desirable before taking up a discussion of the various fossil horizons to give a brief summary of the stratigraphy of the Comanchean rocks of Love county. The following is the general section of the Comanchean of this region. Group Formation Tickness Ton in feet. Washita REMMMeTOM IKimMeEMWONe 2 oppo t ee 10 IBOKCMWO) NOMMAIIOM, Kose e ea esses 120 Caddo femmatOm 25-254 see 150 eranicant forenmelsiom 22a ee eS 35 MredeniclksprncuGoodianiclialinmestome y= = a= a ea 25 Trinity AUR ttn 6 eat Ute ere 0-600 The Trinity sand is a loose, unconsolidated pack sand usually white to brown in color. It hewever contains many lentils of clay and shale and is characteristically extremely variable both in com- position and in thickness. It contains few fossils. Overlying the Trinity sand is the Goodland limestone. It is a hard, massive, white, semicrystalline limestone averaging about 25 feet in thickness. It is very fossiliferous especially in the lower part which contains con- siderable clay. Overlying the Goodiand limestome is the Kiamichi. formation. It consists chiefly of a marly clay with a hard bed of limestone almost completely filled with oyster shells (Gryphea navia Hall) *Extract from complete report on the “Geology of Love County, Okla- homa,”’ being published by the Okla. Geol. Survey. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 89 at the tcp of the formation. The Caddo formation consists of alter- nating beds of limestone and shale. It is the most abundantly fossiliferous formation in the area. The Bokchito formation, which overlies the Caddo formation, consists chiefly of sha‘e with a few beds of brown sandstone and shell beds which have heen replaced by iron. The youngest Comanchean formation in Love county is the Bennington limestone. It is a bluish brown hard massive lime- stone containing an abundance of a peculiar pelecypod (Exogyre arietina Roenier). The lowest definable fossil horizon in the Comanchean of Love county occurs in the basal bed (Walnut Clay equivalent) of the Goodiand limestone. It is marked by an abundance of fossils, particular'y a rather small easily recognizable echinoid, Enailaster texanus Roemer. This species, so far as is known, does not occur abundantly at any other horizon in the section. Other fossils occur- ring in abundance at this horizon include; Exogyra texana Roemer, Protocardia texana Conrad and Cyprimeria texana Roemer. The top of the Goodland limestone contains a pecularily marked ammonite, Schloenbachia acutecarinata Shumard. This ammonite is limited in vertical distribution occuring only in the upper few feet of the Goodland limestone, a few scattered individuals ranging into the basal part of the Kiamichi formation. The top of the Kiamichi formation is marked by a hard shell conglomerate varying from one to two feet in thickness. This shell conglomerate is composed almost entirely of Gryphea navia Hall. This species also occurs rather abundantly in the clay underlying the shell conglomerate. An ammonite, Schloenbachia belknapi Mar- cou, very similar to Schloenbachia acutocarinata Shumard occurs in the upper part of the Kiamichi formation, a few forms ranging into the basal part of the Caddo formation. The lower part of the Caddo formation, that is the lower 22 feet constitute the next hovizon. Throughout this horizon there is an abundance of Inoceramus cemancheanus Cragin. They do not occur abundantly at any other horizon in the section. The extreme- ly large ammonite, Desmoceras brazoense Shumard dominates the lower part of the Caddo formation. Although limited to the upper part of this horizon, they occur in such abundance and are so large that thev are by far the most prominent fossil in the entire Coman- chean section. Other ammonites found in the lower part of the Caddo fermation include; Schloenbachia trinodosa Boese and Ham- ites comanchensis Adkins & Winton. An abundant horizon of Hem- iaster wihitci Clark occurs immediately above the Desmoceras braz- oense Shumard horizon in the lower part of the Caddo formation. 90 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA The middle member of the Caddo formation, which consists of about €0 feet of clay shale does not contains any fossils in abundance. It is, in fact, rather noticeab‘e because of the absence of fossils. The upper part of the Caddo formation, including about 75 feet of alterrating beds of limestone and shale immediately overly- ing the clay shale member constitutes the next horizon. It is char- acterized by a great number of forms rather than the marked abundance of any single species. Two important and easily recog- nizable echinoids occur in this horizon, namely Holaster simplex Shumard and Hemiaster elegans Shumard. The well known am- monite Schloenbachia leonensis Conrad also occurs at this horizon. A rather abundant Pecten horizon was found near the top of the Caddo formation. A few scattered individuals of Ostrea carinata Lamarck were also found near the top of the Caddo formation. he uppermost beds of the Caddo formation also contain, in con- siderable abundance, Exogyra americana Marcou. ‘Large fucoids occur abundantly throughout the Caddo formation, but so far as known are limited to this formation. The Bokchito formation, which consists principally of clay shale and sandstone with occasional shell beds is not very fossilifer- ous except locally. Several of the shel beds have been replaced by iron, but the fossils in many cases are not well preserved. The most prominent of these shell beds is found near the top of the formation and consists principally of Protocardia texana Conrad, with numerous other fossils in lesser abundance. The Bennington limestone is characterized by an abundance of Exogyra arictina Roemer. It also contains a few Ostrea quadripli- cata Shumard and a few echinoids. Two specimens of a brachiopod (Terrabratula wacoensis Roe- mer) were found in the Comanchean section of Love county, one in the lower part of the Caddo formation immediately overlying the Desmoceras brazoense Shumard horizon and the other in the Ben- nington limestone. A generalized summary of the facts and their significance. Enallaster texanus in abundance denotes lower Goodland lime- stone. Schloenbachia acutocarinata indicates upper Goodland limestone. Gryphea navia is characteristic of the Kiamichi formation. The following fossils indicate Lower Caddo: Inoceramus co- mancheanus, Hamites comanchensis, Schloenbachia trinodosa, Des- moceras brazoense, Hemiaster whitet. The following fossils indicate Upper Caddo; Hemuaster elegans, OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 9] Holaster simplex, Osirea carinata, Schloenbachia leonensis. The large Fucoids are characteristic of the Caddo formation. Shell beds replaced by iron are characteristic of the Bokchito formation. Exogyra arictina is characteristic of the Bennington limestone. XV. PRELIMINARY NOTES ON A NEW GEOLOGIC MAP OF THE ARBUCKLE MOUNTAINS OF OKLAHOMA C. E. Decker From Department of Geology, University of Oklahoma In a preliminary report on the geology of the Arbuckle and Wichita mountains, Joseph A. Taff in professional paper 31, U. S. G. S., in 1904 published a geologic map with scale about 534 mites per inch. Differentiation of formations was made then as follows: Pisa (Canal pseaiay ee Igneous rock IMGGINCArinoimeNi: 22 ore ee a eee Reagan sandstone Cambro-Ovdovictam mee sweets Deeks oe 8 Arbuckle limestone @ndoyiCiarneatt ae en 2 oe eS e eee es Simpson formation (© recl yy ta rape a ee ay a Viola limestone Swillnnpratine to Seances Sa es Se Sylvan shale and Hunton limestone IDS WOMUIETN Des seats ke te et ee Woodford chert Carbomreroms 2215-3 Conglomerates, sandstone & shale Gabomikeno uses ae carne woes en ae le Permian “Red Beds” The Hunton formation was divided into three members. Of these, the lower part of the lower member was correlated with the Clinton of Ohio and St. Clair limestone of Arkansas, and the upper part with the Niagaran. The middle member is correlated with the Helderbergian of New York and the upper member is tentatively correlated witn the Oriskany of New York and the Camden chert of Tennessee. Thus the Hunton formation included members belonging to two different pericds. In i910 the same geologic map with minor changes was reprinted to accompany Bulletin 3 of the Oklahoma Geological Survey. But in connection with this map a number of new structural sections were made by Chester Reeds, showing the major structural fea- tures which he worked out in connection with his physiographic studies of the mountains. In this text the Pennsylvanian rocks southwest of the mountains are given the name of the Glenn for- mation in a columnar section accompanying the report. In !911 Chester A. Reeds, after extended faunal studies, pub- lished an article in the American Journal of Science on the Hunton Formation of Oklahoma, and at this time he subdivided this forma- 92 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA tion into four new formations on lithologic and faunal characters. The four new formations he named Chimney Hill limestone and Henryhouse shale of Silurian age, and Haragon shale and Bois ’dArc limestone of Lower Devonian age. A progress geologic map of the state was printed by Mr. C. W. Shannon in 1916 to accompany part two Bulletin XIX, but no changes of importance were made in the Arbuckle Mountain area. In 1917 on a geologic map of Carter county, some changes in dis- tribution of formations were made northeast of Woodford, and yet at that time the true nature of the structure in that region was apparently not appreciated. In 1921 R. C. Moore in Vo‘ume V. No. 1 of the Bulletin of the American Association of Petroleum Geologists, gives a small scale geologic map of the Arbuckle mountains and adjacent areas and several structure sections. His map of the Pennsylvanian of the ~ Mid-Continent and correlation of different parts of the Pennsyl- vanian series is very helpful. In one of the larger problems of the area, he follows McCoy’s unpublished statement that the Franks is identical with the Seminole cong-omerate. In 1921 the western part of the geologic map of the Arbuckle mountains was used by W. L. Goldstcn, Jr., as a part of his map of the Glenn formation, but the part covering the Arbuckle moun- tains was ptacticaliy the same as that made by TLa.f m 1904. Thus we see that comparatively little change has been made in the geologic map of the Arbuckle mountains since the early one by Taff. The work done at that time in differentiating and locating formations was excellent, but of necessity it was somewhat general- ized as il-ustrated by the Hunton, which was described as one fox- mation which later has been divided into four separate formations with distinctive characteristics. Until the present, no attempt has been made to show these on a map as separate formations. Ac- cordingly, there is need for a new detailed map giving the distribu- tion of these formations. Another way in which the older map is generalized, is in the location of contacts between formations; some of these contacts being a mi.e or more away from the proper loca- tion. Also, there is need of greater detail and accuracy in represent- ing the structure of the mountains. For instance a great transverse anticline named by the writer the “Plateau Anticline,” has apparently never been recognized. Furthermore, there is need of reinterpreta- tion of some of the structures previously mapped. Thus the struc- ture near Woodford which has been mapped as a fault, and on casual observation looks like a fault with a horizontal displacement of 1030 feet or more, but as the result of critical study this struc- OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 93 ture is seen to be a narrow plunging anticline which may be slightly faulted, and to this fold the name of “Woodford Anticline” has been given. Still another place where greater detail is needed on this map is in the contact of the older formations in the mountains with the younger ones in the adjacent plains. This contact is drawn in a very generalized way while in fact there are outliers of the Permian on top of the o:der formations and inliers of the older formations out beyond the general eastern margin of the Permian. Formations of various ages abut against the mountains in different parts and the age of some of these surrounding formations is not known, and there has been a great deal of disagreement among geologists in regard to them. Only a comprehensive study of the whole region is likely to clear up these difficulties and locate the formations in their proper places. Besides the need of a new geologic map-of greater detail and accuracy for the reasons enumerated above, scientific information of this sort placed on a new map has-a distinct economic aspect. The structure of oil fields near mountains commonly is related to the trend of structure in those mountains. This relation may be c.oser to the trend of the major folds, or to minor ones transverse to the major folds, depending upon the location of the area in ques- tion. Then, too, in the erosional history in the mountains and the deposition about them is locked up the problems of the distribu- tion, composition and texture of formations about them. These considerations are important for upon these characteristics of the rocks together with their structure depends the formation and accumulation of the oil and gas. In June of last summer a field class of students from the University of Oklahoma under the direction of the writer mapped 15 square miles topographically and geologically on a scale of four inches to the mile. During the progress of this work the advantages of a new map were made evident, and at the close of the course, the writer was given supervision of making a new geo.ogic map of the Arbuckle mountains by Mr. C. W. Shannon, Director of the Oklahoma Geological Survey. A party was organized consisting of the geologist in charge, four field men, and a cook, and during the last month of the summer vacation nearly 100 square miles of the Arbuckle mountains were remapped geologically on a scale of four inches to the mile. Nore: Since the meeting of the Oklahoma Academy of Sci- ence, G. H. Girty and P. V. Roundy gave a paper at the Shreveport meeting of the American Association of Petroleum Geologists, 94 -- THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA changing the subdivision of the Glenn fcrmation and giving some new suggestions in regard to correlation of its parts. After ex- tended studies at the eastern end of the Arbuck!e mountains, G. D. Morgan in Circular No. 12 of the Oklahoma Geological Survey places the Franks conglomerate below the center but not at the base of the Pennsylvanian series. XVI. A STUDY OF SOME CONGLOMERATES NEAR THE EASTERN LIMITS OF THE RED BEDS OF OKLAHOMA O. F. Evans From the Oklahoma Geolog:cal Survey and the Department of Geology of the University of Oklahoma. The conglomerate described in this paper was studied in the following localities. Twelve miles east of Norman, six miles east of Moore, and over an area several miles square northeast of Jones, Oklahoma. The same conglomerate is found near Guthrie, Ok'a- homa, and is also known to extend for several miles northeast of © Jones. It is always found associated with red sandstones and 1s sometimes interbedded with them. It is composed of concretions and fragments of sandstone mixed with sand. The cement is prob- ably calcium carbonate as it effervesces freely with acid. The con- glomerate occurs in lenses from a few inches to four or five feet thick. In some places the lenses are of considerable extent and give somewhat the appearance of being continuous. It is some- what more resistant to weathering than the associated sand stone and this results in benches and butte-like forms wherever there has been considerable erosion. The lenses are found through a secticn of the sandstone nearly 100 feet thick and often appears to be in horizons about 20 feet apart. As many as four of these apparent horizons were found in making a survey near Jones. The tendency of the conglomerate to ho'd up erosion and form buttes and benches has led in some cases to attempts being made to use it in running oil structures. ; It seems to be impossible to distinguish the lenses apart at dif- ferent elevations and it is quite probable that they do not occur in definite horizons but are scattered here and there through the sand- stone. They were undoubtedly laid down at the same time as the surrounding sandstone. They were probably deposited in a shallow sea near a shore of massive sandstone to the east. As this sand- stone eroded and broke up the coarser material was gathered into lens-like masses by water currents and these lenses covered by sand that was later consolidated. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 95 Both the irregularity with which the conglomerate was laid down, as well as the mode of its formation would prevent its being used successfully as a horizon in locating structures. XVII. NOTES ON THE AREA LYING BETWEEN THE NORTHWESTERN EDGE OF THE ARBUCKLE MOUNTAINS AND THE WLIDHORSE SANDSTONE E. R. Breckway and H. J. Owens From the Oklahoma Geological Survey. Introduction Due to some differences of several men regarding the age of the rocks in tnis area, the following rcpott was made after careful study and several field trips. Waluable aid in working this out was received from Dr. C. E. Decker. Several articles have been written concerning the Arbuckle mountains region in general but no detailed report has ever been made on this particular area. Location The area described herein inciudes all or part of the following: Secs. 1 to 7 inclusive, T. 1S., R.2W. Secs. 24 to 29 inclusive, T. 1N., R.2W. Secs. 31 to 36 inclusive, T. 1N., R.2W. Secs. 13, and 19 to 36 inclusive, T. 1N., R.1W. Secs. 2 to 8 inclusive, T. 1S., R.1W. Carter, Garvin, and Murray counties, Oklahoma. Topography The region is quite rough with elevations ranging from 800 to 1500 feet above sea. Drainage is to the east to the Washita river through Wildhorse creek and its tributaries, Eight Mile and Masse creeks. G-ology The most common rocks in this area are red, blue, yellow, brown, and purple shales; and red, yellow, brown, salt and pepper, and black sandstones. The evidence seems to indicate that these are Permian (as Permian is now considered), either included in or equivalent to a central portion of the Enid formation. Adjacent to the mountains lies a series of nonfossiliferous limestones and conglomerates, varying in color from a lavender to white, gray and brown. These are only found close to the mountain mass and thin out away from it, running into the Permian shales and interbedding with them, showing them to be Permian also. The limestone is massive, without cleavage, bedding planes, or 96 DEE UNIVER SIN ORs @ KE AGO MVE any definite fracture. Its composition is limestone and _ shale thoroughly mixed, the greater portion being limestone. It is “Of nearly the same texture and composition from top to bottom where- ever it occurs, and in some places it has a thickness of 80 feet. Its occurrence and uniformity in characteristics sugests that it is a lake deposit of Permian age. The drainage doubtless was from a limited area of limestone and shale on the south and east sides, and because of the relative position of the Arbuckle limestone, prob- ably much of the calcium carbonate and clay came from it. The conglomerates are, at least five in number and like the limestones are Permian in age with one possible exception, which is known to be later than earliest Permian. This one dips about 10 feet per mile and the dip is approximately parallel to the strike of the Permian on which it lies. It is a narrow elongate conglomerate shaped like a channel deposit. At the north end, porphyry is found in the conglomerate, while further south it fails to occur. Accord- ingly, if it is a channel deposit, doubtless the drainage was toward the north, but sufficient evidence has not been secured to decide definitely that it is of channel origin. trvcture The beds on which dips could be measured showed that the dips are from 6 to 10 degrees directly away from the mountain front along the north side. They vary from about 4 degrees on the Wi:dhorse sandstone to 8 and 10 degrees next to the mountains. On the west side the dip is about 11 degrees next to the mountains, and could not be determinea away from them. The general structure of the Permian suggests that the post- Permian uplift was of abouz the same magnitude as all that occurred before it. The dips of the Permian are about haif as great as those of the older rocks lying directly beneath it in the mountains. The Wildhorse sandstone makes a ridge on the north side and parallel with the Wildhorse creek in range 1 west. West of that the sandstone curves around the mountains to the southwest with one irregularity, namely, a large nose is folded in it extending west- ward toward the town of Tatums. The Permian sediments abut against the older rocks uncon- formably and a we'l, in section 19 T. 1N., R.1W., was getting red beds at a depth of 1765 feet, and the drillers have been bothered with caving under at a depth of 1285. This shows that there was very marked topography in this region during the time when this part of the Permian was deposited, and_if there is Pennsylvanian strata conformably under ihe Permian they would occur far down the slopes of the mountains of Permian times. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 97 XVIII. PHOSPHATE ROCKS IN OKLAHOMA A. C. Shead From the Oklahoma Geological Survey. Phosphatic material has been reported from time to time in various localities in Oklahoma. It has been said to occur in the Woodford shale, the Sycamore sandstone, near the towns of Dough- erty, Berwyn and Ravia, on a contact of limestone and granite between East and West Timbered Hills and in Atoka county. However, in no instance, had a sample been exhibited or an analysis made of any such materiai until on August 13, 1921, Mr. A. C. Blair, a farmer on rural rovte 4, Hastings, Oklahoma, sent in some speciinens to the writer for identification. No location was given and the situation of the deposit was unknown until the writer visited Mr. Blair in the summer of 1922, obtained the location from him and there collected about 150 pounds of sample and made some observations on the nature of the occurence. Fortunately the geology cf the region has been minutely worked out by Carroll H. Wegemann.* This author places the region in the Wichita beds of the Permian and gives the following section at the very place where the writer col’ected his sample, namely in the NE. cor. SE. Ysec. 33, T. 4S., R. OW. Section of rocks exposed in the SE'%sec.33 T. 4S., R. 9W., by Carroll H. Wegemann.f let, diya, Sandstone, yellow, altitude of base 966 feet-_____--_-_- 15 0 Senza leis see Cy Sige 8 CS eee 32 0 Sezai CLS (oss Sc aH SU AS ae ca a a 8 Siiaile, “seal. wetaraly el es See es ee ere eee ee 3 0 Seana (Sits Osa Cntr Walitittv CM meee eames Ae autem nt ee Ae 1 0 Sinaia, wed! S222 25 Se Se er a 10 0 Siam sO; villi amen ee et i es 1 0 Shalewenaya weathers sliedhteblues sss. = 2-2 -- ae 7 0 SNinaille, see, geile ek sp a a 2 0 SACS OTe Mavi Coy enue oan tete ns Seve kee 1 0 Sinalle, reds ‘samakys = 2 ol55 555 e ee See ee nea 1 0 Samadstome, Callearcous 2485. 55 eee ee 3 0 Sinnile, mreem) Gia2 oS Le cck ee ee eee 4 Sandstone, dirty yel.ow, almost white containing many laree round Comereiiong pos - 6s eeescSsesesesss 9 0 Conglomerate, concretionary, dark red and black, con- cretions up to ? inches in diameter; altitude, 899 ft. 10 *Wegemann, Cerroll H., Anticliral Structure in parts of Cotton and Jefferson Counties, Oklahoma, U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 602, 1915, p. 73. jidem. 98 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Sandstone, inlitisin wate, singly. eke 3 0 Sandstone. bluish white, with red shale-________-_____ 2 0 Wegemann does not seem to have recognized the phosphatic na- ture of some of the nodules in this vicinity mistaking them, natur- ally enough, for limestone nodules of almost identical appearance in other portions of his area. The pkosphate occurs in the 32ft. shale bed in the above sec- Fig. 2.. Phosphate Nodule. Natural Size, NE. of SE%4 Sec. 33, T. 4 S., R. 0 W., Cotton Co., Oklahoma. 1 mi. north of extreme southwest corner of Cotton County. A. C. Shead. tion which lies in the west facing bluff of the hill on which a . Mr. Silkwoods’ house now stands. The deposit is just west of the Cotton-Jefferson county line in Cotton county about a mile north of Red river and the extreme southeastern corner of Cotton county. It is one-half mie north of the main Burkburnett. Texas to Waurika, Oklahoma road eight miles west of Waurika and two miles east of Wallings’ or Wilson’s store. The rock is in the form of heavy, dark red or maroon co‘ored nodules, many of which show in some places a “turkey fat” or but- ter colored surface and in other portions metallic black fluted or slickensided areas that are probably highly manganiferous. As a rule, the surface is smooth and convoluted somewhat like the sur- face of a brain. Sometimes the convolutions are almost absent. The fragments of the nodules break sharply and smoothly with mostly plane surfaces and sharp edges and corners. They generally show pockets and veins of white or cream colored powdery ma- hy ; a “ a OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 99 terial and are found quite abundantly strewn over slopes. The phospate rock is much like other smooth coprolite-like nodules of iimestone found in the same region, with which they are very likely to be confused. The preponderant shapes of the nodules collected, were globular, ovoid or elliptically discoid though it is recognized that these forms probably result from chipping, weather- ing, and water rolling, of fragments of veins to be described later. _ The material of which the nodules are made is extremely fine grained, in most cases so much so that the mineral particles can not be distinguished. However, the association and colors lead to the conc-usion that the following minerals are present: limonite (yellow), hematite (red), finely divided quartz, aluminum silicates of the nature of kaolinite, pyrolusite and other oxides of manganese, and minerals that account for the calcium, phosphate and fluorine shown by the analysis to exist. The chemical composition of the phosphate from an analysis made by the writer is as follows: SiO) i ea 16.83 ¥ PR Ope nee len 5.11 % Be C0 Ca a a eo 3.23 % MgO Pier ured ie Ae Trace [oO Me ent ie ee ee I 39.76 Ye NG Omen ec ear 0.43 % FRO) ce SS a 0.79 % SIRO) eee tees me 0.66 % STOR C@)p, tenons oe) eM nan ee ) ‘ Vai 2.90 % Oi uanmcme Wiser me ee ) TSAO Wie aes ner Beetensmnpmereremtinc os Bee 0.35 % ICOM a we ETM a acs ames 3.07 % SRO emer ame Omeoemet cr 24.90 % SO (Et SRLS a at Ae ese eas Trace Bp ee ee ee 431 % AVE Oi Naa ad Sree Per ee Ee 0.176% epee wee aa perenne hs 102.516% osc Omeciincuentmomipessasic 8 1.810% Total (Cormesied) — 22 ee 100.706% From the analysis, it is evident that the material is of commer- cia! grade since £0.00 per cent of B.P.L. (Bone, phosphate of lime) content constitutes a marketable rock and is so quoted in the reports. 100 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA White at this particular location the quantity of phosphate pres- ent is limited to a few tons of material, there are strong possibilities, since similar conditions prevail over a widespread area in the Wichita beds of the Permian both in this state and in Texas and since phosphatic rocks have been observed in the same formations of the latter state, that large commercial deposits may, on further search, be located in this territory. However, even if this be not realized, the location above mentioned will probably be extremely interesting as throwing light on the origin of phosphate rock de- posits from a strictly scientific standpoint, as the following observa- tions may disclose. The phosphate has evidently come up in water solution and been Fig. 3. Phosphate Nodule. NE of SE% Sec. 33 T. 4S., R. 9 W. 1. mile N of extreme SE Corner of Cotton County, Okla- homa. Natural Size. A. C. Shead. deposited along with its associated minerals, notably malachite, in cracks of the maroon colored joint clay, which acted as a mould for the phosphate. The fact that it exists in such a material where cracks must necessarily be transient owing to creep, wash, and flowage, argues a rapid deposition of the material and not a long continued geological process in its formation. These veins of mineral, originally continuous, crack transversely at frequent inter- vals into vertebrae or back bone like stringers, presumab‘y under the! influence of the creep of the containing clay along the slopes. Upon further movement of the enclosing clay the thin veins are broken up into blocks of a size dependent upon the interval of the previous jointing and lie scattered over the slope of the hill. Further move- ment causes fragments to chip off the thin edges and corners of the brittle material and the rounded nodular form to develop, that 1s characteristic of the form in which they are now found. All these -peoys ") “VW ‘9827S [eINJeN ‘ewoYyeTyO ‘AjuNnoD 03305 jo Jeu10D "GS oulexg JO 'N MT 'M 6 a “SL £f 99S YAS JO “AN 2NpON a}eydsoyud “py Sy 101 OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 102 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA different phases can be seen plainly at the place mentioned. Inas- much as the seams in the clay are not wide, the veins of mineral are thin and hence are generally extended in two dimensions, the joint- ing being distant compared with the thickness of the original vein. If the interstitial clay should be washed away these flat nodules would settle in p!ates ‘or laminae, according to the position of their centers of gravity, and form layers which if subsequently cemented would show the characteristics of the well known plate rock phos- phates. hose interested in phosphate in Oklahoma, are referred to the following: Oklahoma Geological Survey Bu'letin, No. 3, p. 60. United States Geological Survey Folio, No. 122. University of Texas Bulletin, No. 1814, p. 64; which mentions phosphatic material in the Wichita beds of the Permian in the adjacent state of Texas. The writer is continuing the investigation of these interesting nodules and hopes to be able to present in the near future some data regarding the nodules of the Permian Red Beds. Summarizing: The present paper calls attention to the fact that phosphate rock exists in Oklahoma, points out a locality where it occurs, presents an analysis of the material, and offers an explana- tion as to the method of its formation. XIX. NOTES ON BARITE IN OKLAHOMA WITH CHEMICAL ANALYSES OF SAND BARITE ROSETTES A. C. Shead From the Oklahcma Geolog’cal Survey. Notwithstanding the fact that barite and especially the form known as “sand barite rosettes,’ has lone attracted attention as one of the most widely disseminated of Oklahoma minerals, yet little definite progress has been made in working out the extent of its areal distribution, the methods of its genesis, or the geological significance of its presence in the rocks. Before any of these general questions can be answered a great amount of detailed work, both in the field and in the labora- tory, will have to be done and it is the purpose of this paper to present a short summary of the accomplishment recorded up to the present time. The only statement regarding the areal extent of the deposits is a verbal onc, attributed to C. N. Gould in which it was said that the barite occurs in an outcrop of red sandstone about ten mile 103 OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE aSPlquitT “A “H Sa}J9SO1 ajlieq pues oindum ey]-9SIP IBA“ M PI A “S © “LZ 99S MAN JUD TAB ONG (Gh. °) ease ine ae ne AMSA) MAGGS Nay Wye Ip Se ‘suIeJUNOJ eyONGty ‘aye qs ; ueAJAS Ul “RYO ‘punojyy 23. 4M IeON SELECT) SOT ae ee mee era eee SNGSCL CHING MIS \ JO yyNos IW y~Ee “VYO UoszeM BO SSE SUA, DULHANN CHING! WI KOI nes ey ESN “eIyO ‘opneyy SS PCM kel sclee elias. = 2-1 anwar ayiieq Apues oindutr Alo\ ~~~" 77 Oe SL ON Tl Sb It AOS We “EIN jo ‘M ‘Iu g ynoqe “RYO ‘s9jpuey) MOSCMOU [aol CN \e aan ne [eliojeUl UIOA SHG S[jeq ojelper O4NG 455) j0)) WN O SE PS CoA © DIS DESUS Oo ONat = tena = es eee SOMFISON SUM] WAS Ver ea “at 2 SL VINE ZL ae, ue “DAS DURE OINE. WLC ON SeMaesOe SHAG) PNG we OINN. 1b OSE SINE GPL, “GGG 2SaVIeNS jOLOM AINE WMO SOUSSOR SEG URS gi I Ay NOG Ah We WS ee ‘QT *S909G PEOUS CD: Wo oe eee ae $0}JOSO1 oyIeEq PUBS“ “MTU N 6 'L8I 29S YAS JO°MS SSSUOLT AI Dc = = ee SEIASON weg UMBS—- =") Oar el WEES EU EINE 7 (a I2ZAIISAO ojesoissy jo sInjeNy See Se eS ne ae Ee Ee "eTYO ‘ssoAq JEON “e]I]OQ ‘JopAuS 1eaN Seer a ea ee ee ee Re SHHM2G] CHATS Megas “aia EO) ‘Q,08D IPIN PESUG SS) Wess =. Ses SMEG) suryjeishio ound wuruIZ IOS SOpPOIs) Ssyeseuniiss lon) nu)” Ajyunoy 03309 DOU S)-2o) eae cosa pean aa Gl = PVCU Me SIMO Mahan WHE Bina s| a Pe ON IE CSS) pe aL ‘9z (99S VY -MN Ayunoy uw0ijo09 Wor} e007 104 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA wide and fifty to seventy-five miles long that passes through sev- eral counties, among which were Cleveland, Oklahoma, and Lincoln. Partly within this area are situated the particular localities noted in the following table. From what the writer can learn from a somewhat limited field study, the barite of the red beds is of two distinct qualities depending upon whether it was deposited in shales and limestones or in porous sandstones. Barite does not seem to so readily include argillaceous material as arenaceous impurities consequently harite deposited in shales maintain quite fully its chemical integrity while that deposited in sandstones may be diluted with quartzitic sand to almost any ex- tent. If the proportion is about 50 per cent, BaSO, will exert its influence upon the outward form of the aggregate. With a greater proporticn of SiO, this influence graduaily becomes less until above 70 per cent sand is included when the presence of barite may only be inferred from the satiny saccharoidal appearance and an increased specific gravity of the sandstone above its usual weight. Those impure’ forms developed by deposition of BaSO, in sand- stone, known usually as sand barite rosettes, have been so carefully described by Nichols* that they need no further mention other than the citation of the literature and a tabulation of various analysis available, which are as follows: Anaiyses of sand bar'te rosettes (Expressed in Percent). Si ©) in) ose ee SEN ee ewe 36.99 45.13 45.20 IO VU), ile ane 5.36 0.88 0.86 en@R Es ee ada em aie See aes ed 0.82 0.96 0.93 IN Ines © ees aes i 9 Sib aU ae een oat eects 0.03 O00) 0.00 CMO) et tei oh Me oh 0.51 0.00 0.00 E@ PUD ASR SD WANT ea | 2 YR ah I 0.27 0.31 0.36 POR Seca Sy ea ees im, al, faint trace trace SO, Paar es Ne ees 2 Sb ae Hee Ty eg aes 19.20 17.87 18.14 Mi ©, ae easel ene we ge oer he aca my’ Gl, 0.02 0.02 BBW OMe eer es BE eee 2 is ae $5.06 34.25 34.50 SrO ite aos e Se ae cae) ee im, “Gl, iil, Gls 0.00 CO) ee eee n. d. 0.0 0.07 Ge alah Capea ces cmeenre en cae me 0.32 ms “Gls ia, Cl, “Tie has Sea a eet oe ee ed 99.26 99.42 100.08 Sjocenne Gravy soocesseese eke 3.38 3.36 3.36 *Nichols, Herry Windsor “New Forms of Concretions’. Publication Number 111 Geological Series of Field Columbian Museum Vol. III No. 3, 1906, Chicago. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 105 Nore: Analysis “A,” by Nichols on specimen irom indefinite locaticn in sand barite area. Analysis “B,” by A. C. Shead, on sample from S.W. of S.E.% of Sec. 18. T.9N., R.1W., near Norman, Okla. Analysis “C,” by J. D. Fairchild of United States Geological Survey, checking “B.” The specitic gravity determinations quoted under “B” and “C” are due to Meland.* ‘Those approximately pure varieties of BaSO, separating out in shales and as vein materia! generally, exhibit the foilowing modes of ageregation. 1. Massive white material with porcelain luster. 2. Massive crystalline transparent barite. 3. Thin vein material, fibrous in character, whitish and trans- lucent. Crystalline, reddish, radiate spheroidal balls. Inclusions in geodes. a. Radiate in structure, generally reddish. b. Massive crystaline material, colorless. 6. Thin flat lens like aggregations with a radial structure and a greenish color. Littie need be said of the first two varieties mentioned above, as they exhibit no especia! pecularities. Number 1 comes from a vein at a depth of 105 feet in the old prospect shaft of the Buffalo Mining Co., about 3% miles south of Watson, McCurtain county, Oklahoma; while Number 2 comes from the vicinity of Maude, Ok- lahoma. However, the writer has observed carefully the mode of occur- rence of Number 3 mentioned above. This variety was observed in red shale in a large wash in NW.% Sec. 26,T.4S., R.11W. in Cotton county, Oklahoma. Small veins, never more than about 14-inch thick, traverse the c'ay for a few yards and extend to an unknown depth. : From the fact that the fibers of the mineral extend perpendi- cular to the sides of the vein and seem to meet in a median line parallel to the sides of the vein it is logical to assume that the barite selutions seeped in from the sides of the smiall fissure and built out to the center, marked by the median line. From consideration of the evident method of formation of the vein material just described, the writer advances the theory that on the radiate balls of barite were formed by an analogous process to the above on the assumption that a spheroidal cavity was originaily *Meland, Norman “Sand Barites’, 1922, A Masters Thesis in Library of University of Oklahoma. 106 AMES, WINS ISIE Ve OUE OUILAISIOUWLA present and that seepage of so‘ution carrying barite took place with concomitant crystal growth perpendicu‘ar to the walis of the cavity. The © crysta. rust meet in the center, thus forming the radiate structure observed, inasmuch as by zZeometry the radii of a sphere are perpendicular to its surface (or tangents to the surface). This theory is further borne out by the actual existence of a ferruginous hard shell found actually suriounding barite with radi- ate structure giving rise to the geodes mentioned under 5a. This shell is considered the lining of the cavity, which only needs to be removed by water rolling, or other form of attrition to produce the radiate form from the geode haying a radiate internal struc- ture. : The writer has no theory to cover the reason why geodes some- times have a radiate structure and sometimes have massive crystal- line interiors though possib y differences of temperatures, rapidity of formation, or changed conditions, produced the difference ob- served in the transition from 5a to 5b. It is probably most plausible to assume that the radiate structure is developed when the raic url crysta. +: wth exceeds the rate of seepage of the barite solu- tion into the original cavity and the massive form, when the rate of crystal growth exceeds the rate of seepage of barite solution into the original cavity and the massive form, when the rate of crystal growth is less than the rate of seepage. The flat lens-shaped radiate forms with the light greenish color are said to occur in the Sylvan shale near White Mound in the Arbuckle mountains. Since the writer has never seen these forms in pace he is not in position to advance any theories as to their genesis. It is an interesting fact worthy of note that many times barite is associated with copper ores and hematite and these in turn have been shown to be connected in some instances with faulting; which often is a very significant phenomenon. In the foregoing paper an attempt has been made to call atten- tion to an interesting problem in the barite deposits of Oklahoma, to lay a foundation for future work by summarizing the definite accomplishments already achieved along this line and to place on record a few of the writer’s observations, theories and analyses, pertaining to these deposits.* f *To those interested fur'her the writer recommends Meland’s hibliography in the thesis cited. Vide Supra. are tied --- RGR bx > ey eo OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 107 XX. “DRILLITE” AND ITS SIGNIFICANCE TO THE GEOLOGIST A. C. Shead From the Oklahoma Geological Survey. The term “drillite’ has been appiied to an artificial imeta- morphic rock produced by the rotary core drill, particularly where fiuid circulation has been cut off from the bit in contact with the rock, thus preventing the heat generated by friction from escaping rapidly from ‘its point of origin. The main outstanding feature of this material, in some in- stances, is its close superficial resemblauce to basaltic igneous rock and the consequent mistake of the geologist in thinking that the drill has encountered a crystalline rock and the likelihood of the abondoniment of the hole for this reason. This danger has been emphasized by Pratt* and by Wrather+ and its reality can be at- tested by the writer who was misled into making the following analysis of such a “drillite’ cr “fused core.” f Analysis of “Drillite’ from depth of 2985 feet in the Daymon well near Grandfield, Oklahoma, in SW.%sec. 35, T.3S., R.16W. SiQs go 5 Ee SA ee eet Ree ee 49.60 Percent Al,O, Pe art yee ers ak arena ncn peer eT 15.86 Percent Te (Oe ip a cae MS Le, a 072 Percent (ety ee ho ai a Aa eh ge 17.84 Percent INTO): yeh Sea ates ey sv Agee Sn es Gain 2s ee 1.92 Percent (GEO): Ee Se MATE GIS COM fs Ny ences aa ae me 7.03 Percent NO) Meee nm ee AVEO Oye ac Se Oe ee pe 0:92" Percent (Oy mee waa EE sy a TWN ee 212 Percent FEO) Maio he 0.42 Percent TL Ole SURGES) ches EE ie oe, I did tvs o 1.98 Percent TO), ee ee A 0.65 Percent yO» Nye IU se ees Aah le Ee 0.213 Percent Sol A Been ds 0.25 Pereent (Cig, (Gyn. Bi Sates ARS 0 0 SoS re Very faint Trace Mish es a a a i er 0.09 Percent AP @ UG Seta pha ac an 99.613 Percent Even the chemical composition is that of a rather unusual bur not impossible basalt where ferrous iron largely replaces magnesia. However, this high ferrous iron is very remarkable and lead *Pratt Wallace E. A note on supposed evidence of the volcanic orgin of Gulf Coast domes’: Bulletin American Association of Petroleum Geologists, Vol. 5, No~1. p. 91 Jan. ard Feb. $921. tWrather, W. &. Supposed igneous rock from Wichita County, Texas wells: Bulletin, American Acsociation of Petroleum Geologists, Vol. 5, No. 4. ith SUAS Mitaky poe) savor, TCA 108 ANSU3, UINIWIIRSII’ OR OILATSIO MUA to the making of a thin section and a subsequent microscopic ex- amination that revealed a total lack of the crystalline structure cheracteristic of basalt, but instead showed a dark color, a semi- opacity and a subcrystalline feature’ess texture for the most part, the cnly exceptions being a few grains of metallic iron and a smali number of very small quartz particles. The megasccpic characteristics need not be eniered into here inasmuch as Pratt* and Wrathert have quite fuily considered that phase in their articles. This and other examples show, however, quite plainly how comparativey easy it is to generate a so-called igneous rock from a sedimentary by dynamic metamorphism alone. Summary The above paper calls further attention to the danger of con- fusing some “tused cores” or “drillites” with igneous rocks where a rotary core drill is used, contributes a complete chemical analysis of a sunposed “drillite,’ describes the petrographic features of a thin section of this “drillite’ and points out the ease with which seditrentary rocks could be transformed into so-called igneous or crystal:ine rocks. XXI. NCTES ON THE BLACK MESA BASALT A. C. Shead From the Oklahcma Geolog'cal Survey. The basaltic cap of Black Mesa in the extreme northwestern part of the Oklahoma Panhande is the eastermost occurrence of thai Tertiary lava fiow which is so conspicuous and picturesque a landscape feature in what is known as s<. Shead Olivene 1.0 0.425 mim. Rothrock Intimately related to the mineralogical composition of the basalt is the chemical composition shown by the following analysis made by the writer: Analysis of Black Mesa Olivine Diabasze The sample consisted of several chips taken from an S00 pound specimen of Black Mesa collected in the summer of 1919 by E. P. Rothrock of the University of Oklahoma. This specimen is to be exhibited at the Oklahoma State Fair at Oklahoma. Percent Roy @ eee UY cre Panam een Cm Sk gs re Eig Oh Ls iN SS J 50.96 NO, pa A lumina) ie ee Soe ee 17.54 Fe. ,O,—Ferric (a ci(Gl = Notes ese melee ep tea erate NOREEN Y se ices 3.10 BO Ree HIS | Oman eee eee ee ENE ys 7.46 NU Bestop Ibe cain ccch eli) ale eS I ee ees 5.17 (COM Carilkoitenm \Gxanae sy ke ae ee eee 9.18 INU ES yoy iitinal y Coppsesie eh (sso SF Se 2.78 K, 028 Out: SS IMATION CL ieee ae ee aa ct £54 HO” Water belowag, Ul: 6. omeieel WOW ae ene 48 el {Oy liis——Waer alowe INO -C.. ss ee eebeee ste oe 38 THO. Titania (ODay cya yes papa alee leah aes Ce mel laa 1.31 iO. —aeeonie, (Droanihy absent) im Gl. COQ, —Carbon (ab @ sseplnhl(ch ayes antes Soe emi mae EAL See! Faint Trace 2 On —=lPInOspiOrous wemtoniGle cL ote een ee 4 SO. Sulphur Sp gui ea ea Nl JL A a a 00 cen VE) et eSSee oes n. d. aS STE A 2 yak ean oo Cs Eg ee RNA Aa Sa 08 Cr, nO; == © Mt Oana erie Selle see = ae eee et 04 We Os epics eae ar ENTE Pap RC ated eae Sr Sd PS ge n. d OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 113 IM inO—Opxigle ont simameamese 2 a a) NO) aie iMNOxi@e os eos ee eee ee ee Not detected SFOS SirCminliinn | Cxoicls: asa VS aes ee Not detected | HPO iia pe ee SS es a 0 POR Se Se SOS Sa ee Pe RLS OR 09.71 From the microscopic and chemical examinations it is to be con- cluded that the Black Mesa rock is an clivine diabasic basalt. The foregoing paper discusses the relationships, topographic features, microscopic characteristics, and chemical composition of Black Mesa basalt. To this is to be appended the following refer- ences for some of the above information: (1) “Geology and Water Resources of Oklahoma,” U. S. G. S. Water Supply Paper No. 148 by C. N. Gould. (2) “The Raton Mesas of New Mexico and Colorado,” Geol- ogical Review for July, 1921, by Willis T. Lee. (3) The Geology of Cimarron.County (unpublished) by E. P. Rothrock. XXII. BUILDING MATERIALS OF OKLAHOMA M. C. Oakes From the Oklahoma Geological Survey. There is a very close relation between the geology of a region and its housing problems. The early settlers made their dugouts where geological processes had made the digging easy and the drainage good. They biult their cabins where tree growing forma- tions outcrop. Good limestone gave a community stone houses while the lack of a more suitable material gave rise to the sod house. Timber being a light-weight material, it has been shipped great distances so that the tree bearing formations have extended their influence far and wide, causing extreme uniformity among Ameri- can houses. Now that the timber is rapidly nearing exhaustion, the local formations will exert their latent influence. Since stone, cement, gypsum, etc. are all relatively heavy the result will be that each community will have its own type of house, and individuality will be the rule where uniformity now prevails. To bring up to date the Survey’s information on the present development of the state’s resources in building materials, David Hedley and the writer made an extended inspection trip during the past field season. In the course of this trip we visited in the order named the following places: Pauls Vailey, Davis, Sulphur, 114 GHENT, WOININWIBINS IIE. Old OIL AVEO Mill Creek, Troy, Tishomingo, Bromide, Wapanucka, Coalgate, Atoka, Caddo, Limestone Gap, Kiowa, Pittsburg, Blanco, Arch, Hartshorne, McAlester, Wilburton, Wister, Poteau, Ft. Smith (Arkansas), Sallisaw, Stiiwell, Wauhillau, Welling, Tahlequah, Scraper, Kansas, Jay, Grove, Vinita, and Miami. At Miami Hed- ley left the party to resume his work in Oklahorua University. The writer continued the work alone, visiting the following points: Welch, Bluejacket, Centralia, Nowata, Lenapah, Bart'esville, Oche- lata, Ramona, Collinsville, Avant, Dawson, Tulsa, Lost City, Gar- nett, Muskogee, Fort Gibson, Wyandotte, Pawhuska, Fairfax, Bur- bank, Kaw City, Apperson, Uncas, Newkirk, Ponca City, Alva, Freedom, Moorland, Quinlan, Belva, Fairview, Homestead, South- ard, Watonga, Thomas, Custer City, Butler, Clinton, and Weather- ford. We collected information as to general character of the equipment at each place, the quarry methods, the demand, the capa- city of the plant and the number of peop'e employed. We also col- lected samples for chemical analysis and for mechanical testing. The fail rains stopped the work at Weatherford but since then the writer has made short trips to the lime plant at Fort Towson and to the cement works at Ada. Just before the beginning of the World War there were several promising building stone developments in Oklahoma, and it seemed that stone was coming into its own in the state. The slump in building activities during the war found these enterprises really unestablished and too weak, financia‘ly, to weather the dull times. All of them were abandoned, the plants were dismantled, and now only the quarry pits remain. Among these abandoned enterprises are the following: the granite quarry in Ten-acre rock, near Troy. Johnston county, from which came the granite for our state capitol; the oolitic limestone quarry in the oolitic Wapanucka near Brom- ide, Johnston county, whose stone was once specified for all Fed- eral buildings in this section of the country ;.and the marble quarry near Marble City, Sequoyah county, which supplied marble for the Pioneer Te ephone building in Oklahoma City, as well as much ornamental stone for interior decorations in buildings all over Ok’ahoma and adjoining states. Besides these, several small build- ing stone quarries were once worked actively but are now abandoned. The sand, gravel, and crushed stone works also suffered froin the duilness in building due tc the war. Now, however, they are well on their road to recovery and during the summer of 1922 all were busy, the only comp aint being that against the poor shipping service given by the railroads. There are several reasons why they have recovered more quickly than have the building stone quarries. ee ee ee OKEAROMA ACADEMY ©OF SCIENCE lS (1) The material enjoys a good demand because it requires less skilled labor to pour concrete than to cut and lay stone. (2) Form builders are more plentiful than stone masons. (3) The work in the quarry or the pit is largely common labor, which can be drawn from other industries as occasion demands. (4) Building stone quarries require many specially skiled men and these must be developed within the industry, they cannot be drawn from the out- side. The unlimited supply of limestone suitable for crushed rockx which exists in the Arbuckle mountains is too wel known to requice description. Ten-acre rock, near Troy in Johnston county is, as its name implies, a great mound of massive granite from which blocks of any size can be secured. In the vicinity of Tishomingo the weathered granite fills the stream channels with a mixture of eranite gravel and sand which is used for concrete, it being nec- essary to add only the cement. In places the granite is deeply altered in piace giving a material having excellent wearing and binding qualities which is used for hard-surfacing the roads. The oolitic Wapanucka is remarkable for its extreme purity and for its great thickness, uniiormity, and freedem from bedding seams and cracks. In the quarry at Bromide there is a thickness of sixty feet without a beddiag seam. However, the Wapanucka lime- stone fro Limestone Gap to Hartshorne'‘is thin bedded, contains shale seams, and is so cracked and flinty that, in most places, it 1s suitable for crushed stone only. The St. Clair marble, near Marble City, Sequoyah county, is really a crystaline limestone, but in places. it yields stone that serves well for marble. While it is very flinty in places, there are large bodies svitable for building stone and for marble. A sample from the quarry pit near Marble City was very pure calcium carbonate, the only impurity present in appreciable quantities being magnesia, which might make it unsuitable for cement manufacture. Be that as it may, it is an excellent material for lime-making and, fortun- ately, wood for fuel is plentiful. The sandstone from the Winsiow formation, which outcrops near by, has been used to build a school house in Marble City. The brown standstone and white marble trimming make a striking combination. From Tahlequah northeast to the Missouri line we were on the Boone formation. It is fiint, for the most part, which breaks up by mechanical weathering so that every slope resembles a pile of crushed stone. These flint chips are used in making concrete and for road metal. The scenery, by the way,.is beautiful, but tue tourist should be prepared to buy new casings frequently. Theze 116 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA are few beds of crystalline limestone in the Boone which are used locally for bui'ding stone. In the vicinity of Grove, Delaware. county, the basal bed which is about twenty feet thick has been used for making lime. The Short creek oolite, a member of the Boone which outcrops near Wyandotte, Ottawa county, is remark- able for its purity, but, owing to the fact that it is only four to ten feet thick and is usually covered by a great thickness of chert, it will probably be used but little. In the country around Miami, Ottawa county, the dumps of the lead and zinc mines supply an abundance of crushed rock for road surfacing and concrete work. It is commonly known as “Joplin chat.” The triangular area bounded by IL.enapah, Nowata, Tu!sa, Ponca City, and Newkirk, and by Kansas on the north is blessed with many limestone outcrops, most of which supply fairly good material for crushed rock, some of which, like the Dewey limestofe at Dewey, Washington county, are excelleit for making Portland cement, but none of which so far as the writer knows, is suitable for making lime. Tnere are no very latge rock crushing plants in the area, but small plants and portable rigs make crushed rock availab'e every where. The stone at Uncas, Penca City, and Newkirk is too soft for first class concrete materiai but is good enough for most kinds of work. It makes a goed building stone as any one may see Dy noticing the buildings in those towns. In western Oklahoma, west of Oklahoma City, gypsum is the most conspicuous building material. It has great potential import- ance. When ground and calcinea properly it makes our best wall plaster. Calcined gypsum is a cement which can be used in mak- ing building blocks or solid poured walls much as portland cement is used. It can be prepared for a fraction of the cost of portland cement, and, though it has neither the strength nor the excellent weather resisting properties of portland cement, it is a good ma- terial for all inside construction above ground. It is particularly useful where a light-weight fireproof material is needed. It has been used with cinders for making outside walls at the plaster plant of the Ok!ahoma Portland Cement Company near Homestead, Blaine county. After about twelve years :t is only slightly pitted. Where it has been protected by a wash of portland cement and water it. has suffered practically no weathering. There are at present four gypsum mills in Oklahoma. Those that have been visited by the writer report that the demnd is good. There is but one.lime plant operating in Oklahoma, and much OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 117 of the lime used in the state comes from: Texas and Missouri. Our one plant is at Fort Towson in the southeastern part of the state where much of its output finds its way into adjoining states. This lack of lime plants is not caused by any lack of suitable limestone within the state. There are several localities where both the stone and wood for fuel are well situated with regard to transportation. Such brick plants as the writer has visited were doing a better business in 1922 than they did in 1921. The brick-making industry is handicapped by high fuel, high freights, lack of cars, and the high cost of brick laying as compared with the cost of pouring concrete. The portland cement plants now operating in the state have a combined capacity of 250,000 barrels a month, or 940000 sacks a month. It would require 1,175 large freight cars to move the month’s output. At the height of the season the demand was greater than the capacity. XXIII. A PRELIMINARY INTERPRETATION OF CER- TAIN PECULARITIES OF THE NORTH AND SOUTH CANADIAN RIVER BASINS IN THE RED BEDS AREA OF OKLAHOMA C. J. Bollinger Frem the Department of Geolcgy and Geography, University cf Oklahcma. The North Canadian and South Canadian river basins in the Red Beds plains area are quite un ike those of near by Cimarron and Washita. These difierences present an inteiesting physic- graphic and geographic problem since the somewhat unique physio- graphic history of the Canadian basin has resuited in dificrences not only in topography, but also in soil, soil erosion, land utiliza- tion, problems of road building and maintenance. location of rail- toads, location and development of cities, water supply, flood con- trol, and sewerage disposal. It is the purpose of this paper to point out the distinctive topographic features of the region in question and their causes rather than to trace out their human consequelices. The most striking features of the North Canadian and South Canadian basins in this region are (1) their narrowness; (2) tke relative’y high position of the region above sea level: (3) the small local relief and unbroken character of the topography. (1) The average width of the North Canadian and South Canadian basins in Canadian and Grady counties is six to eight miles, whereas, the o 118 THE UNIV ERS ive O rm @ Keeani @V ira width of the Cimarron on the north is fifty miles and that of the Washita on the south ranges from thirty to fifty miles. The slopes from the South Canadian-Washita divide to the Washita at Chickasha is 18-20 miles long, while the slope northward from this divide is but five or six. Similarly, the slope northward from the North Canadian-Cimarron divide is about 25 miles long while the slope southward to the North Canadian is but two or three miles in length. (2) The high elevation of the region is per- haps best indicated by comparing the elevation above sea level of the beds of the major streams. The following table indicates that the beds of the two Canadians are from 170 to 300 feet higher than the Cimarron and Washita. Table Showing Elevation Above Sea Level of Major Streams - Crossing the Red Beds in West Central Oklahoma :* WW ai denna cate la ite lee Ie ep oe iia ee 1080 Sonn Camacham INordn of IMbte@o 222-3 eee 1250 iNomiun- Carnevali ere IBN IRCme) a 1300 Gimamionraty Mine nshier asa = es lee eee eee OG Upland elevations indicate a still greater contrast. (3) The smaller local relief and less broken character of the topography may be readily observed in travelling across the divides between North Canadian and Cimarron on the South Can- adian and the Washita. A similar contrast may be noted in going from the North or South Canadian basin in this region to the Deep Fork or to the Little river basins. Tt is believed that these topographical pecularities are not acci- dental and that an explanation may be found through a study of the structure of the underlying rocks and the physiographic history of the region. The following hypotheses may be advanced: 1. That the greater elevation has been due to an uparching of rocks, perhaps along an axis parallel to the Wichita-Arbuckle uplifts. If, however, such an uplift exists it never has been des- cribed. Moreover, such an uplift, if recent, would rejuvenate the streams. and produce a dissection of the topography. The topo- graphy on the contrary seems to be less dissected and present erosion less rapid in the Canadian basin than either the Cimarron or Washita. F (2) That the rocks in the region under consideration are more resistant than those northward or southward and as a result the rate of erosion has been less rapid. Somewhat limited field studies, however, do not indicate that this is the case. The rocks are largely Permian shales with no conspicious structural or textu- *Chickasha and Kingfisher Quadrangles, U. S. G. S. OKEAHOMA ACADEMY AOR SClLEN CE 119 ral differences as compared with adjacent areas. If any important ‘difference in resistance exists it seems to be in favor of the Canad- ian basin, since in the Washita basin erosion must be checked by the course White Horse sandstone extensively developed in part of that region. (3) That the ridge has resu'ted from conditions outside the region in question which have reduced the downward cutting of the North Canadian and South Canadian rivers and incidently their tributaries as compared with the downward cutting of the Wacshita and Cimarron. The writer believes this to be the case. This hypothesis would seem to account for the narrowness of these basins since the lower elevation of the beds of the Washita and Cimarron would not only produce a shifting of the divides toward the Canadians thus nar- rowing these basins, but also would permit a greater dissection and lowering of the surface within their basins. If the last hypothesis is the correct one it remains to ascertain, if possible, what conditions are responsible for the comparatively sow downward cutting ky the North and South Canadian. Much work must be done on all of the rivers in question before a con- clusive answer can be given. -However, the writer believes it to be large’'y due to two conditions: 1. The fact that the South Canadian and North Canadian flow across resistant rock formations in the area of Pennsylvanian rocks eastward, particularly such formations as the Seminole con- glomerate, Thurman sandstone, Senora formation, and Calvin sand- stone. There is a well defined narrows some 200 feet deep in the ‘Jorth Canadian valley in township 11N, R.14E., McIntosh county, where the stream is cut‘ing through sandstones* (Thur- man). Alco the town named, Keokuk Falls, in Eastern Seminole county sugests this, although the writer has not had an opportunity to vicit this place. Likewise, the South Canadian in the vicinity of Calvin has a rather pronounced’ narrows. These tormations appear to have formed a temporary base leve!. A similar result could have been produced by uplift but the fact that the narrows ‘are limited to the resistant formations favors the above interpreta- tion. Since these formations grade into shales to the northward} the Cimarron-Arkansas drainage crosses the upper Pennsylvanian rocks where they are less resistant while the Washita-Red river drainage goes farther south and hence misses these resistant sand- stones. 2 Downward cutting by the South Canadian appears to be *Canadian Quadrangle U. S. G. S. 120 WDIGUS, WINS ISL ON (OKIE ASIO MAN checked by the large quantities of sand with which its channel is choked. During a considerable part of the year the stream bed is dry, all of the water moving slowly through the sand and hence powerless to erode or transport clastic materials while even in flood the transportation of large quantities of sand then in suspen- sion must consume much of the stream’s energy and reduce its cut- ting power. The fact that Little River, a tributary of the South Canadian, which is not sand choked, has been able to reduce its bed and much of its basin lower than the bed of the South Canadian in Eastern Cleveland and Pottawatomie ccunties supports the view that the sand choked character, particularly of the South Canadian, has been an important factor in its inability to degrade its basin. This sand not only retards downward cutting of the Canadian but also of its northern tributaries which are choked by sand blown from the stream bed by the south winds. Much of this sand must be removed by erosion before the streams can erode the underlying residual materials. This appears to be an important secondary fac- tor in determining the location of the Cimarron-North Canadian divide, That the sand choked condition is of secondary, rather thaa primary, importance in the control of erosion appears. evident, however, from the fact that the Cimarron, like the South Canadian, has a sand choked channel. XXIV. SOME OBSERVATIONS ON THE SOUTH CANADIAN RIVER NEAR NORMAN O. F. Evans From the Department of Geology of the University of Oklahoma. The laws of stream action have been worked out mostly from the study of streams of the humid regions. The streams of the arid and semi-arid regions have been given less attention and it is quite common when such streams do not conform to the usual humid type to consider therm as abnormal. However, the intermit- tent stream is just as normal a type for the dry regions as the per- . manant stream is for the humid regions. While the same laws of stream action hold for both types of streams yet the conditions of work are so different in the two cases that an attempt to inter- pret the phenomena ef the streams of the arid districts by direct de- ductions resulting from the study of streams of the humid regions is apt to lead to erroneous conclusions. This paper is for the most part a result of observations made in the bed and valley of the {Snider L. C. Bull. 27 Okla. Geol. Survey, P80, 1917. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 121 South Canadian river for about three miles above and below the Norman bridge. The Scuth Canadian is a type of stream very common to the Great Plains country. It has a broad flat valley and a sand choked bed which is usually much too broad for the amount of water carried, but at times of flood it is sometimes completed filled with water. In the humid regions, a sand choked stream is considered an aggrading stream but in a stream like the South Canadian which has such extremes of high and low water the determination as to whether it is aggrading or degradding depends on the amount of scour during high water compared with the amount of fill at times of low water. Probahly the only way this can be accurately determined is by a series of observations extend- ing over a number of years. While streams of this type are com- monly spoken of as braided streams the South Canadian is not at aUiptimesmmcanembnadedsmstream yet times) of | high / water it fills its bed from side to side. At other times, if it maintains the same volume for any considerable iength of time, it soon ad- justs itself so that it flows mostly in one channel. This is espe- cially noticeable at times of low water. It takes on more of a braided appearance at times when the water is rapidly rising or falling. The valley of the river is nearly three miles wide at the bridge. On each side of the stream are two terraces which appear to be remnants of old flood plains. The highest one which is 15 to 20 feet above the present river bed is the older and is covered with good soil and the trees and other vegitation are of the more permanant type. The lower terrace is five or six feet above the river bed. The soil of this terrace is sandy much like the present stream bed and the prevailing timber growth is of sma‘l cotton- wood. Remnants of old stream beds can be traced on both the ter- races and especially on the lower one. About one and one-half miles above the bridge and on the south side of the river is a rem- nant of an old channel which at times is a shallow take more than half a mile long and nearly half as wide. Upstream from the lake a channel can be traced tc its junction with the present stream bed but its bottom is about four feet above the bottom of the pres- ent stream so the lake receives water only at times of high water in the river. Also about two miles below the bridge and on the same side of the river are remnants of stream channels which con- tain water much of the time and at times of high water are fed in the same way through narrow channels from the river. A marked difference between the South Canadian and streams 122 THE UNIVERSIMY OR. Oke NEO Mex of the humid region is in the way in which it changes its course. Sometimes because of storms higher up the stream a wall of water several feet high reaching from bank to bank will rush down the river. At such times the stream is apt to change its course very suddenly by cutting a new channel in the soft material of the lower terrace. Such a flood in 1915 cut a channel a short distance above the Normar bridge about one-third of a mile wide and a mile long and left an is and of severa] acres between the old and new chan- neis. The bed of the new channel was nct cut as low as that of the old and now at low water the stream runs in the old channel. Drift material has been deposited to some extent in the upper end of the new channel and is being covered somewhat with dunes so that uncer the right conditions the stream may remain in the cld channel. At times of low water much sand is picked up from the river bed and blown about by the wind. As the prevailing winds are from the south this has resulted in a line of sand dunes on the north side of the river valley. This material is sometimes carried back irom the river for a distance of two or three miles. The presence of sand dunes along the north banks of the rivers of Oklahema has been mentioned by Gould in Water Supply Paper, No. 148 and it was suggested that because of this continuous drift of the sard to the north bank that most of the rivers of Oklahoma are migrating southward. Sand dunes are also found just at the north edge of the present stream bed. Remnants of lines of sand dunes are common on both old terraces and are apparently always situated on the north side of old river channels. During periods of low water dunes also form at places in the channel itself and it is probable that sometimes these lines of dunes are an important fac- tor in changing the course of the stream. A line of sand dunes on the river bed wou'd act as a dam and be quite effective when the water is slowly rising. This is the case in holding the water back from the old channel above the island. Along the north side of the lake above mentioned there is a line of large dunes. Their situation with regard to the old stream course is such that it is probable that a line of dunes formed across the old stream bed during a long dry spell and turned the stream aside and resulted in its cutting its present channel from there to some distance below the bridge. A broad, fiat, sandy flood-plain elevated only a _ small amount above the stream bed seems to be the usual condition in Oklahoma streams. This is due to the great difference between scour and fill at periods of high and low water and to a soil which OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 123 erodes readily and contains a considerable amount of sand. This is the condition, not only of the main streams, but also of the tributaries so far back from the main stream that change in its bed could not possibly affect them. From the relation of the present stream bed of the South Can- adian to its previous stream beds and also to the terraces it ap- pears that the river at present it cutting its bed downward. How- ever it may have aggraded its bed at times in the past and may do sO again in the future. KXXV. BURIED MOUNTAIN RANGES IN OKLAHOMA Charles N. Gould Consulting Geolegist, Oklahoma City. It is a well known geclogic axiom that granite (used in the sense of igneous and metamorphic rock) underlies all other rocks, Granite is the most comsnen expression, on the earth’s surface, of the basal complex or earth stuff, which occupies by far the larger portion of the planet om which we live. We were taught in our student days that if we drill deep enough anywhere on the earth’s surface we would encounter granite. So, academically, we have known that granite underlies all of Oklahoma, and that if the blanket of sedimentary rocks, including the sandstones, limestones and shales, could be removed, that this granite floor would be exposed. However, until recently, we have had very little definite information as to the occurrence otf this granite, and especially as to the depth beneath the surface at which it occurs in various parts of the state. Thanks largely to the werk of the oil geologists we are now learning many things heretofore unknown. The records 2f the thousands of deep wells drilled in Oklahoma, Kansas and Texas, have been collected, tabulated and correlated, so that we now know more about subsurface conditions in many parts of the Mid- Continent Oil Field than in almost any other part of the United States. It is a matter of general information that there are in Oklahoma four regions of mountain uplift, namely the Wichitas and Arbuckies, entirely within the state, and the Ouachitas and Ozarks, locared partly within Oklahoma and partly in some other state. The essential structure of these four mountain regions is practica‘ly the came, heine in each case an elevated, truncated dome, with the sedimentaries dipping quaquaversally from the core of the moun- tains. In the Arbuckles, Wichitas and Ozarks erosion has removed 124 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA the sedimentaries from the axis of the mountains, exposing the granite. In the case of the Ouachitas the granite is yet covered. We are learning these days that not all the mountains in Okla- homa are exposed on the surface. The most conspicuous exampie of a buried mountain range, at least the one that has attracted most attention, is the Nemaha mountains of Kansas. For many years geologists have known that there was a row of well-marked domes and anticlines, extending north and south across east cen- tral Kansas, but it was not until along about 1915, when wells were drilled on these structures in the search for oil anu gas, that we learned, mtch to our surprise, that these surface structures were superimposed cn buried granite peaks. Somethinz like 40 or 50 wells have touched granite along a definite line, and ‘we are now in position to say that the Nemaha mountains extend trom somewhere near the mouth of the Platte river in southeastern Ne- braska, entire'y across Kansas and into Kay county, Oklahoma, a distance of more than 250 miles. At one point near the Kansas- Nebraska line, the granite approaches to within about 550 feet of the surface, but deepens to the south, until in northern Oklahoma, it is over 4000 feet deep. Another buried granite range is now known to extend norih- west-southeast across southern Oklahoma and the Panhandle of Texas. A series of very prominent structures in the Amarillo coun- try in the northern part of the Panhandle of Texas, nave developed into a tremendous gas field. Something like 8 or 10 wells located on these structures, and at least four wells in direct line between these structures and the Wichita mountains have encountered eranite. Enough data are now avaiable to postulate a mountain range extending from near Caddo, Oklahoma, northwest along the Arbuckle-Wichkita axis, and across the Panhandle of Texas, as far as the New Mexico line. To the buried part of the range located in southeastern Oklahoma and the Panhandle of Texas, the name Amarillo mountains has been applied. The entire known length of the range is about 400 miles. A third possible buried range lies along Red River in southern Oklahoma and northern Texas, extending from the Petrclia field in Clay county, southeast for a distance of about 50 miles. At least 8 wells along this line have encountered granite. Studies made by various men during the past several years would indicate that there is a probable buried range paralleling the Arbuckles on the south side, visible expression of which are the Preston anticline, the Criner Hills and the Healdton, Loco and Comanche domes. ‘ OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 125 Those who have made careful studies of subsurface conditions of Oklahoma are of the opinion that other buried ranges may occur — in various sections of the state, particularly in the Robberson field of Garvin county, in the Cushing oil field, and in the Inola, Spavi- naw region of eastern Oklahoma. For many years we have known of an exposure of granite along - Spavinaw creek east of Grand river, in Mayes county. David Dale Owen was the first geologist to mention this exposure. “Drake, Snider and others who studied the granite have been inclined to con- sider it a dike, but it is now believed to be the summit of a buried granite ridge now being slowly uncovered by erosion. XXVI. INDIAN PICTOGRAPHS IN THE WICHITA MOUNTAINS By S. Weidman From the Oklahoma Geological Survey and Department of Geology, University of Oklahoma. While investigating the problem of Pennsylvanian-Permian glaciation in the Wichita mountains the writer, in September, 1922, discovered some exampies of Indian picture writi.g at the west end of Camels Back mountain, located about eleven miles south- west of Hobart The picture writing is engraved on the very smooth or polished surface of granite exposed at the base of the mountains, and it occupies a space some six feet in width by five feet in height. The accompanying Figure 7 from a photograph made by G. W. Long, of Hobart, reveals the character of the writing. The lines of engraving on the polished granite are variable in distinctness, but they are usually about. one-half to three-quarters inches in width and one-sixteenth inch in depth. In order to secure a good photograph of the writing the engraved lines on the granite were marked with black crayon. Later the lines in the photograph were retouched for the purpose of making the half-tone engraving shown in Figure 7. Although some obscure markings on the granite are not brought out the main features of the pictographs are shown in the figure. So far as could be learned by the writer this example of Indian writing was not known by the white men living in the region. However, the Kiowa Indians knew of it. Since the finding of this pictograph other examp'es have been reported to occur on smooth ‘granite surfaces in the Devils Canon, located some 10 miles west of Camels Back. It is quite probable that further investigation 126 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA In. west end of Camels Back Mounta Vv Pig. 7. Indian Pictograph, OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 127 would siiow the occurrence of stil other examples of pictographs in the region for there are numerous places favorably situated at the base of the mountains where the granite is highly polished (proba- bly by Permian glacial erosion) and these smooth surfaces furnish very .ttub.e sites tor the engraving of figures. While the main purpose of the present paper is to place on record the occurrence and c. aracter of the pictographs, their possible meaning ond their probabie date of origin are matters of con- siderab‘e interest. The figures in the pictographs are probably intended to rep- resent symbols or signs of ideas rather than actual phenomena. There seems little hope, however, of learning the meaning of the writing. ; In response to a letter of inquiry sent to Dr. J. Walter Fewkes, Crie of the Bureau o:1 American cthnology, Washington, D. C., the writer received the following reply: Jes, 177, 123. “Mr. S. Weidman, Norman, Oklahoma. Dear sir: In response to your letter of January 13, enclosing photographs of pictographs, I beg to say that the Indians north of Mexico had no definite system of recording ideas in the form of picture writing or otherwise. Pictographs, such as those of which you send photo- graphs, are usually little more than idle markings by one or more -individua's, and there is little likelihood that, in most cases anyone ex opt the .ncian or indians ~yho e:ched or painted them know any- thing of their significance. These pictographs are of all ages. The Pueblo Indians of the present day make these etchings on rocks which cannot be distinguished from the most ancient in the same region. Very truly yours, J. WALTER FEWKES, Chief. Mr. Long, the photographer was told by Jack Doyeto, who is a Kiowa Indian of unusual intelligence and is considered the his- torian of the Kiowas, that the writings were seen on the rocks when the Kiowas first settled in the region some SO years ago. Doyeto further stated that he had no knowledge of the meaning of the writings and that it was his belief that the writings were made a very long time ago, “Maybe 500, maybe 1000 years ago.” An examination of the amount of weathering developed upon the rocks upon which the picture writing is engraved and the 128 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA adjacent surroundings may lead to the discovery of evidence in- dicating much weathering since the engravings were made. For example, these are some pictographs near the one shown in Figure 7. at a somewhat higher level, which are now partly obscured from view by large granite blocks which obviously rolled down the slope after pictures were made. Additional evidence of weathering of various sorts, developed on the rocks since the engravings were made may indicate a considerable age to the writings. IAIBSESISS XXVIII. PRESENT DAY OBJECTIVES IN PHYSICS Homer L. Dodse From the Physics Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. (Abstract) The primary interest of Physicists is to discover the ultimate nature of matter and the laws describing the activities of matter. At present much investigation is concerned with the internal struc- ture of the atom. In the nineties, evidence rapidly accumulated showing that there was a vast unexplored region within the atom. The isolation of the electron, or negative unit of electricity, opened the way. A little later, radioactivity was discovered and its phe- nomona found to be intimate'y connected with atomic structure. It is now known that the ninety odd elements contain nothing but electricity. Each atom is made up of a nucleus of closely packed particles of positive and negative electricity, called protons and electrons respectively. Around this core there revolve other elec- trons. hysicists are at present very much concerned with the study of the arrangement and motion of the electric charges which for the present may be regarded as the ultimate units of which all matter is composed. One of the results of this simp‘ification of ideas about matter is a unification of many of the fields of physics. Conduction of electricity in gases, radioactivity, X-rays and spectroscopy, to name a few apparently different fields, all meet upon common ground. The phenomena of all are based upon the activities of protons and electrons. Each field however has its own peculiar problems and each field makes its contributions for the benefit of mankind. Radio- active substances and X-rays as curative agents, the X-ray as a powerful aid in diagnosis, radio communication, the modern electric light and many other appliactions of modern physics lustrate the fact that a part of the energy of physicists is directe¢ to so-called practical applications. The increasingly important demands of in- dustry for men with an understandirg of modern physics and an ability to apply this knowledge in commercial enterprises is creating the new profession of engineering physics. Within a few decades applied physics is likely to give us new sources of energy by placing at our disposal the enormous stores of energy which exist 130 - THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA within the atoms. Already the dreams of the alchemists are coming true, for nitrogen has been pounded to pieces by e ectricaiiy charged atomic hammers, yielding simpler forms. When the heavicr elements can simularly be broken up the production of gold from lead may be commonplace. It is interesting to recall that at that while “ue most minute divisions of matter are being studied by certain physicists, others are measuring the diameters of the stars and Einstein is asking us to rearrange some of our most cherished ideas concerning time and space. KEXVITI THE CAUSE OF THE OPTIMUM ANGLE IN A RECEIVING CONICAL HORN Victor A. Hoersch From the Physics Laboratory of the University of Oklahoma. Suppose that plane waves of constant amplitude and frequency are incident upon the opening ofa conical horn in the direction of the axis of the horn. Let the length of the horn be adjusted fou fundamental resonance to the incident waves. Let the amplification of the horn be defined as the rafio of the amplitude of pressure variation at the vertex of the horn to that in the incident plane waves. We shall consider that the horn is used as a receiver, in which case there is an energy loss at the vertex. Neglecting the energy loss due to the non-rigidity of the horn and that due to the viscosity of the medium, the only other energy ioss is that due to the spherical waves radiated outwards from the opening of the horn. Consider first the energy loss at tle vertex. For horns of diiferent sized opening all in fundamental reson .:ce with the same incident plane waves, the rate of loss of energy is proportional to the square of the amplification and hence proportional to the square of the energy input per unit area of the opening by the incident waves. for horns of sufficiently small openings the energy radisie from the open end can be neglected in comparison to that abstrated at the vertex. In this case, in the steady state of vibration, when the energy input equals the output, the energy input per unit arca, and hence the amplification, must be proportional to the area of the opening of the horn. Consider next the energy radiated at the open end oi the horn. For horns of different sized openings all in fundamental resonance with the same incident plane waves, the sate of ioss of energy is proportional to tne square of the energy input. For horns OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 131 of sufficiently large opening the radiation loss predominates over the loss at the vertex. In this case, in the steady state of vibration, when the energy input equals the output, the energy input has a constant value independent of the size of the opening of the horn. Thus the amplification or the energy input per unit area of the opening is inversely proportional to the area of the opening. Thus the two energy losses (1) by abstraction at the vertex and (2) by radiation from the opening of the horn tend to respec- tively increase and decrease the amplification as the opening of the horn is increased. The former loss predominates for horns of small opening and the latter for horns of large opening. Hence when both losses are operative, there must be an optimum angle of greatest amplication. Mathematical analysis shows that at this angle the energy loss at the open end equals that from the vertex. XXIX. A ELECTROMETER FOR MEASURING THE RADICACTIVITY CF GASES FROM OIL AND GAS WELLS F. K. Harris From the Physics Laboretery of the Univerts’'ty of Oklahoma The ultimate purpose of the problem is to determine whether or not the Helium-bearing earth gases have any radioactivity and to determine the amount of radicactive content of the gases. It is a well known fact that the gases from many oil and gas fie-ds -have an appreciable helium content. This is in itself strong evidence of their radioactivity but cannot at present be accepted as conciusive proof. There has been some work done along this line in the past year or so but is as yet unpublished. This work is being carried out by an oil company operating in Texas. I have, up to the present, been unable to get any information as to the methods they are using and the results obtained. I presume, however, that the gas is collected ani its activity measured in some srt of emanation chamber. The electrometer here described is designed to measure the radioactivity of flowing gas. The order of the effect expected is sa small that the instrument used must be of high sensitivity. Portability and compactness are also of prime importance. The instrument therefore selected is an electroscope of low capacity. The electroscape head of the Lind Interchangeable Electroscope 1s used as a leaf system (this is described fully in Bulletin No. 176 Denver Fire Clay Company). The leaf system is incased in a metal cylinder 10cm. in diameter by 6cm. long. It is suspended 132 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA from the top of the case by means of an amber plug. A spiral spring at the bottom of the leaf support makes contact with the electrode used. A telescope is rigidly mounted on the case to read the position of the leaf. The ionization chamber used is a metal cylinder 6cm. in diam- eter through which the gas flows. The electrode is a metal rod 0.5cm. in diameter and 5 cm. long coaxial with the cylinder and suported by a rod at right angles to it around which is cast a sulfur piug. This plug is cast into a brass ring of such a size that the electroscope head fits over it and is held firmly in place. The rod holdine the electrode comes uv the insulator far enough to make connection with the leaf system through the spiral spring. Tne whole leaf system is thus well insulated from the case. Sulfur was used as an insulator principally because of the ease with which it can be worked. The insulator is easily kept clean by scraping the exposcd surface occasionally. It is small enough that the so called “soak” of charge 1s not a serious factor. This effect can be almost entirely corrected if the e'ectroscope is left charged for some time before it is to be used. It is found that charging an hour at the average potential at which the electro- scope is to be used is sufficient to saturate the insulator. Apart from iow capacity there is another factor which makes for sensitivity. The gas under examination is constantly flowing through the ionization chamber. In this way a much larger volume can be examined than would be feasible if the gas were drawn into a chamber and left to stand curing examination. Of course most of the radioactive material (gaseous emanation) is carried rapidly past the electrode. But the emanation, upen disintegrating, leaves a short-lived solid deposit of very active material on the walls of the chamber, (half periods range from 3 minutes to half an hour). The principal effect is expected from these active deposits. The effect is therefore cumulative and due to a much larger vo‘ume at gas than could he easily examined by methods now in use. There is another factor to be considered, namely, that the gas will be moist. The insu!ator must be entirely protected from mois- ture. Tliis is done by means of a drying tube, at the side and just below the insulator, through which air is forced from a tank out- side. ; Calibration is carried out by passing air over a preparation con- taining a known amount of radium. The amount of emanation in the air that goes through the ionization chamber is known. The rate of fall of the electroscope leaf will measure directly the radio- activitv. The volume of gas going through the iorization chamber OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 133 is measured by the time of the test and the pressure in the chamber above atmospheric. The pressure gauge is calibrated with a pitot tube. The calibration is checked by placing a known amount of uran- ium oxide in the ionization chamber. A current of air is passed over it carrying the ions formed to the electrode. The rate of fall of the leaf measures directly the radioactivity. A seccnd check calibration is proposed. The capacity of the electroscope may be Getermined in the following manner: A parallel plate condenser is constructed with a guard ring. Its capacity may be determined from its dimensions. One plate is movable and a scale is fixed on it so that its distance from the other plate may be accurately determined. The fixed plate of the condenser is at- tached to the leaf system cf the electroscope. The movable plate is attached to the case of the electroscope. The guard ring is around the fixed plate. The leaf system and guard ring are grounded and the movable plate is connected to one side of a Dattery of known BE. M. F. The other side of the battery is erounded The grounds to the leaf system and guard ring are removed. Then the source of E .M. F. is removed from the movable plate and this plate is grounded. This leaves the electroscope charged. The movable plate is now moved away from the fixed plate and since the capacity of the system is decreased its potential must in- crease. The leaf of the electroscope rises and its position is read in the telescope. The telescope scale ts at right angles to the leaf support. Con- sequently, its readings are proportional to the tangent of the angle that the leaf makes with its support. Now the potential of the elec- troscope is approximately proportional to the tangent of this angle so that positions read for the leaf are directly proportional to the potential of the system. Consider the capacity C of the electroscope as constant. The potential V may be represented by V equals kd when d is the position of the leaf read in the telescope and k is a constant for a smali variation in d. The condenser has a capacity A when the leaf reading is a. Then we can say, QO equals ka(C plus A) Change the capacity of the condenser to B so that (a minus b) 1s small. Then Q equals kb(B plus C) and a(A plus C) equals b(B plus C) 134 THE UNIVERSE Or OKGe Ave @OMUA or C equal (bB minus aA over (a minus b) A and B may be computed from the dimensions of the variable con- _ densers. A Now let the potertia’ initially cn the system be V, 1. e.. t-e poten- tial of the battery used. Let the capacity of the condenser at this position be D. Then we may write QO equals V(D plusC) Also as above QO equals ka(A plus C) and - V(D plus C) equals ka(A plus C) k equals V(D plus C) over a(A-plus C) Vhe variation of k can thus he determined over the entire ranze of the scale and deflections can be +ead as potentials. This gives the charee associated with any poition of tne leaf (since the capacity of the e'ectroscope is known). The rate of fa‘l of the leat can then he read as rate of loss of charge. This gives the 191za- tion and consequently the radioactivity measured. Summary This electroscope has sufficiently high sensitivity to measure the expected radioactivity in cases. It will detect an activity vunly twenty times as great as that present normally in the atmospkere and wil measure with considerable accuracy an activity but li:‘le greater than this. Its construction is simple and all parts are easily accessible for repairs. It is sufficient y rugged and compact to be used for field work. Measurements may be made with it more rapidly than wi:h *ypes of apparatus now in use. Recaiibrations when nesessary may be easily and quickly made. XEKX. SOURCES CF DIRECT CURRENT IN HIGH SCHOOL LABORATORIES B. C. Brouse Frem Oklahoma City Coil-ge, Oklahoma City. There are a number of experiments both in the laboratory and in the lecture-room that call for direct currents which must be stroneer than those which can be furnished by the ordinary primn- ary battery. Since in many schools there are practically no other sources of direct current than that jusc mentioned, it was though that it would not be amiss to call attention to some of the methods of producing cirect current and, along wit the different methods, mention somcthing of the expense involved in each. It should be OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 135 said at the autect that it is not the purpose of this paper to do away with the primary battery since practically a‘l of the principles Oi e€.ectricity can be demonstrated by its use. The history and development of electricity 1s very closely related to its study, and yet, usefil as it is, it has its limitations. Both teachers and pupils are constant'y wishing for a good strong current to work with and it is to these that this paper is addressed. Since practically everv school is provided with alternating cur- rent it is natural that it should be looked to as a source of power. To make this power availabe, however, two important changes are involved: that of rendering the current direct, and that of reducing the voltage to a value suitable for use in the laboratory. Various devices have been made for this purpose, the most com- mon being the motor-generator, the electrolytic rectifier, and the vacuum tube rectifiers; the best examples of the last are the mercury arc rectifier and the tungar rectifier. The so-called recti- fiers are all alike in that they take the alternating current and trans- form it into a unidirectional pulsating current. A single rectifying unit al’ows one pulsation to pass through and stops or strangles the other, that is to cay, the current can pass in one direction but not in the other. When both halves of each cycle are desired it is necessary to combine two or more units. In the case of the motor-generator we have an entirely differ- ent type of change. The A. C. current is sent into an A. C. motor which either by belt or shaft, turns the armature of a D. C. generator which delivers a current of practically constant value. For all uses, for durability, and for cost of up-keep, the motor-generator set is the most satisfactory—the first coct is practically the only cost. Ji handled properly it will take care of the needs of a laboratory for years and years. The cost of a set insta‘led usually runs from $ 00.00 un to $1009.00 or more depending upon the capa- city desired. For a majority of the smaller high schools the price is prhibitive; often tires they have not much more than that to expend udon their entire equipment. For this type of school the electrolytic rectifier or Nodon Valve commends itself. Its cost is small and with little care it can be used almost indefinitely. The writer made one for $3.00 which he used for ten years in ecmnecticn with classes totaling from 100 to 150 students each year. The supply houses put out one that can be purchased for $2500; it is a ‘ittle more convenient than the home-made type is likely to be. The Nodon Valve consists of a lead-aluminu-n cell with suitable electrolyte, usually bicarbonate of soda, which allows the passage 136 DAE UNIVERSE EN ORO KATO MEA of the current in one direction but not in the other. If a 110-volt direct current be sent through such a cell making the a!uminum plate the cathode there is practical'y no resistance offered by the cell but when the aluminum plate is made the anode an entirely different result is obtained. At the instant the circuit is closed— if it is a fresh-cell and there is little resistance in the circuit—the current rushes through with a strength of several amperes but drops to a fractional part of an ampere in three or four seconds. With the dropping of the current there is a simultaneous rush of the voltage from less than 10 voits up to a value near 80, and in Figure 8 less than a minute it reaches aimost 110 which is practically the same voltage it would show on open circuit. This phenomenon was first observed by Wheatstone about sev- enty years ago but no use was made of it until approximately fifty years later when Pollak and Groetz, each working independently, conceived the idea of using it to convert an alternating current into a direct current. With a single cell one alternation is eliminated OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 137 while the other passes through the cell and is made use of as a pulsating unidirectional current. With four cells it is possible to rectify both alternations thus making the capacity twice as great. In this form, as shown in figure 1, it was placed on the market by a Paris firm in 1°04. In practically the same form the Nodon Valve was manufactured and placed on the market in this country two or three years later. While it has not proved to be what some of its early supporters claimed for it there is neverthe- less a distinct advantage in its use where more expensive devices cannot be had. It is possible to get as much as eight or ten amperes at fifty or sixty volts but that strength of current cannot be maintained for an indefinite period without some method of cooling. In ten or fifteen minutes the ordinary cell will not heat sufficiently to cut down its efficiency materially but in an hour it probably will do so. On small currents not exceeding an ampere or two it is not necessary to give it any attention even though the rectifier is in continuous use for two or three hours. Fortunately it is seldom that a heavy current is wanted for a very considerab‘e length of time. One of the reasons for the lowering of the efficiency due to the rise of temperature is that at the higher temperatures the so- called film on the aluminum plate tends to break down. The theory is that when the aluminum plate is made the anode electrolysis is set up which tends to cover the aluminum plate with a film ccn- sisting main y of aluminum oxide. The length of time needed to build this film depends upon current-intensity. If only a small fraction of an ampere is used it will require from forty-five min- utes to an hour; with eight or ten amperes the film appears almost instantaneously, the voltage across the cell rising as has just been mentioned, to eighty in three seconds. In a few minutes the voltage reaches a maximum and the so-called film is completed. The theory offered by Nodon, and later up-held by Burgess and Ham- beuchen of Wisconsin, is that the so-called stoppage is due to an ohmic resistance offered by the film. Wilson measured the resist- ance of the cell and reported it something like 10,000 ohms. The writer made several measurements and obtained vaiues ranging from 7000 to 1100 ohms depending upon temperature of electro- lyte and general conditions of the cell. Guthe, Taylor and Inglis, and Cook offered different theories. Cook’s theory is worthy of special mention. He held that the resistance of the cell was due to a counter-e‘ectromotive force set up by the highly charged anions collecting about the anode and not being allowed to discharge on account of the non-conductivity of the film. This seems a more 138 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA p'ausible theory than the former since its valve effect is evidently cornected with making of the aluminum-plate the anode, whereas, if it were nothing more than an ohmic resistance, the film would not ellow the passage of the current practicaliy unhindered in the opposite direction The efect of the temperature of the electrolyte upon the effi- ciency of the cel was studied and observations were taken over 2 ecrciderable leneth of time, varying conditions of cell and electro- lyte, varying sizes and shapes of plates, and over a considerab‘e rance of temperature. It was found that with an increase of tlie te~nerature there was a decided weakening of the film. This re- su'ted in slight'y increased current and in a sufficiently lowered veltave so that the power efficiency fei! from a value of 50%--- ucual’y the highest value obtainab'e with the electrolytic rectifier— down to as low a value as 30%. Another factor introduced by the hich temperature of the electrolyte was the tendency for mere of the solute to go into solution. This solute crystallized on the plates when the temperature fell and the presence of these salts haa a tendency to destroy the valve effect. Ti is possible to keep the temperature down by means of a cooling device but for the greater amount of the work these high- current long runs are not necessary and the use of the Nodon Valve in the ‘aboratory is not greatly impaired. Large currenis uced for short times and smail currents used for long times cause little or no lowering of the efficiency. The rectifier wi'l there- fore lend itself well tc most uses of direct current in a sina l labera- torv. The only care that need be given it is that of lifting the plates out cf the soluticn when not in use and removing any excess so'ute undissolved at ordinary temperatures so that the tendency of salts to crystallize on the plates is removed. Sodium bicarbonate solution serves very well as an electrolyte: the chemica ly pure salt is sot essential. It is not necessary to renew it or change the solu- tior very often as there is practically no breaking up of the com- pound. In fact one charge was used for three years with little or no apparent diminution in the efficiency of the rectifier. The writer’s experience has been that the use of the mercury are is rather limited. While one can get strong currents at rather hich efficiencies from a mercury arc the cost is rather high and, if expense of bulb renewals is taken into consideration, the cost soon approaches that of a motor generator set, which, for all purposes, is wuch more satisfactory. The mercury arc cannot operate on small currents since considerab e current is required to maintain the arc. A few years ago, with the advent of the “movie,” the mercury OKLAHOMA - ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 139 are rectifier enjoyed quite a popularity commercially but in recent years it has for the most part been replaced by the motor-generator. - Recent experiments, however, show that the mercury arc is particul- arly fitted for high-tension rectification, and here in turn the large currbersome and expensive rotary converters may be replaced by the light and comparatively inexpensive arc rectifiers. This very thing. is being done today successfully on some of the Swiss and German electric railways. The use of the tungar rectifier in the laboratory is also limited since it operates best at sma‘l currents; it can be made to operate on a few milliamperes. The prevailing type that is being put on the market makes use of only one half of the cycle; this pulsating effect makes the current hard to measure with direct current instru- ments unless considerable réactance is put into the circuit. This, of course, cuts down the out-put. A type that would. deliver suf- ficient current smoothed out with a reactance so that the current could be read with a fair degree of accuracy would cost approxi- mately as much as a motor-generator. For simplic'ty of operation, however, it is almost ideal and it is particularly suitab’e for charg- ing secondary batteries. In the laboratory it can be used for smali currents, and for larger currents when the pulsating effect is not objectionable. The fact that it is a lamp socket device, compara- tively licht and portabe, one that can be hooked up anywhere, and one that is free from any care when not in use, is one not to be over-looked. The common commercial electrolytic rectifier, a'though requir- ing considerable care and attention, uses both pulsations. W/ +h sorre reactance in the circuit it gives a farily con-tant current, tie pulcatine effect being almost negligible except for currents near eight or ten amperes. On account of its wider steady-current range suitable for lahoratory use, and especial!y on account of its cheap- ness, it is recommended for use in the small high school. While it is not 2s convenient to move about as the Tungar, it is neverthe- ‘less portabie and can be moved from laboratory to lecture room as occasion demands. For the larger high school the motor-generator is much more desirable. Although it is not portable the connecting wires can be led to any desired point. The current produced is practically con- stant since it 18 subject only to the slight fluctuations of the A. C. voltage. The question then resolves itself into one of expense. If an amount from $309.00 to $500.00 is avai anole, install a motor-genera- tor set; if little or nothing is available, invest a dollar cr two in material and construct an electrolytic rectifier. PSViCHOROEGM XXXII. A BOY’S VOCABULARY AT EIGHTEEN MONTHS Geo. F. Miller, Margaret D. Miller and Margaret M. Nice* Norman, Oklahoma In any study of natural phenomena it is important to have in- stances of the limits of variaticn. In the matter of speech develop- ment careful studies should be made of children who are slow in beginning to speak and also of some who are markedly precocious, besides of the more normal cases. It is for the purpose of augment- ing our know-edge as to the possibilities with a young child in the way of iarge vocabularies that we are. offering the present record. Duncan Miller is the oldest son of two college teachers, his father being a psychologist and his mother a specialist in languages. ’ As to physical development, he is large for his age, having weighed % pounds at birth, 25 pounds at one year and 27 pounds at 18 months. Except for severe colic during the first two months of his life, he has enjoyed excellent health. He walked at the early age of 11 months. On his second brithday he was given the Binet test by his father and scored an I.Q. of 166. He passed all the three year tests but that of knowing his sex; he repeated the digits and passed the comprehension test of four years, while for the fifth year he gave the definitions. A chronological list of the words used by Duncan was kept by his mother through his thirteenth month, but the dates of new _ acquisitions were not always recorded. At this time both parents began to keep track of the rapidly increasing vocabulary in a very systematic mmner, 1. e., each new word was written on a card with the date, all the cards being filed alphabetically. The first word “tick-tick”” was spoken at the age of eight and a half months. The first sentence “Man scold’ was used at 15 months and the first complex sentence at 20 months—“Broke the cup that had the flowers on it.’ The order of appearance of the parts of speech was as follows: nouns, 8 months; interjections, 12; verbs and adjectives, 13; adverbs, 14; pronouns, 16; prepositions, 17 and conjunctions 20 or 21 months. The vocabulary follows, the words being arranged chronologi- cally under each part of speech. The pronunciation is not indicated after the 13th month. N. W. means new words; T. W. means total words. *The vocabulary was collected by the first two authors and the material prepared for publication by the third. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 141 Ws Wie IG IN@time Wilke tick. Nine, ten and eleven months—N. W., 8; T. W., 9. Nouns: Kee (kitty), moo (cow), bye-bye (outdoor clothes), kee-la (Kkiddy-kar), bow-wow, ma-a (cat), cock-a doodle, gobble. Twelve and thirteen moniths—N. W., 22; T. W. 31. Nouns: da-da (dolly), kacker (cracker and then all food), ee- ee (sound of his toy bunny), ma-a-a (sheep), a-choo (for sneezing and coughing, associated with romping), da-da (daddy), ball, book, bat (bath), ’at (hat), bok Cox) buuh (brush), egg, app (apple), b’ock (block), cake. Verb: B’oke (broke). Adjective: ’Ot (hot, also cold). Interjections: Oh-oh, ah-ah (meaning he must be careful), ma-ma-ma (protest), ee (three, exclamation for one, two, three). Feurteen months—N. W., 39; T. W., 70. Nouns: Cook, baby, bottle, butter, eye, tea, ice, tub, flower, bowl, pot, ear, bad-boy, dish, cut-cut-ca-dah-cut, park, scissors, knife, ciock, car, cheese, bucket, spectacles, thermometer, stocking, shoe, broom, orange, house, key, walk. Verbs: tickle, caught. Adjectives: tight, black. Adverbs: Ek (meaning “there” in answer to questions, “Where is Mother?, etc.). Interjections: hello, ouch, how-do-you-do. Fifteer, months—N. W., 70; T. W., 141. Nouns: duck, Joe, fly, Katy, stick, bubble, garter, grandma, man, school, spool, cup, diaper, basket, coal, cat, junket, Duncan, teenth, chicken, kodak, pocket, barrel, tubby, sky, cow, mamma, pump, piggie, hammer, peaches, piece, toast, kitchen, mud, drink, picture, bag, porch, potato, spider, Clyde, drawer, door; bib, bed, tool, light, bone, giove, mop. Verbs: take-me, shut, kiss, scratch, cry, bump, wind-it, rock scold, ride. Adjectives: two, cold, more, dry. Adverbs: up, down, yes, ae now. Sixteen months—N. W., 82; T. W., 222. Nouns: wagon, patch, pin, moon, ice-pick, paper, pliers, candle, bird, night, money, lid, ccffee, girl, knee, garden, beads, buggy, radish, coat, head, fish, plate, dining room, ice-cream, George, Mar- garet, razor, nut, mother, liandkerchief, grease, nose, Patty Paro, juice, nivisance, tail, B, brick, parsley, bean, bicycle, body, comb, fire, horse, minute, porridge, pool, berry, stove, room, plow, dress, A 142 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Verbs: cut, pull, bite, taste, bounce-it, catch, forgot, hurt, blow, eat, go, hide, rain. Pronoun: me. Adjectives: sick, big, dark, pretty, open. Adverbs: no, all, hack. Interjections: thank you, Pete, peek-boo, no sir, phew. Seventeen months—N. W., 161; T. W., 378. Nouns: custard, daisy, hand, mulberry, dinner, trousers, sugar, ba‘loon, bacon, Clarence, prune, Junior, day, pen, pencil, toe, morn- ing, chair, town, turtle, cream, string, shirt, feet, tongue, bug, home, Minnie, Gerould, stack, duster, stone, bunny, ceiling, suit, screen, calf, fruit, spinach, umbrella, cucumber, thing, cone, sister, arm, elass, water, sink, turkey, Bessie, feather, pillow, tep, cushion. blan- ket, cicada, typewriter, elephant, barbed wire, sleep, thimble, batn- room, cinnamon hun, Toberman, sand, telephone, ccrn, soup, auto- mobile, bathing suit, Miller, hop-toad, bossie, clothes, cork, fork, hair, Indian, Listerine, leg, noise, papoose, pan, nound, watch, piano, rug, soap, tab-e, toilet, joke, hook, swing, button, vacuum cleaner, step. Verbs: going, grin, shake, doing, excuse-me, help, run, tear, play, spin, bring, swat, shave, drop, don’t, peeling, have-it, giggle, sit, point. stand, sharpen, weigh, swim, gone, scare, see, shoo, trip-it, turn, dust, cough Adjectives: little. ready, nice, high, sour, long, heavy, short, sweet, thirsty, hungry, dead, six, ten, careful, sleepy, green, clean, dirty, good, one, that, cross. Adverbs: off, again, out, how many. Preposit‘ons: on, under. Interjections: oh dear, bing, bang. : Eighteen months—N. W., 144; Y. W., 523: Nouns: catalog, pocket-book, C, Cabie, horn, salt, carriage, geese, Bo-peep, Auntie Marion, coal oil, gasoline, lemon, rubber, Teddy, sun, bulletin, curtain, Mrs. Forbes, Martha Ellen, music, scone, O, medicine dropper, chin, ink, hoop, cookie, soda, sonny, straw-stack, breakfast, pop-corn, slipper, fan, Jack, clippers, loaf, wheel-barrow, abacus, flag, towel, hog, closet, mouth, pussy cat, neck, ant, thumb, weeds, ribbon, soda-pop, safety pin, tomato, tiger, grocer, grape juice, office, pen (pig), Mr. Frick, barn, sherbert, shade, collar, breeze, needle, well, root beer, pitcher, screw driver, S, coffee mill, colt, fence, kiddie koop, saucer, finger, star, hill, pipe, frog, sewing machine, water me.on, strainer, brother, clothes line, bottom, ear ring, face, gelatine, milk, rope, tummy, toaster, way, Francis, house critter, cot, ring, can, whistle: OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 143 Verbs: pick up, hang, write, carry, sew, listen, flop, wake up, - salute, wink, look, get, creep, slip, touch, pinch, punch, wait, dive, find, fix it, hold, put, show, wade, wind. Pronouns :-I, it. Adjectives: shiny, new, baked, tiny, funny, afraid, other. Adverb: away. Prepositions: with, at, behind, in. Interjections: whoa, my goodness, gee, good morning. The table gives a summary of the numbers of werds of each months vocabulary. Number of Words Learned at the Different Ages. 8-13 14 15 16 17 18 Total Per Cent IN(OtTIS ee en os Si: Sil $5 = O95 iO Boo - 68,0 Wieigb sports ecko ne 1 DBE INO i SUSE MS YA SAO = teva oe 1K6)0) IPFOMOUMG- a 0 0 0 1 0 2 3 O6 INGECHVES Bele = 1 Z 4 Se wes Pi ED RAO ING ETDS en ee ese 0 1 5 3 4 [ee el sare 225 PHEDOSIMOMS Lsesoou. 4 0 0 0 0 2 + ® 2 iinikemiechomsuee= =e 4 3 0 5 3 A NG Gil Total Wew Word225 5 3 So 7) SA Neo) let S25) 00) Total Wocabtcany; .. ol 7) 140 222 B78" $23 *Three interjectiors and one adverb were dropped at about this time: This child has the largest vocabulary that have yet been pub- lished for the fellowing ages: 14, 15, 17 and 18 months. At 13 morths Mrs. Hall’s son used 7 more werds than Duncan did, and at 16 months Mrs. Langenbeck’s daughter is credited with 7 more. The vocabu aries next in size to those of Duncan’s are as follows: at 14 and 15 months Mrs. Hall’s son attained 58 and 105 words respectively; at 1/7 months Miss Shinn’s niece had mastered 348 words and at 18 months Mrs. Martindel’s daughter (cited by Gales) had a vocabulary of 233 words. This is less than half the size of Duncan’s vocabulary at this age, although it is the largest of 39 vocabularies that had previously been coilected (Oatman- Blachiy). The largest published vocabularies for 19 and 20 months are those of Bohn’s daughter and contains 294 and 383 words re- spectively. At 21 months there first appear vocabularies that surpass in size Duncan’s at 18 months, viz., Mrs. Martindeli’s daughter with 579 words and Miss Shinn’s niece with 758. Literature Bohn, Wm. E., 1914. First Steps in Verbal Expression. Ped. Sem. X XI, 578-595. 144 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA Gale, M. C., and H:, 1900. The Vocabularies of Three Chiid- ren of One Family to Two and a Half Years of Age. Psych. - Studies, No. 1, 70-117. Hall, Mrs. W. S., 1897. First Five Hundred Days of a Child's Lite. Child Study Mo. If, 586-608. Langenbeck, Mildred, 1915. A Study of a Five-Year-Old Child. Ped. Sem. XXII, 65-88. Oatman-Blachly, Miriam E., 1922. Further Notes on Eighteen- months Vocabularies. Proc. Okla. Acad. Sci., II, 106-108. Shinn, Millicent, 1901. Vocabularies. Child Study Mo. VI, 398-401. XXXII AN EXPERIMENT IN AUTOMATIC SPELLING ae -bert Patterson Gkickema Agricultural and Mechanical College. On October 5, 1922, an experiment was made in the Stillwater Public Schools, Stillwater, Oklahoma, to determine the relative accuracy of automatic spelling and rational spelling. The experiment was csnducted by advanced students in the School of Education of Oklahoma A. and M. college, the werk be- ing done in connection with a course in Educational Measurements. A total of 286 children in grades 4, 5, and 6, were given two types of spelling exercises, the one exercise being in rational or deliberate spelling and the other exercise being in automatic or subconscious spelling. In order to make the experiment as scientific as possible, it was attempted to keep constant all factors entering into the situa- tion, with the single exception of the variable being measured, namely, the method of spelling. The same person gave both exer- cises. The same fifty words were used in both exercises. The exercises were given at approximately the same time, one fo‘lowing the other almost immediately, a brief rest period of five minutes intervening. In order to cancel the influence of fatigue, and that of increasing familiarity with the situation, the exercise in automatic spelling preceded that in rational spelling in five of the rooms where the experiment was being conducted and in the other five rooms the exercise in rational spelling preceded that in automatic spelling. While the same fifty words were spelled in the second exercise as in the first, no opportunity was alowed for learning to spell words during the five minute intermission between the two exercises. Not only were the exercises given with the greatest of care, OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 145 but also the checking, compiling, and tabulating were so executed as to remove any suspicion of unreliability. -All who took part in the experiment were interested in the accuracy of the results. The exercise in automatic spelling was Contest 15 in Patterson's Thirty Contests in Spelling (published by Educator Supply Co., Mitchell, S. D.), and the exercise in rational spelling was the list of the same fifty words used as contest words in Contest 15, each word being pronounced twice. The detailed results of the experiment are found in the fol- lowing table. Table I. A Comparison of Median Scores for Automatic and Rational Spelling; (Ten Classes With Total of 286 Pupils). S = (3) vo A (S) (S) A oo v2 3 © = By $) = So 3 ba o “6, eee a 2b oe oD) OS a SS a 3 se rc 22 we oS ey Sa, ees Se) aS Sf a = 2 EO) 4 32 73 68 Automatic 4 33 72 76 Rational 4 36 61 (67 Rational 4 14 7\ 68 Automatic 5 19 86 84 Automatic 5 34 92 89 Automatic 5 31 94 96 Rational 6 29 94 94 Rational 6 30 95 95 Automatic. 6 28 94 94 Rational TOTALS 286 832 831 An analysis of the above table shows that the medians for automatic and rational spelling are almost the same, being in fact identical for the three classes in grade 6. It also shows that there is a tendency for the medians to differ less as the grade increases, since the average difference for the fourth grade is 4.5%, for the fifth, 2.3%; and for the sixth, 0%. There is one generalization which can not be neglected. A _careful study of the above table shows that the higher median is ‘always that of the exercises which came second. The only excep- tion to this is in the three classes in grade 6, where the medians are 146 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA identical. In the seven classes in grades 4 and 5, the automatic spelling exercise came first four times, and each time the median score for rational spelling was slightly higher. In the same classes, the rational spelling exercise came first three times, and each time the median score for automatic spelling was slightty higher. This might indicate that the pupils in grades 4 and 5 were more influenced in their spelling by the general newness of the situation than they were by the kind of exercises used. It also shows that fatigue was not an importart element in the experiment. While the data are meager, they tend to substantiate the con- clusions reached in the C’eveland Survey, namely, that there is very little difference in spelling accuracy due to using either the rational or automatic method. This is contrary to the rather common notion that automatic spelling is less accurate than rational. XXXITII. THE MAGNETISM OF THE MAP Sovhie Ravitch Altshiller Court Norman, Oklahoma. A French writer once said: “Le temps le mieux employe c’est celui qu’on perd,’—"“The time best spent is the time we waste.” This is true in many respects, but the truth of this saying is espe- cially impertant when applied to children. We map out the day’s schedule for them and we dole out to them so much for arithmetic, so much for reading, so much for physical exercise, so much for re- creation. And ali the time the child tries to break these bonds, to do something else, to “waste time,’ as we call it. Yet, watch a thoughttul, intelligent, active, normal child during the moments which it has for itself legitimately or illegitimately. As a rule it learns during this “wasted” time more than during the time of imposed study. Unfortunately, there are so many definite facts, the knowledge of which our comp‘icated life demands imperatively, that we cannot leave the children to gather their information in a hap-hazard way and must teach them systematically. But our children are comparatively free before school age. It is then therefore that we can reap a rich crop of psychologica! truths by observing their natural inclinations, the methods they use in getting acquainted with the outer world, the problems they become interested in, and the ways in which they solve them. Thoughtful, bright, precocious children are of special value from this point of view, because they approach in their pre«ichool age problems and subjects which we find necessary to bring before other children at a later age. “OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 147 Thus, geography in school presents to the teacher many peda- gogical problems. But if a child becomes interested in geography before it reaches the school age, then, free from any responsibility for the choice of method, we can observe its own approach to the subject, its own. way of dealing with it. I have a detailed record of one little boy’s interest in geography. And in the short time allotted to me here I shall endeavor to dis- cuss only his fascination by the map, with as many asides to other geographical matters as will seem necessary for a better treatment of the boy’s map studies. The little boy A.—a normal, healthy, lively, bright child, has been from babyhood an observer and a thinker. The university communities in which he has always lived and the atmosphere of study in his home were indeed favorable influences in his mental development. Until he was five and a half years old no informa- tion was imposed upon him, or even offered without his own inquiry or some proof of his interest in the matter. But all his questions were answered conscientiously and truthfully and all his investiga- tions, inquiries and experiments were greatly encouraged. At the age of two he liked to look at the sky and would often say: “The sky is pretty, see?” He would often look for the moon and, whenever he had a chance, would admire the stars. The hills he saw in the distance, the beautiful sunsets of Colorado, the streams and springs. had their share in awakening A.’s appreciation of beauty; but they also appealed to the chi-d scientist in him. For all children are both: as artists they admire the beauty of their surrounding, as scientists they ask you: “What is this?” or they try to find out the different laws of nature. From the age of two years and four months A. had the privilege of observing the sunrise quite often, and when he was three years old, he knew East, West, South and North and began to talk ‘n these terms. When he was three years and four months old, he found in a rubbish heap an old text-book on geography. He became interested in the illustrations, and, seeing the maps, asked: “what is this?” I said: “this picture is called a map. But Ill give you a better picturebook. You can’t understand this one.” But he insisted: “I want to look at this map,” and I left the book in his hands. He looked at the maps quite long, but I don’t know what he saw there or what interested him. I did not doubt at that time, that it was coloring of the map that attracted him. But I came since across another boy’s interest in maps. This other boy, C., became inter- ested in maps at about the same age as A. (three and a half years), 14g THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA but his first maps were his father’s transportation maps, with only a network of railroads on them, without any coloring. Both boys were deeply interested in street-car tracks, making them whenever they had a chance: on the ground, in the sand-pile, with pencil on paper, etc. At the same time A. liked to follow the designs on rugs, the twist of the wires on fences, railroad tracks. And when he became familiar with the conventions of the maps and knew how to find rivers, he would never get tired of tracing a river to its source and down to its mouth. At the age of five years nine and a half months he received an atlas, which contained, among other things, a map of the routes of famous discoverers. It became A’s delight to study these lines, and, as he could not yet read, he wou'd come to me for information as to what these lines meant. His enthusiasm in this direction was so great, that we found it necessary to curb it, or he would spend all his time over it, straining his eyes, missing his meals, not getting enough exer- cise, and imposing the atlas on every one. Between the ages of three years seven months and four years nine months he was greatly interested in plans. His parents were then studying plans of houses with the view of buying or building a home, and he liked to look at these plans, and very soon learned to understand them and to make some of his own. At the age of four years and two months he often made attempts to make a crude plan of our neighborhood, without calling it “plan” however. From the age of six he begged for a map of Norman, several times tried to draw one himself, and when he finally obtained a plan of the city of Norman—at the age of seven and a half—he studied it so carefully, that he found some mistakes in the distribution of the houses. Perhaps his love for the map is partly due to his taste for exactness; he wants to know the exact location of places. When he looks up any city on the map, he is not satisfied with the “more or less” indication, he wants to know the exact spot, its position relative to other known places, and very often its exact latitude. He has expressed himself repeatedly as preferring “The Swiss Family Robinson” to DeFoe’s Robinson Crusoe: “You see, I can’t tell about Robinson Crusoe just where he went—it is always just SW by S or something like it; but in Swiss Family Robinson there is a map, and everything is plain, every time they move I know exactly where and how’—this at the age of eight and a half. The sky map is just as interesting to him as geographical maps. He saw a sky map for the first time at the age of eight years and two months. He knew then already several constella- ONLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 149 tions, and immediately proceeded to look them up on the sky map. He has been studying the sky map now for about six months, at first at rare intervals, later every night; he usually finds new constellations and stars in the sky himself, guided by the monthly sky map. A.’s interest in map study, awakened at the age of three and a half, grew steadiy and at an increasing rate. There was never a time when he was not interested in maps. In his arithmetical interests I noticed some seasonal influence; there were periods when his interest in arithmetic was at a low ebb. Not so with geography, and particularly with map study. He invented a number of different “games” which enabled him to pursue his studies. Thus, at the age of six years and eight months he arranged his little table, with his atlas on it, to represent an “office,” and an- nounced, that he has a “shop,” in which orders are taken for in- formation “about the world or trips, anything you want to know.” And he beged his father, his mother, and all the adult friends of the family to give him “orders.” Here are a few of the “orders”: “Write out the states of the Atlantic coast; the states of the Paci‘ic coast; states through which you must pass going from New York City to the Pacific ocean,” etc. He wrote these “orders” very care- ful'y and worked with great enthusiasm, asking for “orders” anxi- ously and assiduously. Some of the answers he copied on the type- writer. Another “game” consisted in making imaginary trips. At the age of eight and a half a new game appeared, which he has been imposing on me for over two months now almost every day. He wants me to mention a river, a mountain, a city, an island, a peninsula, etc., and he tels me from memory its location. He worked out rules for keeping a score, and never gets tired of this game, though I often try to escape it. Very often he makes maps of his own, representing imaginary lands. Analysing the above and other facts concerning A.’s interest in map study, I found that this interest is based on three elements: 1, The first and earliest was undoubtedly the attraction of bright colors. 2. The second chronological'y was that of following and disentangling an intricate combination of lines. This aspect of the map had an additional attraction in the fact that it suggested rail- roads. A. was deeply interested in railroads and trains from the age of eighteen months, and the lines on the maps which to him represented railroad tracks appealed to him greatly. 3. The third, the highest and most complicated aspect of his map studies is, of course, that of location of places, of the form and shape of islands and continents, and so on. This side of his map 150 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA studies naturally grew in scope and intensity as A. matured and as his general geographical knowledge increased. This, really geographical aspect of A.’s map studies is a com- bination of three kinds of interest: 1. The romance of the far-away, the appeal that foreign lands have for an imaginative mind, the wonders of the unknown—the imaginative interest. 2. The thirst of knowledge of the wide world, the desire to know the exact location of places, the need of orientation—the scientific interest. 3. The similarities and differences between different places as to their coast-lines, surface, irrigation, etc., as seen on the map, bring out questions, awaken A.’s reasoning, and serve as basis for his contemplations, discussions and hypotheses. This is the philo- sophical interest. Thus, many a hypothesis has he formed concern- ing the origin of different islands, of some coast-lines. One of these is that the Aleutian islands used to be part of Alaska. Simi- larly, he has formed hypotheses concerning celestial bodies. Here is what he thought of the moon at the age of five years and eight months, as nearly as possible in his own words: “The moon is like the letter O, with a big hole inside. In the daytime all the sunight collects there in that hole. And at night these sunrays shine, and the moon looks bright. But there are some terribly high mountains on earth. They throw their shadows on the moon, which makes dark spots there, and these dark spots look like “the iman in the moor.” A. wanted once to look up on his map the “terribly high moun- tains” that cause the man in the moon to show up, and upon this occasion informed me of his hypothesis. Another time, when he was sight years and four months old, he said: “Oh, I know what’il help us in our history. You see, we are learning now about Captain Smith. Now, I'll tell the teacher that there is a star, on which we see ow what happened on it when Captain Smith lived. J can say that, can’t I? Light travels ° so long from some stars, there surely is among them one from which — it takes the light to travel so long, so long, you know, the time since Captain Smith lived. Don’t you think so?” Then he thought a while and chucked, and then exclaimed, “Well, mamma! lf it take light so long to come to us from the stars, how long would it take sound to come? If there was any sound there—suppose there is a sound—why. it would not reach us for so long. And—well—how do we know? Maybe there are sounds there; but the first sound that ever happened there maybe could not come to us yet, since il OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE 151 creation; maybe it was travelling all this time, since the beginning of the world, and has not come to earth yet. Can’t it be, mamma?” A.’s hypotheses fall into two groups: those which he himself knows to he hypothetical, and those which he thinks are truths. These ‘aiter are beliefs and conceptions based cn misunderstood in- formation. The man-in-the-moon theory belongs to the second group, while that about the sounds from the stars is a real hypo- thesis. XXXIV. A COMPARISON OF THE SIZES OF THE VOCABULAPIES OF FIFTY CHILDREN OF THE SAME AGE Miriam E. Oatman-Blachly Norman, Oklahoma. For several years I have been collecting the vocabularies of children at the age of eighteen months. It was my hope that a care- ful study of such vocabularies might throw some light upon several problems of child psychology and education, such as: A child’s earliest interests; the normal range of vocabulary among normal children of the same age; and the differences between the sexes, if such difference exists in the matter of speech development. I have now collected fifty-one of these vocabularies almost evenly divided between the sexes. My friends have helped gener- ously in gathering the material; and | am especially indebted to Mrs. Margaret Morse Nice, who has made so many interesting and valuable studies of the speech development of children. It is not my purpose at this time to make an intensive study of the con- tents of the voacbularies, but to examine their size, and to see if any deductions can be drawn in regard to the average or normal number of words of boys and girls at the age of eighteen months. My material arranges itself as follows: Cases Collected from Published Studies Name Sex Source Total Words AGC ATIC, iceman oe Aes Male Wil 1 DRX ONS faba a a ee ee Male 8 60 pores Cree fea ese occ LR Male 6 113 a4 Oawmmam=Blaclibky Il sjcetesees Male 1 113 Seu NI CeMe ee ce tee seee tT. Female 11 0 GING Oes reek ese eee Se Female 11 2 Ze Runnion dae Fetialey an i aans 7/ Sa Gal cree emnneerrs = Memale 6 33 152 THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA OM Gale th: ee ae ee eee Female 6 36 OPEV ait SOM eta Sees eee Femate 12 74 DT eer ss he ee Fema'e 7 107 1 2eSMinelenisy ieee eee Female 8 116 (3: Dewey 24-2 aoe = ee Female 4 144 LAN Cee ALE aes eg ie oy eee Female 10 145 PSs devemeornale iin (eas os ee ee Female 2 175 16s B olin poe NE ea Fema!'e 3 207 lv, WMlascitingleil - 3k Female 6 233 Total. Words) of 4) boys22 es ee i eee ee 287 Total: Words orl 3h eorlchaw: a aa a ee 1267 Total Words of 17 childcen®==528 =o 0s ee 1554 Average Words (ot 4 boysotess oo ee eee 72 AweragievaVViordisnoitills |; cattilig estes Se ceo es eee 97 Macrae Words or i7/, @lanlckrem oe 91 Cases Gathered from Private Sources Name Sex Source Total Words PSSRIE) lll irene tes, sroretee ee ea a Male 13 0 RAG OS WViitih eel oy ea ae Male 13 0 Ormlac@lianGise® ele see eee Male 13 1 estoy Ba ay eye a Ne Da rR I ERA ea Male 13 2 yEnc Sa ec Male 13 3 Oi ete liye lil aaa set te lone Es Male t Fis ANIMES ies ey OES RE EN cals Male 13 4 SPATS ee eters ee I Ola ea Male 6 DARIO Dip ai ac te estan aarepel ee at Male 13 7 TQ eR Avie Sp sels Misa yi Le eae Male 13 8 Wl Wibanehy Goin) Soo ee Male 9 12 SOwwmaynOk eae Male 13 10 13 Gossard) Ieee Soars eae Male 13 12 aS ear cer avai naan heat Male 13 36 PS Scotto ens ea ers opie Male 60 UG WORKS oe eee a Malle IS 68 beeps Gu ehniner niece als Sin ToL ME is ae Male 13 71 18: Rattigi ete uae eee Male 13 71 OF ©aitmian=ilarchil ya (2) ae ee Male 13 We ZOU a les oats ed chee poe eR en as ae Male 13 108 2A. (Oral 2 See et eee Male 172 22) Willer... ONG une eee Mate 88 23 NOGSEn (2) cao cele Female — 13 : () *This case was first reported as O and was so given in reference 13. OKLAHOMA ACADEMY OF SCIENCE Zale TBSeN stern’ (G6) eee nes tee pee ees Female 13 2 Pvealsasenn Ge) teu Dee Female US 9 ZG), TBST OOM yee ae ee Female 13 9 HNC Al((AN mse rg Female 1) 9 Go, SELES is ae ne ey Female Ng OO Reali ipo Gias «tee ee alee Lee Female 2 JON: RRS Se Fe pene Female 13 25 Syl PIN So ne a Se Female SP UINGhg penne een eh eee a Female 100 BS ee) Co Lh arpa Se PE a Female 201 Sy tne. led SUH Ustay Sa hee ae en aNE I toe Female iam) 228 so tale WViondsw oie? Sno vcore = te Wey ae eae 1251 Totals Words Owe? sere eee cere ee 698 Total Words or 34) clanldirem 1949 Avézage Words ©) 22 bOywSssesscessee se seca 57 ASCRAGOO WW Onads Or YQ eaiclG = s ss See ae ae ee 58 Mperase Words Ce OA Children. 9935 9 57 SUMMARY CF ALL CASES (51) Total Words OF 20 pOW3ssss cel k ae eek ee ee 1538 Touall Words or 25 girlget2 ese ee 1965 Total Words ox Sil Cailidrem 2 see ee 3503 Average Words ©! 26 DOWScss6s52o2 ose es 59 ANeraAGe NVOLGS: O25) RemGaseh ae ee 78.6 Average Words or Si @uallildirem 2 2 69 CORRECTED SUMMARY (Omitting all ceses cf O and all over 200) TPO NV Ciecl Ss wont 25) WO Sse eee ee 1015 TE Otel WOR Gia nel) Seritigll Gi = oe ee eet hE ol aa 996 Total Wor ils of: 42 childeem 22 2011 AS verage Words ot 29 DOS 2 Loose cs 44 Average Words or 19 gimlS§ ote 5n ee eee 52 Average VWords oi 42 Chuleiremo 48 ANALYSIS OF CORRECTED SUMMARY (Published Cases) IOAN) NANO Gls One 4 O Nee eee ee OT ee 287 AP @ntvenll WAY evsealisy: uk LUO ages Sea ee ee ee 827 Total Words ox 4b Clillchrens ss 2a see 1114 INGOPAES WY OMG MON 4! AOC ee eee ee ee Ue, Average Words of IQ gill poses eee 83 Average Words or il4 clulldlrem 23 ee 79.5 154 IBENS, WOINIDVISINS ID Oe OICILAUELOUWUA (Ungublished Cases) Total’ Words sot VOM cysts scien pele cohen teractions eee 728 Total WV on GS! ot Os ite Sarna vo at ey ee 169 ANOMALY fonetetins ue Zee Clealkclie@tols ye 897 Mele. WVIOHGIS« Oi WO DO Gee ea ee a ee 38 PSVecETe NY Oude Or) errs Soe oe 19 Average Words or 28 Cailldlremi 35222 oe eee 32 Needless to say, these averages, made from such a range of Variation, are worthless. It is evident that no general conclusions can be drawn from material so discrete. 1 have plotted these vocah- ularies repeatedly in many different arrangements, and no norm or rredian appear, no curve of any recognizable type presents itself. Evidently a much larger number of cases must be gathered before it is possible to estab ish standards of normal variations. At pres- ent the most that can be said is, that of the fifty-one vocabularies, more than half (twenty-eight in all) range from no words to thirty-six words. Of these twenty-eight, only three contain more than twenty-five words. REFERENCES 1. Oatman, Miriam E., 1921. A Boy’s Development at Eighteen Months. Ped. Sem., Vol. XXVIII., pp. 52-59. 2. Baterran, W. G., 1916. The Language Status of Three Children at the Same Age. Ped. Sem., Vol. XXIII, pp. 211-240. 3 Bohn, Wm. E., 1914. First steps in Verbal Expression. Ped. Sem., Vol. XXI, pp. 578-595. 4. Dewey, John, 1894. The Psychclogy of Infant Language. Psych. Kev., Vol. I. pp. 63-06. 5. Drummond, Margaret, 1916. Notes on Speech Development. Child Study, Vol. IX., pp. 83-86, 95-99, 5. Gale, M. C. H., 1900. The Vocabularies of Three Children in One Family at Two and a Half Years of Age. Psychological Studies, (No. J.), pp. 70-177. 7. Grant, J. R., 1915. A Child’s Vocabulary and Its Growth. Ped. Seni, Vol. XXII, pp. 183-203. 8. Jegi, J., 1901. The Vocabulary of a Two-Year Old Child. Child Study Mo. Vol. VI, pp. 241-261. 9. Mickens, C. W., 1897. Vocabulary. Child Study Mo., Vol. TIME pp 2052205: 10. Nice, M. M., 1915. The Development of a Child’s Vocabu- lary in Relation to Environment. Ped. Sem., Vol. XXII., pp. 35-64. 11. Nice, M. M:, 1918. Ambidexterity and Delayed Speech Development. Ped Sem., Vol. XXV., pp. 141-162. St ae Oe or Se ’ lr tee OKLAHOMA ACADEMY ‘OH SErENGE 58) 12. Watson, Mary A., 1901. Children’s Vocabularies. Paidology, Wolk app 227-237. 13. Oatman-Blachly, Miriam E., 1922. Further Notes on Eigh- teen-Months Vocabularies. Proceedings of the Oklahoma Academy or: Seience, Vol. 1I., pp. 105-103. This paper enumerated the cases collected to date. UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA BULLETIN The University Bulletin has been established by the wuni- versity. ‘The reasons that have led to such a step are: first, to provide a means to set before the people of Oklahoma, from time to time, information about the work of the different depart- ments of the university; and second, to provide a way for the publishing of reports, papers, theses, and such other matter as the university believes would be helpful to the cause of education in our state. The bulletin will be sent post free to all who apply for it. The university desires especially to exchange with other schools and colleges for similar publications: Communications should be addressed: THE UNIVERSITY OF OKLAHOMA UNIVERSITY HALL We NORMAN, OKLAHOMA _, University of Oklahoma Bulletin, published by the univer- sity, is issued semi-monthly. Entered at the post office at Nor- man, as second class matter, under act of congress of August 24, . 1912. Accepted for mailing at special rate of postage, as provided for in Section 1103, act of October 3, 1917, authorized on July 8, 1918. THE UNIVERSITY PRESS i RADAR ATA aLa an, POT Wettaey MANTA 2 iTifancaandanavechiulainet iddaee! || | ~ ADyeae, urn anne ayn Ay 2 aT i Hi DAay yan’ a] : a ARMA BR RA A AAAA way ngarenet A: ta eo. phahysAaa POWYS pet pNOTAAALRAG i rpeRgns#s3 peau ce ALON TIT LL ARAOML sasantasttt neato retara, ae Th TY ah oe aaflll? ‘ «= Beg hat RATA kg Ateg aL.) fl Matlagan an nbde oa hshertanaia saan: nuuanaes! sheaeee ie os =, ARR WL Wuiiat et gen igi Gastase ETE Sas. vote fa, he A, Tec Ra pe aPC: Lt aaa ‘MArmaha. Aad; “ea ta 9 aa hi ,, yyy) nie PAA mh =A A LE hy P Many AA anes eo a ena pid —e y = ‘a The AA Wr ; DRA Wh : Amann, 4) 1 Py \q Aa “F tL aa vk sunk Sal ort ye TL gAaneak acai ! rf ame f niiiet wee A ay Waa Peon me rr. -.--- PEE ble WU PERSN LI [ , war Agacg:i JiUrryy aa QRS AA oN 4) an RAN, ry eel 7A ape af a DIVA NA Ls adhe 11511084 Ban 200 NAAN ARAN We BeeGa...@ac. . Meee EE TY WEVY Ws Wo i, > Av ~a ne fT ti len "i By | aan” ~ pa BR PA ny Pg 2As. le Pasar! y poet ON ARE EE a OREN aR DSN CREECH PAL ask - ‘SSeees Ag Sa, = r ye "NAAT A YOO aan a SUNiGe Gahawe cE NBIAG a PRA, WA wy AAA DON. wr” seeede.. AAA S PAST ET OR RAS AA, Pale Fy. RAE Rell Hae TENTED RT iy vena lal LH LEE] f PA & ar aia oll G Widans, cad hy’ . 2 Vy dt “\ Ty mSsdna had WR tg PA . ne AAR ~ = > 4a Rann iE We! eg Sn ee iE \4 Ga. 28. lee ot &e* MY a8 : RT ol | MA tr. 8s, Cu % ta.” Qa Sse , © 2 Reap Daal prea, mer) | irr) Ai Aahihy way SAC cone CL UN ncanindltl AAA sae SNe® : ANA \ saQaNNALR BAN, pie, jada. ca este noe tonal | eM Onan ATT Ay aes lat aanan <7 -, AAA Youd aly 5 PMR sAt BOTY A SO NSO RNNA aly se Aap’. ero! ee YY Ty ae pabalel Ci TALE LSU UOT ag ry] eed sar Aa = LAAsABA AeA pu Ben AAANANN TTT PA Bt sod relia a egegegvaAga eR ~ AON Ne ey Vou, ie! Tre DAL Ba., nw! Mibag, pBAaaan Baas. (in a An” A ash, ple! poe a | ar ag ppv anane~ mV ayy 7 ers a AAAI teas 5: Wes iB > ar q a = An Sok | CT Va f : 4 . 2 ay wes wae AA 1 | yf NM Nee a yay" TLL | Ei RAARAS we. ae v48- ys Manly | BNA n aie Re RAP ARAKA AR MAS A try yyy a nyrve” Wheat — st pssst Ny iH ACs y™e& pea aginanna, mA AA >; minh ih - a2 ANN wt lane The 4] Boas PEL ETET Ele x yb a 002088, 2 ae aw BPs = . . = ae AQ a peat aie" : “ LEP Ao matin, Pant sas IeARL Paar Pl A= NT Vial " f r TY tear S A OU ee A ASA gel eae YY . eo ee ™ a a Aa bd, ? AY ney) S © os sof Smee pad. aue be ted E=amaa®l > J s a SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION LIBRARIES hs Hi emeeh) Lined il 4 i iH W piroguaredie! " Hert aye i" (vs “ fe vneivanieed sil oh tte i a 2 vets ehehebieiie nthe ets Batak atin cage i : Hal nrraslane geet ael pened att ; onee yi HeMOE YEP e ae ea ieet Vesuieespuied 5 ' CHARS atin inten t Tiesbetse ieiiceey aed f state yet Sh Barat tH eho tre i \y ts pat vA eyeetiy Pickin te vhal : ii | ints y fried | : intacrat r , ‘) et th na ee Eee bat he : i 4 i ait i Ant e + ’ ‘Hat i In} ent hath ts h ee sient GEMS RMN RAD ean aphid sy bpm prety dl iSite * (ie 6) ht yin r aan bbs ada tose Cteauecauaal ci ath : Lin jibe lations 4 veer ‘ibapheiat al ge plan amy Nemantty ba) i" Soph a abetens ie be iy Lieanas ot ete tier " iy 4. Hee eat ab yeh a oeapratiititusitised mia ia f ‘ et wtb alts we $hbie aaa ie b si ia vedeca te" Sava : i ; HEME ia Hii) y vi bet) riya Vey phy NOTE Lee Vopebaena ee cape Bin: et i teats pnedrast Aatdio ‘ j ene i ‘ a t beonleh e eeiines it Hi Hh s i te ; AvAR i sla bap bee prtens rd galbaite al Fokimegeiiey! Haka einta rhaahesheys i esta seer at Bietingee Pie i ipyrt bein rebeh ees ih Piet ehek # dH ATOR